Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 1 August 2025
We’re pleased to announce the integration of Brokeree Social Trading with your CRM — a solution that enables your traders to mirror top-performing strategies in real time with transparent performance statistics and actionable insights. By making strategy replication effortless, you can drive higher trading activity while building engagement, loyalty, and long-term retention.
With this integration, you gain a unified platform where strategy discovery, subscriptions, commission distribution, and client engagement all come together. Your traders can seamlessly register as Providers or Followers, explore strategies, review analytics, and start copying trades without leaving the CRM.
The social trading module works in tandem with your CRM’s multi-tier commission engine and wallet-to-wallet transfer features, within a secure Single Sign-On (SSO) environment that simplifies operations and amplifies network growth.
Automated Server & Group Mapping: The CRM auto-syncs social trading server names and Follower/Provider account groups from Brokeree — eliminating manual setup, ensuring data consistency, and getting brokers live faster.
Seamless Client Experience: Natively integrated into the CRM—not just an iframe embed — clients can register as Providers or Followers, explore strategies, review analytics, and subscribe, all in one intuitive, fully connected environment.
Single Sign-On (SSO): Enables clients to access their Provider or Follower accounts directly from the CRM, eliminating the need for separate credentials and ensuring secure, one-click access.
To proceed, you will need to install Brokeree Social Trading from the CRM Marketplace:
To connect Brokeree Social Trading to the CRM, follow these steps:
To register as a provider, your client can follow these steps:
To register as a follower, your client can follow these steps:
In both the Client Portal and Backoffice Portal, the accounts list will display system tags indicating whether an account is a Provider or a Follower.
Client Portal
Back Office Portal
When changing the trading group for a Social Trading account, the CRM will verify whether the group is configured on Brokeree.
If the group is not configured for Social Trading, an error message will appear to inform you that the group does not support Social Trading accounts.
If you have created Social Trading accounts via Brokeree's platform, you can synchronize them with the CRM.
Navigate to “Trading Accounts”.
Click the “…” icon and select “Sync Social Trading Accounts”.
Providers receive performance fees in their Brokeree wallet. From the CRM, these funds can be transferred to a provider’s CRM wallet or trading account. Once the funds are in the CRM system, they can be used for trading, wallet-to-wallet transfers, or withdrawn, ensuring that capital earned through social trading remains fully accessible and manageable.
Before providers can transfer funds, you will need to configure the transfer settings. Follow these steps:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 9 July 2025
This release focuses on reinforcing security at the administrative level, safeguarding sensitive data, reducing risk, and giving brokers greater assurance. With smarter alerts and flexible access settings, maintaining security is now easier and more reliable.
: Set custom logout periods to balance workflow needs with stronger account security and protection against unattended sessions.
: Upload blacklisted accounts in batches to save time and reduce manual work.
: Choose ipapi or MaxMind as your IP geolocation service; alerts will trigger only when both the "login city" differs and the "device details" change, improving accuracy and reducing false positives.
:
: Admins can view the overall referral structure but cannot access client details outside their assigned permissions, ensuring compliance with data visibility rules.
: Client tiers can be flagged as sensitive to restrict unauthorized access, keeping confidential classifications protected.
You can now set custom logout periods to balance workflow needs with stronger account security and protection against unattended sessions.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can now upload blacklisted accounts in batches to save time and reduce manual work.
To do so, follow these steps:
Previously, suspicious login prompts were triggered whenever the login city differed from the previous login.
Now, alerts are triggered only when both of the following conditions are met:
Remote Login Detection: The city of the current login IP is different from the city of the previous login.
Device Change Detection: The current device’s details (such as browser or device type) differ from the device used in the previous login.
This ensures that alerts are sent only for meaningful anomalies, reducing false positives while maintaining security.
For detecting the city of a login IP, you can choose your preferred IP source:
ipapi
maxmind
To do so, follow these steps:
Client and Admin Login Logs now include a new column, “Login Device”, which displays both the device details and device ID. This enhancement enables better tracking and monitoring of login activity.
If you have configured data permissions for your admins, they can still view the full referral tree.
However, when they click the "Details" icon for a client outside their assigned permissions, an error message will appear stating that they do not have the required access to view the client’s information.
Client tiers can be flagged as sensitive to restrict unauthorized access, keeping confidential classifications protected.
To do so, follow these steps:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 17 July 2025
This update makes fund operations—deposits, withdrawals, and transfers—more efficient and transparent with customizable deposit fields, streamlined approval steps, flexible transfer controls, multiple webhook options, and clearer Luqapay deposit guidance. Together, these upgrades reduce friction, speed up payment handling, and build greater confidence in fund management.
: Rearrange deposit form fields with simple drag-and-drop, adapting quickly to changing requirements.
: View transaction hashes for deposits and withdrawals directly in the CRM for faster, more transparent payment verification.
: Admins can hide deposit and withdrawal “remark” fields in the approval panel, keeping the view clean and centered on essential details.
: Restrict transfers to trading accounts, wallets, or both—or leave them open for flexibility. Admins gain precise control over how funds move.
: When no matching counterparty is available for the entered deposit amount, clients see a clear notice—helping them adjust instantly without confusion.
You can now rearrange deposit form fields with simple drag-and-drop, adapting quickly to changing requirements.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can view transaction hashes for deposits and withdrawals directly in the CRM for faster, more transparent payment verification.
You can now hide deposit and withdrawal “remark” fields in the approval panel, keeping the view clean and centered on essential details.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can restrict transfers to trading accounts, wallets, or both—or leave them open for flexibility. Admins gain precise control over how funds move.
You can now apply exchange rates from external API sources during withdrawals for more flexible and accurate currency conversions.
To do so, follow these steps:
Previously limited to a single webhook for all withdrawal methods, the system now allows you to assign separate webhooks to each withdrawal method, making it easier to connect with different PSPs through OpenAPI.
To configure webhooks for specific withdrawal methods, follow these steps:
When no matching counterparty is available for the entered deposit amount, clients see a clear notice—helping them adjust instantly without confusion.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 24 July 2025
This release empowers prop firms and brokers with greater precision and flexibility when running challenges and rewarding traders. The result: tighter control, smoother operations, and a more engaging trader experience.
We’ve introduced fine-tuned profit-sharing approvals, smarter coupon handling and distribution — all designed to save admin time and maximize the impact of your campaigns.
: Take full control over payouts by instantly rejecting profit-sharing requests that don’t meet requirements or breach trading rules. This ensures payouts remain fair, compliant, and aligned with your challenge objectives.
: Configure fixed-amount coupons in multiple currencies — enabling region-specific promotions that feel local and drive better trader engagement.
: Define exactly which prop challenges each coupon or promo code applies to, ensuring rewards are tied to the right audience with purpose and precision.
: Scale your promotions faster by extending existing coupons to additional eligible clients — no recreating, less admin.
You can now take full control over payouts by instantly rejecting profit-sharing requests that don’t meet requirements or breach trading rules. This ensures payouts remain fair, compliant, and aligned with your challenge objectives.
To reject profit sharing payout, follow these steps:
You can configure fixed-amount coupons in multiple currencies — enabling region-specific promotions that feel local and drive better trader engagement.
To do so, follow these steps:
Define exactly which prop challenges each coupon or promo code applies to, ensuring rewards are tied to the right audience with purpose and precision.
To do so, follow these steps:
Previously, once a coupon was distributed to clients, it could not be extended to additional recipients—you had to create a new coupon instead. Now, you can scale your promotions faster by extending existing coupons to additional eligible clients — no recreating, less admin.
To do so, follow these steps:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 28 June 2025
This update gives you greater flexibility and precision in managing risk for your prop challenges. You can now choose how "Max Daily Loss" is calculated and monitored:
Daily Settlement Method – Calculates Max Daily Loss once per day based on both closed and open trades.
Dynamic Method – If Daily Settlement is disabled, the system checks equity every 10 minutes and compares it against the loss threshold.
: Enable or disable the once-per-day Max Daily Loss calculation (based on closed + open trades). When disabled, monitoring is done dynamically via 10-minute equity checks.
: Enable or disable Fortex’s "Max Daily Drawdown" calculations to match your preferred challenge time zone, ensuring risk evaluations stay consistent and precise.
The CRM calculates the Maximum Daily Loss using two methods:
Dynamic Monitoring: Equity is updated and checked every 10 minutes to track daily loss.
Daily Settlement: At 00:00 (Challenge Time Zone), the system calculates daily profit and loss based on closed trades and the floating P/L of open positions.
You now have the option to disable Daily Settlement logic for your Prop Challenge. This is useful if your traders are allowed to hold overnight positions and you do not want floating P/L to affect their daily loss evaluation.
To disable Daily Settlement, follow these steps:
A new toggle gives you flexibility to enable or disable Fortex’s max daily drawdown calculation, allowing risk monitoring to align with your preferred challenge time zone and maintain consistent loss evaluation.
Previously, the max daily loss set for your prop challenge would automatically apply to Fortex’s max daily drawdown setting. Now, you can remove this link—allowing your daily loss rules to follow the challenge time zone without Fortex applying its own separate calculation.
To configure this setting, follow these steps:
To update this setting for existing participants:
Smarter Tools. Seamless Control. Built for Brokers.
Released Date - 26 June 2025
This QOL release brings a series of practical updates to improve how you manage client accounts, agreements, transfers, and notifications. From greater flexibility in agreement configuration to safer batch actions and clearer transfer details, every enhancement is designed to streamline routine operations, reduce errors, and enhance client experience.
Whether you're onboarding clients, managing transfers, or customizing notifications, this release helps you operate with greater speed, accuracy, and control.
Multi-tier Commission Payouts: You can layer multi-tier reward structures across every follower trade, turning each copied position into a powerful incentive that drives deeper engagement and accelerates network growth.
Locate "Brokeree Social Trading" and click onto it.
You will be redirected to the details page.
Click "Contact us for installation".
Fill in your details in the request form. Your email address will be automatically populated but can be amended if required.
Click "Send Request".
Your dedicated account manager will proceed to assist you with the installation.
Once Brokeree Social Trading has been installed, you will need to enable the necessary permissions:
Read Social Trading Integration: Provides view-only access to social trading settings.
Update Social Trading Integration: Provides view and edit access to social trading settings.
Once permissions are granted, you will be able to see Brokeree Social Trading in the settings menu.
You will also need to enable the necessary permissions for your clients through Client Group Settings:
Provider: Allows the client to register as a Provider.
Follower: Allows the client to register as a Follower.
You can customize these permissions by client group to cater to different client types.
Click the "Edit" icon.
You will need to fill in the following:
Brokeree Account
Brokeree Password
API URL - You will need to request this from Brokeree.
Generation Key - You will need to request this from Brokeree.
Click the "Save" icon.
The Social Trading Servers and Groups configured in Brokeree will be automatically populated in the CRM.
The Trading Server information is retrieved based on your configuration under “Servers” in the Brokeree portal.
The Follower Account Groups and Provider Account Groups are automatically pulled from the Groups configured under “Account Groups” in the Brokeree portal.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Assign the CRM Trading Server to the corresponding Trading Platform retrieved from Brokeree. This maps the CRM Trading Server name to the one used in Brokeree.
Click the "Save" icon.
Click "Register as a Provider".
Select the Trading Account via the dropdown menu.
The client must have an existing account on the MT5 server configured in Brokeree.
Only eligible accounts will be displayed in the dropdown list.
Accounts linked to Prop Challenges, Trading Competitions, or already registered as Providers will be excluded.
Fill in the Nickname.
Click "Register".
The Provider Account will be created.
You will be able to view the Platform, Currency, Trading Account Balance, and Brokeree Wallet Balance.
Click the "Login" button to login to the Provider Account.
You will be logged in via Single Sign-On (SSO) and can view the Brokeree interface directly.
If you have multiple Provider accounts, you can switch between them using the dropdown menu.
Click "Register as a Follower".
Select the Trading Account you wish to register as a follower.
The client must have an existing account on the MT5 server configured in Brokeree.
Only eligible accounts will appear in the dropdown list.
Accounts linked to Prop Challenges, Trading Competitions, or already registered as Providers will be excluded.
Select the Provider you wish to follow. The dropdown menu will display each provider’s Nickname and Social Trading Account ID.
Select the Offer from the dropdown menu. This corresponds to the Public Offers configured by the selected provider.
Click "Register".
The Follower Account will be created.
You will be able to view the Platform, Currency and Trading Account Balance.
Click the "Login" button to login to the Follower Account.
You will be logged in via Single Sign-On (SSO) and can view the Brokeree interface directly.
If you have multiple Follower accounts, you can switch between them using the dropdown menu.
For the Back Office trading accounts report, you can also filter based on these account types for easier tracking and management.
The accounts will be synchronized and displayed in the CRM.
You will see a new section called Social Trading Wallet Transfer.
Login to the CRM Client Portal.
Go to "Social Trading" > "Provider".
You will see your Brokeree wallet balance displayed in the CRM.
To withdraw performance fees, click the "Transfer" icon.
You will be redirected to the Transfer page. Note: Transfers from the Brokeree wallet are limited to internal transfers only.
The Source Account will be automatically set to "Social Trading Wallet".
For third-party transfers, the "Social Trading Wallet" option will not appear in the source account dropdown.
Complete the transfer form and click "Submit".
The Target Account options will depend on your configuration — whether you allow transfers to the CRM Wallet and/or Trading Accounts.
Once submitted, the transfer request can be reviewed in the Backoffice Portal. Approve or reject the request as appropriate.
Select "Blacklist Users".
If there's any error detected in your file, it will be displayed under "Error".
You will need to make the necessary amendments before importing the file again.
If there are no errors, click "Confirm" to proceed with the batch import.
Once you have confirmed your action, the users will be blacklisted.
Go to "Settings" > "Back Office Portal" > "Security Settings" if you're configuring for your admin users.
Click "Add Sensitive Fields".
External Exchange Rate for Withdrawals: Apply exchange rates from external API sources during withdrawals for more flexible and accurate currency conversions.
Multiple Withdrawal Webhooks: Assign separate webhooks to each withdrawal method, making it easier to connect with different PSPs through OpenAPI.
Locate the deposit method you wish to configure.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Locate the deposit or withdrawal method to edit.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Before hiding the field from the approvals page, you will see the description field when reviewing deposit or withdrawal requests.
After hiding the fields, you will no longer see the description field when reviewing deposit and withdrawal requests.
Requests submitted prior to hiding the fields will continue to display the description field.
Under "Internal Transfer" or "Third Party Transfer", click the "Edit" icon.
Select whether the source and target accounts can be wallets or trading accounts:
Untick "Wallet" to prevent the source/target account from being a wallet.
Untick "Trading Account" to prevent the source/target account from being a trading account.
Tick both to allow both account types.
Click "Save" to apply the changes.
Locate the withdrawal method you want to amend.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Click "Create Webhook".
Select "Profit Sharing".
Select the profit sharing payouts you want to reject.
Click "Reject".
A pop-up notice will appear to inform you that the profit deducted from the trading account during the profit sharing settlement will not be refunded into the trading account.
Fill in the rejection reason.
Select "Send email notification" and/or "Send pop-up notification" if you wish to notify your client on the rejection.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the rejection.
The "Status" of the profit sharing payout will be updated to "Rejected". You will also be able to view the rejection reason under "Comment".
Click "Create Coupon".
Or locate an existing Coupon and click the "Edit" icon. Note that you can only edit coupons that are in the "Active" status.
Click "Create Promo Code" or "Create Coupon".
Or locate an existing Promo Code or Coupon and click the "Edit" icon. Note that you can only edit coupons or promo codes that are in the "Undistributed" or "Not Enabled" status.
Select the prop challenges to which the Coupon or Promo Code should apply. Only ongoing and published challenges will be displayed.
You can select multiple challenges.
If you choose “All Challenges”, individual challenges cannot be selected.
For existing coupons and promo codes created prior to this release, "All Challenges" will be selected by default.
If the coupon’s fixed amount is set to "All Currencies", the dropdown will show all ongoing or published challenges. If a specific currency is selected (e.g., USD), the dropdown will only show challenges with a participation fee in that currency, and the “All Challenges” option will be labeled as “All Challenges (USD)”.
Click “Save” to apply your selection.
Clients can see which challenges a Coupon is valid for by hovering over the tooltip.
When they click “Use Now”, only the applicable challenges will display the discounted price.
If a Coupon does not apply to a particular challenge, it will not appear in the Coupon dropdown menu.
Similarly, if a client applies a Promo Code to a challenge that is not assigned, an error will inform them that the Promo Code is not valid for the selected challenge.
Locate a Coupon you want to distribute to additional clients.
Click the "Distribute" icon.
Locate the challenge you wish to modify and click the "Edit" icon.
Click the "Review and Publish" icon.
Review your changes and click "Publish Now".
Your challenge will now apply only the Dynamic Monitoring method for max daily loss.
Note:
If the challenge is already running, daily settlement will no longer occur from the next 00:00 cycle.
If you re-enable it later, daily settlement will resume at the next 00:00.
Multiple Client Agreement Configuration: Previously limited to a single agreement, the system now allows you to configure multiple client agreements—such as a Master Agreement, Risk Disclosure, and Privacy Statement—for clients to acknowledge during trading account creation. This improves onboarding clarity and strengthens regulatory compliance.
Batch Deletion Confirmation: When deleting multiple clients, a confirmation summary now lists all selected accounts. You can review and modify the selection before proceeding, reducing the risk of accidental deletions.
Create Demo Accounts for Clients: You can now create demo accounts directly on behalf of clients. This simplifies the onboarding process and provides greater flexibility for testing or trial purposes.
: The previous 100% cap on bonus payouts relative to deposit amounts has been lifted. This enables more dynamic promotional campaigns, including bonuses that exceed the initial deposit.
: Client ID is now displayed alongside the account holder’s name in the transfer beneficiary field. This helps prevent confusion when beneficiaries have similar or identical names.
:
: Clients now automatically receive an email after completing single-step registration. This message can be customized to include a welcome note and onboarding instructions.
: Multi-factor authentication deactivation emails now show the IP address that triggered the action—enhancing transparency and supporting security monitoring.
Previously limited to a single agreement, the system now allows you to configure multiple client agreements—such as a Master Agreement, Risk Disclosure, and Privacy Statement—for clients to acknowledge during trading account creation. This improves onboarding clarity and strengthens regulatory compliance.
To create new agreements, you will need to enable the respective permissions:
Read Agreements: gives you view-only permissions of agreements
Create Agreements: gives you the permission to create new agreements
Update Agreements: gives you the permission, to edit, disable and delete agreements
To create new agreements, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Settings" > "Agreement Settings".
Choose the agreement type you want to configure:
Open Account – for agreements shown during trading account creation
Third Party Transfer – for agreements shown during third-party transfers
Click "Create" to begin setting up a new agreement.
You will be able to perform the following operations:
The agreements you create will display differently depending on the "Interaction Mode" you select.
For Click Popup, agreements appear as follows:
Open Account
When your client submits a trading account request, they will see a checkbox below the form that they must tick to acknowledge the agreements.
All your agreement names will be listed there, and clients can click each name to read the full agreement.
Third Party Transfer
When your client submits a third-party transfer request, the same process applies.
A checkbox with the list of agreements for acknowledgment and clickable links to view the full text.
For Auto Popup, agreements appear as follows:
Open Account
When your client submits a trading account request, they complete the form and click “Save.”
The first agreement will then pop up for the client to read and confirm. If scrolling is required, the client must scroll to the end, check the acknowledgment box confirming they have read the agreement, and click “Confirm.”
After clicking “Confirm,” the next agreement will appear for the client to review and acknowledge in the same way.
Once the client has read and confirmed all agreements, the account request will be submitted automatically.
Third Party Transfers
The same process applies when clients submit third-party transfer requests.
When deleting multiple clients, a confirmation summary now lists all selected accounts. You can review and modify the selection before proceeding, reducing the risk of accidental deletions.
This applies to batch deletion of clients, leads and trading accounts.
You can now create demo accounts directly on behalf of clients. This simplifies the onboarding process and provides greater flexibility for testing or trial purposes.
There's 2 ways to create demo accounts for clients:
Client Details Page
Trading Account Page
To create a demo account for your client via the Client Details page, follow these steps:
To create a demo account for your client via the Trading Accounts page, follow these steps:
The previous 100% cap on bonus payouts relative to deposit amounts has been lifted. This enables more dynamic promotional campaigns, including bonuses that exceed the initial deposit.
Client ID is now displayed alongside the account holder’s name in the transfer beneficiary field. This helps prevent confusion when beneficiaries have similar or identical names.
Clients now automatically receive an email after completing single-step registration. This message can be customized to include a welcome note and onboarding instructions.
To do so, follow these steps:
Multi-factor authentication deactivation emails now show the IP address that triggered the action—enhancing transparency and supporting security monitoring.
To do so, follow these steps:
Updated on 3 December 2025
We’re pleased to announce the integration of Brokeree Social Trading with your CRM — a solution that enables your traders to mirror top-performing strategies in real time with transparent performance statistics and actionable insights. By making strategy replication effortless, you can drive higher trading activity while building engagement, loyalty, and long-term retention.
With this integration, you gain a unified platform where strategy discovery, subscriptions, commission distribution, and client engagement all come together. Your traders can seamlessly register as Providers or Followers, explore strategies, review analytics, and start copying trades without leaving the CRM.
The social trading module works in tandem with your CRM’s multi-tier commission engine and wallet-to-wallet transfer features, within a secure Single Sign-On (SSO) environment that simplifies operations and amplifies network growth.
This release empowers prop firms and brokers with greater precision and flexibility when running challenges and rewarding traders. The result: tighter control, smoother operations, and a more engaging trader experience.
We’ve introduced fine-tuned profit-sharing approvals, smarter coupon handling and distribution — all designed to save admin time and maximize the impact of your campaigns.
This update makes fund operations—deposits, withdrawals, and transfers—more efficient and transparent with customizable deposit fields, streamlined approval steps, flexible transfer controls, multiple webhook options, and clearer Luqapay deposit guidance. Together, these upgrades reduce friction, speed up payment handling, and build greater confidence in fund management.
This release focuses on reinforcing security at the administrative level, safeguarding sensitive data, reducing risk, and giving brokers greater assurance. With smarter alerts and flexible access settings, maintaining security is now easier and more reliable.
This update gives you greater flexibility and precision in managing risk for your prop challenges. You can now choose how "Max Daily Loss" is calculated and monitored:
Daily Settlement Method – Calculates Max Daily Loss once per day based on both closed and open trades.
Dynamic Method – If Daily Settlement is disabled, the system checks equity every 10 minutes and compares it against the loss threshold.
This QOL release brings a series of practical updates to improve how you manage client accounts, agreements, transfers, and notifications. From greater flexibility in agreement configuration to safer batch actions and clearer transfer details, every enhancement is designed to streamline routine operations, reduce errors, and enhance client experience.
Whether you're onboarding clients, managing transfers, or customizing notifications, this release helps you operate with greater speed, accuracy, and control.
We’re pleased to announce the integration of with your CRM—a global payments platform designed to simplify transaction flows and enhance the funding experience for both forex brokers and traders. Known for its flexibility and speed, Paysafe enables secure card and wallet-based deposits through a single streamlined gateway.
With this integration, you can offer your clients a trusted, enterprise-grade solution that supports card payments (Visa, Mastercard, Amex with 3D Secure 2) and Skrill digital wallets. All transactions are processed via Paysafe’s secure infrastructure, allowing you to broaden your payment capabilities while ensuring full compliance and visibility over every transfer.
This release brings targeted enhancements to the Prop Trading module—giving you sharper control over trader evaluation, risk management, and commission logic. Manually promote standout traders, enforce stricter per-trade risk limits, and align IB commissions with discounted participation fees—enabling you to safeguard your business interests at every stage. Whether you're running a promotion or fine-tuning risk criteria, these updates help you stay agile without compromising your evaluation standards.
This QOL update brings purposeful enhancements designed to improve your daily workflows. From expanded language support to smarter account management with safeguards against operational missteps, these upgrades deliver impact where it counts.
Whether you're integrating external tools, monitoring referral activity, or evaluating financial insights, you'll experience greater convenience—without added complexity.
We’re introducing Notices—a powerful new tool that makes it easier than ever to deliver important updates, announcements, and alerts directly within the Client Portal.
Whether it’s a planned system maintenance, regulatory update, or time-limited promotion, Notices ensure your message is seen by the right clients at the right time—reducing reliance on emails or external channels.
Fully customizable in appearance, language, recipients, and display duration, this feature gives you precise control over client-facing communication.
Our latest QOL release introduces a range of focused enhancements to improve your daily CRM operations. With refined KYC controls, enhanced notification options, and improved approval visibility, these updates are built to make your workflows more efficient and intuitive.
Whether you're handling client requests, setting up accounts, or managing compliance, this update provides practical tools that help you stay organized, responsive, and in control—every step of the way.
Managing IB commissions just got a lot easier. Our latest update introduces Commission Recalculation—a powerful tool that lets you revisit and resolve missed payouts with precision and control. This feature allows you to seamlessly recalculate and issue commission payments that were previously missed due to scenarios such as unassigned referrals, newly added product symbols, or commission schemes that were not fully configured.
You can choose to:
Automatically recalculate commissions for trades with no prior payouts, or
Manually trigger recalculations by uploading specific trade IDs—giving you full flexibility over the process.
This enhancement streamlines your back-office workflows while reinforcing trust with IBs through timely, transparent, and audit-ready payouts.
We’re pleased to announce the integration of with your CRM—a peer-to-peer payment solution built to simplify and modernize fund transfers. Designed for speed, flexibility, and transparency, LuqaPay connects your traders to a wider community network, allowing deposits and withdrawals to be automatically matched across the ecosystem—not just within your client base.
With this integration, you can offer your clients a streamlined alternative to traditional banking channels, while maintaining full visibility and control over transaction flows. Real-time balance tracking and automated fund reconciliation are available directly via the LuqaPay platform, ensuring operational efficiency at every step.
We’re pleased to introduce "Customizable Retry Fees", a strategic new feature designed to enhance how traders engage with your prop challenges while opening new channels for revenue growth.
Retries were previously available at no cost by default. With this update, you can now choose to charge a fee for each retry attempt, adding a new layer of monetization to your challenge structure. Whether you prefer to keep retries free to maximize participation or assign fees to encourage more committed trading, this feature gives you the flexibility to align the retry experience directly with your business goals.
Wondering what’s really driving your conversions? Our latest CRM integration with Google Tag Manager (GTM) and Google Analytics (GA) delivers the answers, offering real-time tracking and behavioral insights across your entire brokerage funnel.
Notable client interactions such as registrations, KYC submissions, logins, and first deposits are automatically tracked and pushed to your Google Analytics account. GTM handles the tagging, while GA provides clear visibility into user behavior, conversion paths, and campaign performance — all without manual setup.
With live analytics, you can pinpoint drop-off points, measure ROI, and refine re-engagement strategies to turn insights into action.
offers a comprehensive identity verification solution that covers Know Your Customer (KYC), Know Your Business (KYB), and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) screening. With advanced AI-driven verification, real-time document authentication, and global coverage, ShuftiPro helps businesses enhance security, reduce fraud, and comply with regulatory requirements.
The integration of ShuftiPro with the CRM enhances KYC verification and AML screening with automated workflows, real-time risk detection, and global compliance coverage. Instantly verify clients against sanctions lists, PEP databases, and adverse media sources while streamlining onboarding with configurable verification rules and automated approvals. The seamless onboarding process accelerates account activation, allowing traders to start trading sooner.
Our QOL update introduces a range of quality-of-life improvements designed to enhance your day-to-day experience with the CRM. From enhanced wallet permissions to streamlined data entry and smarter engagement tracking, these updates focus on making your operations faster, simpler, and more intuitive—without compromising on power or control.
Whether you’re monitoring deposits, following up with leads, or analyzing client growth, this release is all about working smarter and giving you the tools to do more with less effort.
The latest update to our prop trading module brings greater precision and flexibility to how you structure challenges and evaluate traders. With the introduction of the 'Profitable Days' criterion, customizable profit-sharing conditions, and challenge parameters that remain in effect during the live funded stage, you can more effectively assess consistency and reward top-performing traders. These enhancements streamline your evaluation process, ensuring that only the most disciplined and skilled traders maintain live funded accounts. Discover these new tools to refine your trader evaluation strategies.
We’re excited to launch Trading Risk Alerts, the latest addition to our CRM marketplace, designed to help you maximize profits through proactive risk management.
With real-time email notifications on profit and loss (P&L) and key trading metrics, your team can act instantly when predetermined thresholds are reached. Stay ahead of market fluctuations with instant, actionable insights to safeguard your trading environment and optimize decision-making.
We're excited to roll out enhanced email notifications for the Ticket System module on the CRM. Designed to optimize support operations, these notifications keep both your team and clients informed at every step. From new ticket alerts to progress updates, managing support requests and follow-ups has never been easier.
With this feature, you'll deliver faster responses, maintain better communication, and prioritize client issues effectively, creating a more seamless support experience—all while improving internal efficiency.
We’re excited to introduce Prop Trading Alerts, a dynamic new feature designed to enhance client engagement throughout their prop challenge journey. With automated notifications that track key events—such as approaching trading deadlines, inactivity periods, loss thresholds, and profit achievements—clients will stay informed, motivated, and ready to act.
These alerts serve a dual purpose: they guide clients to take timely action, whether it’s resuming trading or managing risk, while also celebrating their progress and encouraging them to complete their challenges. With Prop Trading Alerts, you’ll not only optimize client experience but also drive higher participation and success in your prop business.
Your CRM just got a major upgrade! V7.31.0 introduces innovative tools and enhancements designed to simplify workflows, empower your team, and drive smarter operations. From advanced fund transfer management to automated MT5 account creation, this update prioritizes efficiency and control without compromising flexibility. With advanced referral tracking, intuitive admin capabilities, and actionable insights for your IBs, managing your business has never been easier. Explore these upgrades and see how they can transform the way you work!
We’re thrilled to introduce a powerful new update that enhances your IBs’ ability to track their downlines' prop trading performance. With the newly added dashboard, your IBs will now have an integrated view of their downlines’ participation status, fees collected, participation fee commission rebates, and profit-sharing amounts. They will also have access to detailed prop trading reports, offering deeper insights into downline performance. These updates are designed to streamline monitoring and empower your IBs with the tools they need to optimize their operations. Dive in to explore the full range of improvements!
We’re excited to unveil the all-new Prop Challenge Dashboard—now more intuitive and powerful than ever. Designed to provide a clearer and more detailed overview of your prop trading business, it makes tracking key metrics like financial performance, participant numbers, and trader success rates simpler and more precise. The new 'Data Type' functionality lets you classify participants as test accounts or live clients, ensuring your data remains accurate and meaningful. We've also enhanced the Prop Challenge Reports with advanced analytics to help you make smarter, data-driven decisions. Dive in to explore these exciting updates
This latest release focuses on delivering a more efficient, integrated, and user-friendly experience. Key updates include a new system tag for tracking trading competition accounts, batch deletion of trading accounts, a new lead creation API for third-party integrations, and improved browsing flexibility for custom navigation links. Read on to find out more!
This latest release bolsters security, enhances API automation, streamlines email workflows, and introduces advanced reporting tools. Highlights include mandatory 2FA for password resets, detailed payment transaction insights via API, and jurisdiction-based filtering for targeted reporting. Read on to explore the full range of updates.
We’re thrilled to unveil the enhanced integration of the Fortex Trading Platform with our CRM. Previously tailored for Prop Trading Challenges, this upgrade now delivers full FX brokerage functionality. Brokers using Fortex can now access the industry’s most advanced multi-tier commissions system and an expanding API marketplace, all while efficiently managing clients, admins, and IBs within a single, unified platform.
Our latest release boosts your CRM workflow with powerful new tools for data analysis and reporting. Notable enhancements include streamlined client sorting, advanced filtering options for reports, and more flexible lead source filters. These updates are designed to help you uncover insights faster and make data-driven decisions with confidence. Read on to explore the details!
We’re thrilled to introduce Promo Codes, a versatile new feature designed to amplify your marketing strategies. Whether you use them as an alternative to, or in combination with Coupons, Promo Codes offer even more ways to engage clients and boost participation in your Prop Challenges.
Here’s a quick breakdown of these two powerful tools:
Coupons: Digital discount vouchers automatically applied to clients’ next purchase—no manual claiming required.
Promo Codes (NEW): Unique codes that clients can manually enter at checkout to instantly unlock discounts—perfect for online marketing campaigns, referrals, or exclusive events.
This update enables easy creation of Promo Codes with options for fixed or percentage-based discounts and a range of customizable settings to align with your specific campaign goals.
Exciting news! Our latest update brings a major boost in efficiency to your Prop Challenge operations. Fortex commission settings are now seamlessly integrated into the CRM Back Office, allowing you to configure trading commissions for prop challenges all in one place. This enhancement streamlines your workflow, making commission management quicker and easier. Read on for all the details!
Our latest release brings more control to your KYC, compliance, and account management processes. Key updates include flexible KYC configurations, improved status management with SumSub (our integrated KYC vendor), automated owner assignment, and the ability to apply client restrictions by nationality—ensuring seamless regulatory adherence. We’ve also expanded reporting for trading competitions to improve operational efficiency. Read on for more details!
We’re excited to introduce several key enhancements in V7.21.0, designed to improve the user experience for both brokers and traders. Customizable two-factor authentication now allows clients to choose between email or authenticator app OTP based on their preferences. The updated dashboard offers deeper insights into deposit and withdrawal activities, providing a clearer overview of financial inflows and outflows. These updates, along with many other improvements, are focused on boosting efficiency and ease of use. Read on for a detailed look at these upgrades.
We're thrilled to unveil a game-changing addition in our latest release: the Coupon function. Turn your promotions into powerful magnets for Prop Challenge participants. Our CRM's dynamic Coupon feature lets you craft irresistible offers, effortlessly attracting and retaining clients with tailored deals.
The Coupon function empowers you to create and manage discounts tailored to both new and existing clients. Choose between fixed or percentage-based discounts, set validity periods, and control usage limits. Additionally, you can choose from a variety of built-in coupon designs and styles to align with your corporate branding.
With robust real-time tracking and management, you can monitor coupon performance, gain valuable insights, and even revoke coupons when needed. This feature is designed to boost participation in your prop trading challenges, driving client growth and deepening engagement.
Explore more to see how this feature can elevate your business!
We are excited to announce several key enhancements to the Prop Trading System. Color-coded progress indicators now make it easier for participants to quickly track their overall progress across multiple parameters at a glance. We’ve also added new webhooks for prop challenges, enabling integration with third-party systems for a smoother workflow.
Referrals can now view prop trading requests within their network, gaining deeper insights into their activities. The newly optimized dashboard delivers deeper data insights for more informed decision-making.
Dive deeper to explore these exciting updates!
This update introduces several key optimizations to your CRM. You can now configure which client groups can access specific trading servers, streamlining account openings across different servers. Plus, promotional links can now be paired with specific account types, ensuring a more targeted and tailored registration experience for your clients.
We’ve also introduced a new set of advanced settings to define which user types are authorized to refer clients, enhancing management of referral networks. Lastly, MT4 and MT5 reports have been improved to include the "reason" for each order, providing a comprehensive overview of the trade source—whether it’s from a client, dealer, or Expert Advisor.
Read on to discover more about these exciting enhancements!
We are excited to announce that with the release of Version 7.17.0, Fortex is now fully integrated with our Prop Trading System. This integration allows you to effortlessly launch prop trading challenges and issue Fortex trading accounts directly to your clients.
Exciting updates await in our latest release, focused on enhancing your CRM experience. Benefit from streamlined operations, improved flexibility in permissions, optimized deposit processes, and enhanced reporting capabilities. Stay ahead with these new enhancements designed to empower your operations and decision-making. Discover more below!
In this major upgrade to our Prop Trading System, you'll experience powerful new functions and expanded flexibility in managing your Prop Challenges. One standout feature is the ability to adjust leverage settings for ongoing challenges without disruption, giving you enhanced control over your risk management strategies.
Furthermore, the prop trading dashboard has been optimized to deliver a more comprehensive, real-time display of critical data, significantly improving user experience for your clients.
We’ve also made the process of creating and publishing prop challenges easier and more intuitive. Plus, you can now download prop trading requests, allowing for detailed, tailored analysis.
Dive deeper to discover more about these enhancements!
Exciting times lie ahead as we offer you more options and flexibility for your Prop Trading Challenges, allowing you to stay ahead of your competitors! Now, you can create one-step challenges where clients pay a registration fee and instantly receive a funded live account.
In addition to automated profit sharing, you'll now have the option to manually configure profit sharing settlements, giving you full control over when profits are distributed to your traders.
With our expanded range of system-generated notifications in the CRM, both you and your clients will effortlessly stay informed via email or pop-up alerts on challenge outcomes and profit-sharing settlements. Keep reading to explore all the details and discover other exciting functionalities!
In this update, we have rolled out a Smart FX conversion capability that allows you to customize your exchange rate sources and easily integrate the rates within your CRM. This new function allows greater flexibility and precision in managing exchange rates for multi-currency transactions.
Furthermore, we have introduced a new "Client Creation" API. This API enables integration with third-party platforms and allows client accounts to be automatically created in the CRM, using information from the existing platform. This means that external systems such as a lead generation system or KYC system can automatically initiate an account creation process in the CRM, making client onboarding quicker and absolutely seamless.
Additionally, we've implemented automatic device recognition during PSP transactions to ensure user interface compatibility across all device types, thereby enhancing the security and tracking of all payment transactions.
We are thrilled to announce the integration of Fireblocks Vault with our CRM, a digital asset provider trusted by some of the world's leading banks and institutions. Fireblocks empowers brokers to seamlessly manage cryptocurrency deposits and withdrawals with enhanced protection. By leveraging Fireblocks' enterprise-grade infrastructure, you can ensure both the safety and efficiency of your clients' crypto transactions. Keep reading to learn more!
It's showtime. Our new Prop Challenge UI has landed in Version 7.11.0!
This update is all about enhancing user experience and making challenges easier to navigate. With the redesigned challenge cards, your traders can effortlessly compare and pick their desired challenges. Payment is now a breeze with one-click participation, and traders participating in multiple challenges can easily keep tabs on all their progress with the intelligent overview feature.
Admins will also welcome the new edit & publish functions making challenge creation ever so easy. Discover these and other enhancements in this release!
Version 7.10.0 brings about major updates to the commission options for Prop trading challenges. Now, you have the flexibility to customize your prop challenge fee payout structure based on Rank Commission, Overriding Commission or Same Rank Bonus, allowing a host of options to attract and retain your referrers.
In our most recent update, we've focused on optimizing essential CRM modules. Key improvements include expedited onboarding with the ability to opt out of email OTP verification during account registration. Furthermore, trading reports are now automatically generated by default, and editing promotional link domains is now a seamless process without the need for recreation. Additionally, we have refined the user interface to enhance navigation and intuitiveness. Discover the details of these updates and enhancements below.
Good news to all Prop Firms! Version 7.8.0 features a full integration with - a new payment channel addition exclusively for prop trading. Simply enable the feature within your CRM marketplace, register for a Stripe account and you are all set to onboard Prop Challenge participants all from every corner of the globe. Read on for more details on this exciting release.
This new release spots a deposit interface overhaul, introducing intuitive icons on a streamlined single page for easy navigation. In addition, your clients can now directly purchase a package to participate in challenges, bypassing the need for an initial e-wallet deposit. These enhancements promise a smoother user experience. Additionally, we've optimized the MT4 comprehensive report extension and trading server display, further enhancing the overall functionality of our CRM.
This major release brings a host of updates to our Prop Trading System, elevating experiences for both end users and administrators. Now, Prop Firms can effortlessly calculate and distribute profit sharing not only to challengers but IB/referrals as well, offering a powerful incentive to attract more participants. Furthermore, the challenge setup process has been refined for enhanced intuitiveness and flexibility, such as assigning challenges based on client groups, non-disruptive challenge terminations and more. Dive in to explore the full spectrum of improvements!
In this update, we’re thrilled to introduce an extension to our IB commission payout module. Now, alongside volume, spread, and profit-based payouts, you can reward your IBs based on commissions configured on your trading platform. Any commissions charged within your MT4, MT5, cTrader, Sirix and ZeroX are synchronized in real-time with the CRM, allowing you to distribute a percentage of these trading platform commissions directly to your IBs. This robust feature not only provides the flexibility to transform a direct platform commission into a multi-tiered reward system, but also ignites synergies for growth and collaboration within your IB network.
Additionally, system popup notifications are now extended to your clients as well! Your clients no longer need to sift through emails for updates. The enhanced notification function sends automatic pop-up notifications within the CRM, promptly informing clients about request updates such as approvals or rejections. Stay connected and streamline client interactions effortlessly.
This release brings pivotal enhancements to the Proprietary Trading Challenge system. Notable improvements include more frequent equity monitoring, now calculated every 10 minutes and a more intuitive "participants" tab that now offers detailed snapshots of traders' status. Furthermore, we've streamlined the admin process with automated approval options, challenge duplication and more!
In this new release, we're excited to present the all-new Calendar function—a powerful tool designed to help your team effortlessly manage tasks by providing a comprehensive overview of assignments and their corresponding deadlines. Stay organized and on top of your schedule with this intuitive feature.
We've also fine-tuned our PSP deposit settings to offer you greater flexibility. Now, you have the ability to adjust the deposit amounts submitted by your clients, ensuring they align precisely with the funds received in your PSP. This optimization allows you greater control in streamlining transactions and avoid administrative hassle.
Furthermore, we understand the importance of efficiency in your IB commission processes. With the latest update, you can now choose to disable the display of zero commission data. This thoughtful enhancement not only helps declutter your CRM but also contributes to a more effective commission payout system for your IBs.
In this update, we're proud to present the seamless integration Twilio Verify into our CRM. This integration enhances your security measures by offering clients a diverse array of reliable verification methods. With Twilio Verify, clients now have the flexibility to opt for 2FA via various channels, such as voice, messaging, and WhatsApp during the onboarding process. Bid farewell to the constraints of email OTP verifications and empower your clients to select the verification method that best suits their preferences.
Furthermore, we've also harnessed the power of MT4 data to create supercharged account reports to provide you unprecedented perspectives and profound insights to your business including clients' performance, trading preferences, and strategies. Additionally, it offers a valuable tool to assess the sustainability of your IB business model. With MT4 Advanced Account Reports, you can make informed decisions that drive your business forward with confidence.
Get ready to excite your traders with our latest feature: The Trading Competition module. Amp up the trading thrill by hosting trading competitions for your traders to battle it out for the top spot and win enticing prizes. Launch competitions with unprecedented ease complete with leadership boards and the flexibility to automatically distribute rewards. Install the module today and create an electrifying experience for your traders!
We are thrilled to introduce our latest CRM module, the Proprietary Trading (Prop) Challenge. This powerful addition empowers you to effortlessly launch engaging Prop Challenges, enticing clients to participate and showcase their trading skills. Successful traders earn access to funded live trading accounts, making it a compelling feature to attract and reward skilled traders. Join us in revolutionizing your business! Please note that Prop Trading Challenge is currently available for MT4 and MT5 only.
We are thrilled to unveil the new Withdrawal Webhook feature within our CRM. This enhancement empowers you to effortlessly and securely submit withdrawal requests directly from the CRM to a designated destination URL using Webhooks. With this innovative addition, you can now seamlessly streamline your withdrawal process and enhance operational efficiency.
We're thrilled to introduce the new Profit Percentage commission payout method, enabling you to reward IBs based on a percentage of traders' profits. Additionally, we've incorporated a flexible feature allowing you to set commission rebates in either USD or the trading account's base currency.
Exciting news! Our latest CRM version release comes with two fantastic updates to enhance your experience. You can now easily withdraw funds using Match2Pay, alongside the existing deposit feature. Additionally, we've made our CRM even more secure by introducing mandatory 2-factor authentication (2FA).
Introducing our latest release featuring the new risk management dashboard. This powerful tool allows you to track your profits over time and provides projected profit analysis based on the hybrid A/B book risk management model. You will also have valuable insights on the top five most profitable traders and the top five traders with the most losses. This enables you to make more informed decisions as a broker, optimizing your A-book and B-book strategies to maximize returns.
We are pleased to announce the integration of Match2Pay, a cryptocurrency Payment Service Provider (PSP), with our CRM platform. This integration allows you to offer your clients an additional payment gateway option specifically tailored for cryptocurrencies. By leveraging Match2Pay's expertise in cryptocurrency transactions, you can provide secure and efficient processing for your clients' cryptocurrency payments. Stay ahead of the competition and enhance your service offerings by utilizing this new integration.
We're thrilled to share that our latest release includes full integration with SumSub, an all-in-one KYC verification platform that can help catch fraudsters and ensure your business meets compliance regulations worldwide. With this new integration, you can enhance your KYC and due diligence checks on clients, giving you peace of mind that your business is secure.
In this new release, we are excited to announce the addition of a new application, the AI Editor, to our CRM marketplace. This application is designed to help you create stunning email templates and custom client pages with ease. In addition, we have incorporated activity logs for your clients and potential leads. This will allow you to keep track of their progress and stay up to date with their current status.
Our this release includes a seamless integration of AirCall with our CRM. AirCall is a cloud-based phone system and call center that makes phone support a breeze. Now, you can effortlessly call your clients directly from the CRM and provide real-time support to address any issues they may have, thereby strengthening your customer relationships. Additionally, we've made optimizations to the Clients & Leads Details Page, presenting you with a comprehensive overview of all your clients' and leads' activities in one convenient location. This update is designed to enhance your experience and streamline your workflow, enabling you to provide exceptional customer service.
In this release, we have optimized the Progressive Web Application (PWA) for your CRM Client Portal to be now available on mobile. Your clients will be able to install the CRM client portal as a mobile application, providing them with an enhanced user experience. Furthermore, enhancements have been made to the automatic deposit function, allowing you to manage your clients’ deposit operations more efficiently.
In this new release, we have launched the Progressive Web Application (PWA) for your CRM Client Portal. Your clients will be able to install the CRM client portal as a desktop or mobile application, providing them with an enhanced user experience.
In this release, you can now create multiple KYC forms and customize the fields to cater to different KYC requirements. This allows your onboarding process to cover a full spectrum of KYC requirements for different client types (e.g. corporate or retail clients) and jurisdictions.
In this release, we have added 4 new email design templates for you to choose from - geometric, minimalist, vivid and formal. Select your preferred email design, apply it to all emails and improve your corporate branding now!
In this release, we have added automatically generated system tags to the CRM, providing you a comprehensive overview of your clients at a quick glance. Furthermore, the filtering option has been optimized, allowing you to search and filter for clients more efficiently.
In this release, a new task function has been added allowing you to create tasks, assign tasks to the respective teams and view task statuses. This allows your team to better manage clients’ requests, follow up on them more efficiently and improve customer relationship. Furthermore, the client portal dashboard has also been enhanced to provide your clients a more comprehensive overview of their accounts.
In this release, a new tier upgrade function has been added, allowing you to set promotion criteria for your traders and IBs, and have them automatically upgraded to the next tier. Furthermore, you can setup daily deposit timeframes to better manage your operations and provide descriptions of your online deposit methods to your clients. Files uploaded by you on the KYC configuration module will now be shown on the CRM portal without clients having to download them. Depending on your business requirements, this new release also provides you the ability to restrict report timeframes that your clients can view or download.
In this release, a new ticketing system has been added to your CRM to facilitate your customer service operations and improve customer relationship. Your clients will be able to submit enquiries via tickets, and you can easily track and manage them on your CRM. This function allows you to assign your tickets, track ticket statuses and resolve your client’s issues more efficiently. Furthermore, you can now customize multiple exchange rates for the same currency for different client groups now. Read on to find out more!
In this release, you can now add tags to your clients and leads to provide a comprehensive overview of their profile and status. Customize your own tags, color code them and allow your team to understand all account profiles at a quick glance. Optimizations have also been done to clients and leads details to enhance readability of data. Read on to find out more!
In this new release, you can now enhance your corporate branding by customizing your CRM portal to your own style preferences and upgrade the look of your emails by applying our pre-built email design templates. Other optimizations have been done to improve data analytics and streamline your operations. Read on to find out more!
In this release, we are excited to present to you ChillPay as a newly integrated Payment Service Provider (PSP) on your CRM. You can now receive funds with ChillPay, which supports internet banking, mobile banking, debit and credit card payment, any many more. Open up a new deposit stream for your clients by registering and setting up ChillPay on your CRM now!
The notifications module has also been enhanced, allowing you to customize visibility permissions on all notifications and to reverse pop-up notifications sent to your clients. Bank card is also newly added into the KYC configuration module allowing you to customize your KYC process to suit your business needs.
In this release, we are excited to present to you PayPal as a newly integrated Payment Service Provider (PSP) on your CRM. You can now receive funds with PayPal, debit cards and credit cards, giving your clients a more comprehensive and efficient fund deposit experience. Open up a new deposit stream for your clients by registering and setting up PayPal now!
In this release, enhancements have been made to multiple CRM modules to streamline your operations. You will now receive prompts for duplicated passport or identification numbers of your clients, allowing you to conduct efficient client due diligence and KYC. Commission rebates will now be paid out to “close by” trades, covering the full suite of trading styles available on MT4 and MT5. Account types are now viewable from the client dashboard, providing your clients a more comprehensive overview of their trading accounts.
The mobile user interface has also been optimized, allowing you and your clients to easily distinguish the different statuses of multiple requests. You can now better manage and operate your business remotely!
In this release, the leads module has been enhanced for you to better track the progress of your leads and manage your leads operation more efficiently. Explore this function now to increase your leads conversion rate!
A new bank card approval function has also been launched for you to monitor and control your company’s incoming and outgoing funds. Utilize this function to comply with third party payment restrictions and other regulatory requirements for your company.
We are excited to launch a new bonus function on our CRM Marketplace. At only USD 200 per month, you can now create campaigns, customize payout criteria and reward your clients with bonus funds to trade more with you. Subscribe now for a 3 months free trial to explore the new bonus function.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of IBs, traders and admin, so that IBs can manage customers' data and query data more conveniently, admin manager data more efficiently.
In this version, customers can now obtain the required information through open API.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of IBs, traders and admin, so that IBs can manage customers' data and query data more conveniently, admin manager data more efficiently.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of IBs, traders and admin, so that IBs can manage customers' data and query data more conveniently, admin manager data more efficiently.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of admin, so that admin can use system more efficiently.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of admin, so that admin can use system more efficiently.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of IBs, traders and admin, so that IBs can manage customers data and query data more conveniently, admin manager data more efficiently and more aware of system data changes.
In this version, we continue to pay attention to and improve the experience of admin, so that admin can manage data more efficiently
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 20 May 2025
We’re introducing Notices—a powerful new tool that makes it easier than ever to deliver important updates, announcements, and alerts directly within the Client Portal.
Whether it’s a planned system maintenance, regulatory update, or time-limited promotion, Notices ensure your message is seen by the right clients at the right time—reducing reliance on emails or external channels.
Fully customizable in appearance, language, recipients, and display duration, this feature gives you precise control over client-facing communication.
Customisable Display: Choose whether a notice appears at the top or bottom of the portal. Adjust alignment as well as font and background colours to reflect your brand or emphasize urgency.
Multi-Language Support: Set notice content in multiple languages. Clients will automatically see the message in their chosen portal language—ensuring clarity and consistency across regions.
Audience Targeting: Enjoy the flexibility to assign notices to specific client groups. Share tailored updates or operational alerts only with relevant users—such as VIP clients, specific account types, or regional groups—without broadcasting to everyone.
To start publishing Notices, the appropriate user permissions must be assigned:
Read Notices – Grants view-only access to existing notices.
Update Notices – Grants full access to create, edit, publish, and delete notices.
Once these permissions are assigned, the "Notices" option will appear in the side menu under the "Notify" module, allowing you to manage client communications directly.
By default, you will see the notices you have created. Use the dropdown menu to adjust your view to one of the following scopes:
Your Own Data – Notices created by you only.
Direct Downlines – Notices created by your direct downline users.
All Downlines – Notices created by all users in your downline hierarchy.
Same Role – Notices created by users assigned the same Role as you.
You can set the default position where notices will appear on the Client Portal. Choose either Top or Bottom to best suit your communication needs.
Top: Notices will be displayed prominently at the top of the Client Portal screen, ensuring maximum visibility.
Bottom: Notices will appear at the bottom of the Client Portal, providing a less intrusive but still accessible location.
To create a Notice, follow these steps:
You can perform the following actions to manage your notices efficiently:
Clients will see published notices displayed at the top or bottom of the portal, based on your configured default position.
Notices remain visible across all pages within the Client Portal, ensuring consistent visibility regardless of where clients navigate.
If a notice message exceeds the banner length, it will be truncated with a “...” at the end.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 4 June 2025
This release brings targeted enhancements to the Prop Trading module—giving you sharper control over trader evaluation, risk management, and commission logic. Manually promote standout traders, enforce stricter per-trade risk limits, and align IB commissions with discounted participation fees—enabling you to safeguard your business interests at every stage. Whether you're running a promotion or fine-tuning risk criteria, these updates help you stay agile without compromising your evaluation standards.
: Manually promote traders to the next stage when exceptions arise—perfect for handling edge cases, disputes, or fast-tracking high-potential candidates. Enjoy added flexibility without changing your core evaluation framework.
: Introduce a per-trade loss limit to your challenge rules. Traders who exceed this threshold on any single closed trade will automatically fail the challenge, helping you manage high-risk behaviour with more granularity.
: IB commissions can now be calculated from discounted participation fees, allowing for more accurate payouts during promotions or when using custom pricing.
You can now manually promote traders to the next stage when exceptions arise—perfect for handling edge cases, disputes, or fast-tracking high-potential candidates. Enjoy added flexibility without changing your core evaluation framework.
To advance traders, you will need to assign the respective permission:
Manual Advancement - Provides rights to advance a trader to the next prop challenge stage.
Only traders currently "In Progress" are eligible for manual advancement. Those who have already passed or failed cannot be advanced.
If there are open positions, the advancement cannot be performed until those positions are closed.
To advance a trader to the next stage, follow these steps:
You can now introduce a per-trade loss limit to your challenge rules. Traders who exceed this threshold on any single closed trade will automatically fail the challenge, helping you manage high-risk behaviour with more granularity.
To do so, follow these steps:
When viewing a prop challenge, clients will be able to see the "Max Loss Per Closed Trade" criterion. They can click on it to view a detailed description. The system will automatically calculate and display the corresponding fixed amount based on the initial balance. For example, if the initial balance is $100,000 and the Max Loss Per Closed Trade is set to 3%, the system will display $3,000.
Furthermore, both you and your client will be able to view the Max Loss Per Closed Trade on the Prop Challenge Details page. Hovering over the "?" will display a tooltip explaining this criterion.
IB commissions can now be calculated from discounted participation fees, allowing for more accurate payouts during promotions or when using custom pricing.
To do so, follow these steps:
Greater control. Smoother workflows. Smarter tools.
Released Date - 9 May 2025
Our latest QOL release introduces a range of focused enhancements to improve your daily CRM operations. With refined KYC controls, enhanced notification options, and improved approval visibility, these updates are built to make your workflows more efficient and intuitive.
Whether you're handling client requests, setting up accounts, or managing compliance, this update provides practical tools that help you stay organized, responsive, and in control—every step of the way.
The Approval Module now shows the number of pending requests directly in the navigation menu—giving you an instant snapshot without needing to open the module.
New trading accounts can now be configured to have trading disabled by default. Trading will be automatically enabled once the account is funded through a deposit, internal transfer, rebate, bonus, or contest reward. This prevents premature trade attempts that may result in excess error logs and system load.
You can now configure KYC requirements separately for live and demo accounts. Clients will also see a KYC prompt before completing the account creation form—providing greater clarity and setting expectations upfront.
:
Add BCC recipients to system emails for better internal visibility and archiving.
Clients will now receive real-time updates on withdrawal requests, IB registrations, KYC submission failures, and multi-step withdrawal progress.
When a client request is approved or rejected, any internal remarks—such as rejection reasons—will now be shared with the associated Referrals, improving transparency and communication.
Set default asset classes for Fortex accounts directly within the CRM. These settings will auto-apply to new Fortex accounts, ensuring consistent setup without manual configuration.
The Approval Module now shows the number of pending requests directly in the navigation menu—giving you an instant snapshot without needing to open the module.
New trading accounts can now be configured to have trading disabled by default. Trading will be automatically enabled once the account is funded through a deposit, internal transfer, rebate, bonus, or contest reward. This prevents premature trade attempts that may result in excess error logs and system load.
To configure, follow these steps:
You can now configure KYC requirements separately for live and demo accounts.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can now add BCC recipients to system emails for better internal visibility and archiving. To do so, follow these steps:
We’ve added new email and pop-up notifications to enhance visibility across key processes:
By default, these newly added email and pop-up notifications are disabled. To enable them, follow these steps:
When a client request is approved or rejected, any internal remarks—such as rejection reasons—will now be shared with the associated Referrals, improving transparency and communication.
This applies to the following notification templates:
Your Client's Account Opening Request Has Been Processed
Your Client's Deposit Request Has Been Processed
Your Client's Registration Request Has Been Processed
Your Client's Withdrawal Request Has Been Processed
To include remarks in referral email or pop-up notifications, follow these steps:
You can now set default asset classes for Fortex accounts directly within the CRM. These settings will auto-apply to new Fortex accounts, ensuring consistent setup without manual configuration.
To do so, follow these steps:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 18 June 2025
We’re pleased to announce the integration of Paysafe with your CRM—a global payments platform designed to simplify transaction flows and enhance the funding experience for both forex brokers and traders. Known for its flexibility and speed, Paysafe enables secure card and wallet-based deposits through a single streamlined gateway.
With this integration, you can offer your clients a trusted, enterprise-grade solution that supports card payments (Visa, Mastercard, Amex with 3D Secure 2) and Skrill digital wallets. All transactions are processed via Paysafe’s secure infrastructure, allowing you to broaden your payment capabilities while ensuring full compliance and visibility over every transfer.
Currently, only card payments and Skrill are fully supported. For access to additional Paysafe methods, please contact your dedicated account manager for assistance.
Multi-Channel Payment Support: Access a wide array of payment options through a single platform, including credit and debit cards (Visa, Mastercard, Amex), digital wallets (Skrill, Neteller), prepaid vouchers (Paysafecard, Paysafecash), and local bank transfers.
Enterprise-Level Security & Compliance: Paysafe is PCI DSS Level 1 certified, ensuring the highest standard of payment security. Cardholder data is processed securely via Paysafe Checkout with 3‑D Secure 2 authentication, minimizing PCI scope and enhancing protection.
Advanced Fraud Prevention: Leverages real-time fraud monitoring, tokenization, and network tokenization to reduce risk and increase transaction approval rates.
To start offering Paysafe as a payment method, you’ll first need to install the integration via the CRM Marketplace. Follow these steps to get set up:
To create Paysafe settings, follow these steps:
You will be able to perform the following actions on your Paysafe Settings:
To setup Paysafe as a deposit method, follow these steps:
To deposit funds via Paysafe, your clients can follow these steps:
Greater control. Smoother workflows. Smarter tools.
Released Date - 20 May 2025
This QOL update brings purposeful enhancements designed to improve your daily workflows. From expanded language support to smarter account management with safeguards against operational missteps, these upgrades deliver impact where it counts.
Whether you're integrating external tools, monitoring referral activity, or evaluating financial insights, you'll experience greater convenience—without added complexity.
: Embed dynamic parameters—such as "name", "email", and "user_id"—into external links on custom navigation pages. This enables client-specific data to pass automatically to third-party tools for personalized access.
: Client Group names and descriptions are now configurable in multiple languages. Users will see these labels in their selected portal language, improving clarity across global teams.
: To prevent the accidental removal of clients with active funds, the system will now check all linked trading accounts for remaining balances before deletion is allowed. This eliminates leftover balances and avoids complications in tracing account ownership.
You can now embed dynamic parameters—such as "name", "email", and "user_id"—into external links on custom navigation pages. This enables client-specific data to pass automatically to third-party tools for personalized access.
To do so, follow these steps:
Client Group names and descriptions are now configurable in multiple languages. Users will see these labels in their selected portal language, improving clarity across global teams.
To configure the Client Group names, follow these steps:
To prevent the accidental removal of clients with active funds, the system will now check all linked trading accounts for remaining balances before deletion is allowed. This eliminates leftover balances and avoids complications in tracing account ownership.
If any trading accounts have remaining balances, the system will display the error message: "Existing balance in trading accounts."
To proceed, you must withdraw the remaining funds or unbind the trading accounts from the client.
Trading accounts with pending deposits or transfers can no longer be moved to groups with a different currency, helping prevent currency mismatches and transaction errors.
If you attempt to change the trading account group to one with a different currency while there are pending deposit or transfer requests, an error message will be displayed. You must approve or reject the requests before proceeding with the group change.
Similarly, if you perform a batch change of trading account groups, any accounts with pending deposit or transfer requests—where the target group has a different currency—will fail to update. You’ll need to approve or reject the pending requests before attempting the group change again.
You can now delete cTrader accounts—individually or in bulk—directly from the CRM without accessing the cTrader platform. This simplifies account cleanup and admin workflows.
To delete cTrader accounts, follow these steps:
Admin notifications for approved requests now include referral details, making it easier to identify the referring IB and follow up when key client actions occur.
To configure this, follow these steps:
New cTrader accounts now trigger platform-specific emails, ensuring clients receive tailored onboarding details—instead of the generic template used for all trading platforms.
This applies to both live and demo cTrader accounts.
To amend the notification templates, follow these steps:
Previously, you could only see the total number of records—without knowing how many unique clients they came from. Now, the report also shows the number of distinct clients, helping you quickly understand whether the transactions are spread across many clients or concentrated among a few.
Furthermore, you can now view the total Payment/Withdrawal Amount by clicking "Total".
Previously, totals reflected only the amounts converted into clients’ trading account currencies. Now, you can see the original transaction amounts and currencies, giving you clearer insight into client funding preferences—such as USDT, ETH, and others.
This helps with product planning and payment channel optimization.
Advanced referral filtering—previously only available in the back office—is now accessible in the client portal. Referrers can easily filter by downlines, uplines, custom level range from 0 to 100, or use the referral tree for precise, targeted views.
You can now:
Enter one or more names and select "All Downlines" to view data for all downlines under those individuals.
Enter one or more names and select "All Uplines" to view data for all uplines of those individuals.
Enter one or more names and select "Custom Downlines", specifying the number of downline levels to include.
This feature is added to the following reports:
My Clients - Referral Details
My Clients - Trading Account
All Clients' Reports
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 14 March 2025
offers a comprehensive identity verification solution that covers Know Your Customer (KYC), Know Your Business (KYB), and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) screening. With advanced AI-driven verification, real-time document authentication, and global coverage, ShuftiPro helps businesses enhance security, reduce fraud, and comply with regulatory requirements.
The integration of ShuftiPro with the CRM enhances KYC verification and AML screening with automated workflows, real-time risk detection, and global compliance coverage. Instantly verify clients against sanctions lists, PEP databases, and adverse media sources while streamlining onboarding with configurable verification rules and automated approvals. The seamless onboarding process accelerates account activation, allowing traders to start trading sooner.
More control. Smoother workflows. Smarter insights.
Released Date - 5 March 2025
Our QOL update introduces a range of quality-of-life improvements designed to enhance your day-to-day experience with the CRM. From enhanced wallet permissions to streamlined data entry and smarter engagement tracking, these updates focus on making your operations faster, simpler, and more intuitive—without compromising on power or control.
Whether you’re monitoring deposits, following up with leads, or analyzing client growth, this release is all about working smarter and giving you the tools to do more with less effort.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 4 April 2025
We’re pleased to announce the integration of LuqaPay with your CRM—a peer-to-peer payment solution built to simplify and modernize fund transfers. Designed for speed, flexibility, and transparency, LuqaPay connects your traders to a wider community network, allowing deposits and withdrawals to be automatically matched across the ecosystem—not just within your client base.
With this integration, you can offer your clients a streamlined alternative to traditional banking channels, while maintaining full visibility and control over transaction flows. Real-time balance tracking and automated fund reconciliation are available directly via the LuqaPay platform, ensuring operational efficiency at every step.
Currently, only the Japan Community Bank Transfer method is supported.
Stay ahead with our latest CRM updates—discover all the new features here!
Released Date - 21 March 2025
Wondering what’s really driving your conversions? Our latest CRM integration with Google Tag Manager (GTM) and Google Analytics (GA) delivers the answers, offering real-time tracking and behavioral insights across your entire brokerage funnel.
Notable client interactions such as registrations, KYC submissions, logins, and first deposits are automatically tracked and pushed to your Google Analytics account. GTM handles the tagging, while GA provides clear visibility into user behavior, conversion paths, and campaign performance — all without manual setup.
With live analytics, you can pinpoint drop-off points, measure ROI, and refine re-engagement strategies to turn insights into action.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 26 March 2025
We’re pleased to introduce "Customizable Retry Fees", a strategic new feature designed to enhance how traders engage with your prop challenges while opening new channels for revenue growth.
Retries were previously available at no cost by default. With this update, you can now choose to charge a fee for each retry attempt, adding a new layer of monetization to your challenge structure. Whether you prefer to keep retries free to maximize participation or assign fees to encourage more committed trading, this feature gives you the flexibility to align the retry experience directly with your business goals.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 17 April 2025
Managing IB commissions just got a lot easier. Our latest update introduces Commission Recalculation—a powerful tool that lets you revisit and resolve missed payouts with precision and control. This feature allows you to seamlessly recalculate and issue commission payments that were previously missed due to scenarios such as unassigned referrals, newly added product symbols, or commission schemes that were not fully configured.
You can choose to:
Automatically recalculate commissions for trades with no prior payouts, or
Manually trigger recalculations by uploading specific trade IDs—giving you full flexibility over the process.
Click the "Language" icon to add the name in multiple languages, if needed. Click "Save".
Fill in the "Content"of the agreement.
Use the language tabs to switch between client-supported languages and enter content accordingly.
Click "Save" to create the agreement.
A list of selected items.
You can deselect any incorrect items. The total count updates automatically.
Click “Delete Permanently” to proceed.
On this page, you can:
Click the “View” icon to check the status of each record.
See any failure reasons.
You will be able to see your demo trading platform in the dropdown menu.
Fill in the details and click "Confirm".
The demo trading account will be created for your client.
Click either "Create & Bind to New Client" or "Bind to Existing Client".
You will be able to see your demo trading platform in the dropdown menu.
Fill in the details.
Click "Confirm".
The demo trading account will be created for the client.
Once enabled, the email will be sent to clients who have successfully completed their CRM account registration.
Click "Save".
The email will now include the IP address from which the deactivation was triggered from.
Company Wide – Notices created by any user within the company.
Configure the following:
Title – Enter the main title of your notice.
Multi-Language Support – Click the "Language" icon to input content in multiple languages.
The available language fields will match those enabled for your Client Portal.
Content – Fill in the notice body. You may enter different versions for each enabled language. Note: Maximum 2,000 characters per language version.
Text Alignment – Choose between Left, Center, or Right alignment.
Font & Background Colour – Customise the appearance of the notice using your brand colours.
Client Groups – Select which client groups should see this notice, allowing for targeted delivery.
Time Settings – Set the Timezone, Start Date, and End Date for when the notice should be displayed.
Start Date: You may only select today's date or a future date.
End Date: Must be the same as or later than the Start Date.
Once complete, choose one of the following:
Click "Save" to keep the notice as a draft and return to it later.
Click "Publish" to confirm and schedule the notice for display. You can have a maximum of 5 published notices at any given time. If you reach this limit, you will need to delete an existing notice before publishing a new one.
Once you have saved or published your notice, it will appear in the Notices list where you can monitor and manage all entries. Each notice will display its current status:
Draft — The notice has been saved but not yet published or scheduled to show on the Client Portal.
Published — The notice has been confirmed for display and will appear on the Client Portal according to its scheduled start and end dates.
Notice Status Behavior on Edit:
Editing a "Draft" Notice keeps it in "Draft" status.
Editing a "Published" Notice changes its status to "Pending Update". You will need to publish it again for the changes to take effect.
Editing a "Pending Update" Notice keeps it in "Pending Update" status.
Notices with "Disabled" or "Expired" status cannot be edited. The "Edit" icon will not be visible for these notices.
To publish a new notice, please disable or delete an existing published notice first.
To re-enable the notice, simply click the "Re-enable" icon. It re-enabled and within its valid display period, the notice will be shown again on the client portal.
When multiple notices are published, the system will automatically rotate between them every 10 seconds.
Clients can also manually navigate between notices by clicking the left and right arrows on the banner.
At the bottom of the banner, navigation dots indicate the number of published notices and help users track which notice they’re currently viewing.
Locate the trader you wish to manually advance to the next stage.
Click the "Manual Advancement" icon.
A popup notification will appear to inform you that if the account qualifies for profit sharing, the system will automatically settle the profit during the advancement process. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
If the next stage is a demo stage, the trader will receive new trading credentials to continue the challenge.
If the next stage is a live stage, a live stage request will be generated. You must approve or reject this request:
Approve: The trader receives credentials for the live account.
Reject: The challenge will be marked as failed
Note that for existing challenges marked as "Ongoing", edits are not permitted.
Go to "Challenge Rules".
Configure "Max Loss Per Closed Trade". This is set as a percentage of the initial balance.
You can configure it for both demo stages and live stages.
For existing challenges, the "Max Loss Per Closed Trade" will be automatically set to be the same as the Maximum Daily Loss configured.
The system will check every 10 minutes and during daily settlement to determine if any single closed trade exceeds this threshold. If so, the trader will fail the challenge.
Go to "Participation Fee Commission".
Select "Commission = Participation Fee (After Discount) x N%" as your preferred Commission Calculation Method.
For example, if the original participation fee is $100 and a 20% discount is applied, the discounted fee becomes $80. If the commission rate is set at 0.1%, the commission payout will be 0.1% × $80 = $0.08.
Click "SAVE AND EXIT" to save your challenge as draft or click "Publish" to publish your challenge immediately.
Click "Edit".
Select "Disable Trading Until Account is Funded".
Click "Save".
The previous “Create Account” option has been split into two: “Create Live Account” and “Create Demo Account.”
You now have separate control over KYC restrictions for live and demo accounts.
Selecting “Create Live Account” means clients must complete KYC before submitting a live trading account request.
Selecting “Create Demo Account” means clients must complete KYC before submitting a demo trading account request.
Click the "Save" icon to save your changes.
When a client attempts to submit a Create Account request, a pop-up will now appear before the account creation form, informing them to complete their KYC verification first.
Clients can click “KYC Verification” to be redirected directly to the KYC form.
Previously, this prompt appeared after the account creation form was completed. It now appears upfront to guide clients earlier in the process.
To configure BCC, locate the desired email template and click the "Edit" icon.
Select the backoffice users you wish to BCC.
Click "Save".
Locate the desired notification template and click the "Enable" icon to activate it.
To make changes, click the "Edit" icon.
Apply the necessary amendments, and then click "Save".
Once enabled, emails will be automatically sent by the system based on the configured trigger.
Click the “Referrer” tab to view the list of notifications sent to Referrals/IBs.
Click "Edit".
Select the Asset Classes you wish to offer.
Click "Save".
Your Withdrawal Request is Pending Processing
Notifies clients that their withdrawal request has been received and is currently being processed by the team.
IB Registration Pending Processing
Notifies clients that their IB registration request has been received and is under review.
Your Account Verification is Pending Approval
Notifies clients that their KYC submission has been received and is awaiting approval.
Multi-Level Approval Pending
Notifies internal team members involved in multi-level approval flows that a request has been approved by the previous level and is now pending their action.
Centralized Business Portal: Brokers can manage transactions, chargebacks, refunds, and multi-currency reconciliations—all from a single, centralized dashboard.
Locate PaySafe in the list of available integrations and click on it.
You will be redirected to the details page.
Click “Install” to add PaySafe to your CRM.
Once installed, ensure your team has the appropriate permissions to access and configure Paysafe settings. Assign the following permissions as needed:
Read Paysafe Settings – Allows users to view Paysafe configuration settings
Create Paysafe Settings – Allows users to create Paysafe settings
Update Paysafe Settings – Allows users to modify existing Paysafe settings
Delete Paysafe Settings – Allows users to delete Paysafe settings
After permissions are granted, your team will be able to view and configure PaySafe under “PSP Settings” in the CRM.
Fill in the name for your Paysafe configuration.
Select either "Test" or "Live" environment.
Enter your "Public Key" and "Private Key" provided by Paysafe.
Choose the currencies you wish to offer.
Based on the currencies selected, a list of available payment methods will appear. Select the ones you want to enable.
If you add or change currencies later, you’ll need to re-select the payment methods to ensure they match the updated currencies.
Click "Save" to apply your settings.
After creating your PaySafe configuration, click the "View" icon.
This will allow you to retrieve the Callback URL provided by the CRM.
In your PaySafe portal, go to "Developers" > "Webhook Configurations".
Click "Add New Configuration".
Under "Account Number", select the relevant account.
Paste the CRM Callback URL into the "End Point URL" field.
Choose the appropriate Environment (Test or Live).
Under "Events", ensure you select the following:
Payment Handle
Payment Completed
Click "Update Webhook" to save the configuration.
You will be able to see all the configured settings.
Make the necessary amendments.
Click on "Save" to save the updated settings.
A confirmation popup notice will appear.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the deletion.
Please note that if the Paysafe setting is being used by an existing deposit method, you will not be able to delete it.
Click "Create".
Enter the name for the icon.
Upload an image for the icon. Make sure it is 200x200 pixels, has a transparent background, and is in PNG format.
Click "Save".
Navigate to Transaction Settings > Deposit Settings.
Under "Payment Method Settings", click "Create".
Fill in the details:
Select Platform: Choose Paysafe
Select Icon: Choose the Paysafe icon
Select Clients or Client Groups: Specify which clients or groups this deposit method applies to.
Use External Exchange Rate: Check this if you want to use your own exchange rate source for converting the supported currencies to the client’s account currency.
Show Trading Amount: Checked by default; this will display both the payment amount and the actual deposited amount for the client’s reference.
The deposit fields shown are mandatory and required by Paysafe.
You can add custom deposit fields if needed by clicking the "Create" icon.
Click Save to save your payment method configuration.
If you did not enable the "Use External Exchange Rate" option when creating the Paysafe payment method, you must manually configure the exchange rate for your supported currencies.
To set the exchange rate:
Go to "Exchange Rates".
Locate the currency you want to set the exchange rate for and click the "Edit" icon.
Assign Client Groups
Select the client groups this exchange rate should apply to.
You can set different exchange rates for different client groups by clicking "Add Exchange Rate".
Setting the client group as "Other Client Groups" means any groups not explicitly configured will follow this rate.
Configure the Type:
Manual: Enter the exchange rate manually.
Auto Update:
Choose your preferred exchange rate source.
Display Exchange Rate (optional):
Check this option if you want clients to view the current exchange rate in their portal.
Click "Save" to apply your settings.
Click "Deposit".
Select "Paysafe" as the payment method.
Select the preferred Payment Currency.
Choose the Account to which the funds will be deposited.
Enter the amount to deposit.
Click “Deposit” to proceed.
The PaySafe payment page will pop up, allowing your client to select their preferred payment method.
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the payment.
Once your client is redirected to the payment page, a deposit request will be generated in the CRM—regardless of whether the client has completed the payment.
Navigate to CRM Back Office > Approval > Deposit.
Click "Review" on the deposit request you wish to assess.
The Payment Status will initially appear as "Pending".
You can refresh the payment status by clicking the “Refresh” icon. If needed, you may also manually update the payment status by clicking the “Edit” icon.
Any action taken—whether refreshing or editing—will be recorded in the log section below for audit purposes.
If the client has successfully completed the payment and Paysafe reflects a "Success" status, this status will be updated in the CRM.
You can then proceed to Approve or Reject the deposit request.
If your Approval Settings for deposit requests are configured to Automatic, the system will automatically approve the request upon receiving a “Success” callback.
cTrader Account Deletion from CRM: Delete cTrader accounts—individually or in bulk—directly from the CRM without accessing the cTrader platform. This simplifies account cleanup and admin workflows.
Email Notification Enhancements
Referral Info in Approval Emails: Admin notifications for approved requests now include referral details, making it easier to identify the referring IB and follow up when key client actions occur.
Dedicated cTrader Welcome Emails: New cTrader accounts now trigger platform-specific emails, ensuring clients receive tailored onboarding details—instead of the generic template used for all trading platforms.
Client Activity Insights in Transactions Report: Two new fields—unique client counts and deposit/withdrawal totals in their original transaction currencies—provide deeper insight into client behaviour and funding preferences, supporting better payment channel decisions.
Advanced Referral Filters in Client Portal: Advanced referral filtering—previously only available in the back office—is now accessible in the client portal. Referrers can easily filter by downlines, uplines, custom level range from 0 to 100, or use the referral tree for precise, targeted views.
At the bottom, you'll see available parameters: name, email, and user_id.
Click on any parameter to automatically embed it into your link.
You can include multiple parameters if needed.
Click "Confirm" to save your changes.
Once embedded, these parameters will be passed through when a client accesses the custom navigation page. This allows your linked page or portal to receive the client-specific information and tailor the experience or content accordingly.
Select the Trading Accounts you want to delete.
Click "Delete".
The list of selected trading accounts is displayed below. Select or deselect accounts as needed, then click "Delete Permanently" to confirm your action.
A pop-up will appear confirming that the batch process has started. Click "Confirm" to be redirected to the Batch Operations page.
There, you can view the overall status of the batch process. Click "View" to check the status of each individual record.
For any failed records, the reason for failure will be clearly stated.
Locate the task approval email and click the "Edit" icon.
Select "To Client".
Locate the notifications you want to amend and click the "Edit" icon.
By default, the range is set from 1 to 1, which includes only the direct downlines of the selected referrer(s).
You can change the range start to 0 if you want to include the selected referrer(s) themselves.
Adjust the number of levels to search deeper—for example, setting it to 3 will include downlines up to the third level. The maximum downline level is 100.
For highly customized selections, use the Referral Tree to manually select the specific downlines you want to view.
Click the "Referral Tree" icon.
Click the ">" icon to expand branches of the tree.
Select the desired clients and click "Confirm".
Facial Biometrics: Automatically verifies identities in real-time using ShuftiPro’s advanced facial recognition technology, ensuring authenticity and preventing fraud.
Document Verification: ShuftiPro’s AI-powered identity document verification technology checks the format and information on uploaded documents, including IDs, passports, and other official documents, ensuring validity and compliance.
OCR Technology: Leverages Optical Character Recognition (OCR) to automatically extract key information from identity documents and populate the KYC form, reducing manual input and improving efficiency.
AML Screening: Automatically screens clients against ShuftiPro’s comprehensive global database to identify potential risks, including Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs), adverse media, and other compliance concerns.
Real-Time Verification Results: Provides instant access to verification results, including facial biometrics, document validation, and AML screening, enabling informed decision-making with real-time insights.
To begin using ShuftiPro, install it through the CRM Marketplace and assign the necessary permissions to your team.
Sumsub and ShuftiPro cannot coexist in the CRM. If Sumsub is installed, you will not be able to install ShuftiPro, and vice versa.
Follow these steps to get started:
To get started, connect your ShuftiPro account to the CRM by following these steps:
Once your ShuftiPro account has been successfully connected to your CRM, you can proceed with configuring the ShuftiPro settings by following these steps:
When configuring approval settings for KYC, you can choose one of the following options:
Manual Approval – All KYC requests require manual review and approval.
Automatic Approval – The CRM will automatically approve or reject requests based on the selected criteria:
No Special Restrictions – All KYC submissions will be automatically approved, regardless of the verification results.
ShuftiPro Verification Passed – Automatic approval will only occur if all ShuftiPro verifications are successful, including, Facial Verification, Document Verification, AML Screening. If any of these verifications fail, the request will not be approved and will require manual review.
Once you have configured the ShuftiPro settings, your clients will go through the following KYC process:
If there is an error or typo in the client's submission, you can assist them by clicking the "Edit" icon on their KYC request.
Make the necessary amendments and click "Save".
Upon saving your changes, the CRM will automatically push the updated information to ShuftiPro for verification, and the results displayed in the CRM will be updated accordingly.
You can then proceed to approve or reject the request.
You can view ShuftiPro verification results for your clients directly through the Client List.
To do so, you will need to ensure you add the relevant ShuftiPro verification fields as "Visible" fields.
You can also filter the Client List to narrow down clients based on their verification status for each method. This enables you to quickly identify clients according to their verification outcomes. For each verification method, you can filter by the following statuses:
Not Submitted
Pending
Approved
Rejected
Customizable CRM Wallet Permissions: Configure deposit, withdrawal, and transfer permissions with greater flexibility. Enable or restrict actions to suit operational needs, enhancing both security and compliance.
Enhanced Client Engagement Tracking: Track client and lead engagement more effectively with new timestamps for last calls and email interactions. Easily filter based on these metrics to improve follow-up timing, boost outreach efficiency, and monitor sales team performance.
Manual Date Entry: You can now type in dates directly, without needing to navigate the calendar picker. This small but helpful improvement makes interactions quicker for both you and your clients.
"First Deposit Amount" Added to "Comprehensive Account Report": View the "First Deposit Amount" in the "Comprehensive Account Report" to better evaluate client profitability and growth. Compare profit and loss against the initial deposit to assess performance in relation to the starting account size, and track how clients grow their accounts over time.
"Client ID" Added to "Request Reports": "Client IDs" are now visible in "Request Reports", making it easier to match records, filter data, and maintain accuracy—especially useful for client networks that follow standardized ID formats and naming conventions.
You can now configure deposit, withdrawal, and transfer permissions with greater flexibility. Enable or restrict actions to suit operational needs, enhancing both security and compliance.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can track client and lead engagement more effectively with new timestamps for last calls and email interactions. Furthermore, you can easily filter based on these metrics to improve follow-up timing, boost outreach efficiency, and monitor sales team performance.
We’ve added two new fields to the Clients and Leads Module to allow you to track client and lead engagement effortlessly:
Last Call Time
Last Email Time
Additionally, you can sort the client list based on the last call time and last email time to easily identify clients in need of follow-up. To sort the client list simply click the "Sort" icon.
Furthermore, you can filter clients and leads based on these metrics by specifying a date range.
You can now type in dates directly, without needing to navigate the calendar picker. This small but helpful improvement makes interactions quicker for both you and your clients.
This function applies to date fields required during registration or KYC.
Registration Forms
KYC Form
When date fields are configured in either of these modules, your clients will see the required date format when they click the field.
They can either manually input the date or use the calendar navigation.
If they manually enter the date and the format is incorrect, an error message will be displayed.
When amending date fields for clients via the Back Office portal, the same concept applies. You can manually enter dates or use the calendar for navigation. If an incorrect format is entered, an error message will be displayed.
You can view the "First Deposit Amount" in the "Comprehensive Account Report" to better evaluate client profitability and growth. This allows you to compare profit and loss against the initial deposit to assess performance in relation to the starting account size, and track how clients grow their accounts over time.
To view the "First Deposit Amount" field, follow these steps:
You can also filter the report based on the "First Deposit Amount" by specifying a minimum or maximum range. The report will then display accounts with first deposit amounts within the selected range.
If you fill in the minimum amount, the maximum amount will become a required field.
Conversely, if you enter a maximum amount, the minimum amount will automatically default to 0, but you can adjust it as needed.
"Client IDs" are now visible in "Request Reports", making it easier to match records, filter data, and maintain accuracy—especially useful for client networks that follow standardized ID formats and naming conventions.
"Client IDs" are added to the following request reports:
Open Account
Update Leverage
Deposit
Withdrawal
KYC
Upgrade to IB
Reset Password
New Withdrawal Information
Trading Competition
Prop Trading Participation
Prop Trading Live Step
"Client IDs" are not included in the Trader Registration and IB Registration Request reports, as client IDs have not been created during these processes yet.
To view "Client IDs" in the Request Reports, follow these steps:
You can also filter the report based on "Client ID".
Peer-to-Peer Matching System: Tap into the full LuqaPay network to automatically pair deposit and withdrawal requests across the ecosystem. Rather than limiting matches to clients within the same broker, LuqaPay’s shared pool enables faster and more efficient fund movement—minimizing manual oversight and boosting transaction success rates.
Localized Payment Method: Tailored for the Japanese market, LuqaPay's Community Bank Transfer method offers a familiar and trusted payment route for local traders. It simplifies fund transfers, aligning with domestic banking practices and enhancing user confidence in the process.
Real-Time Deposit & Withdrawal Matching: Through the CRM Client Portal, traders can instantly view available withdrawal requests that match their intended deposit amounts. This feature speeds up the funding process, reduces wait times, and helps prevent unmatched transactions—resulting in a smoother, more efficient user experience.
Automatic Withdrawal Timeout and Refunds: If a withdrawal request remains unmatched for 72 hours, it is automatically canceled and refunded to the client. This safeguard ensures timely fund returns, prevents unnecessary delays, and reinforces the reliability of the LuqaPay system.
To begin using LuqaPay, you’ll first need to install it from the CRM Marketplace. Follow the steps below to complete the installation:
After installation and permission setup, you will find LuqaPay Settings under PSP Settings in your CRM.
This section includes a Security Checklist that outlines recommended security enhancements—particularly useful for online deposit and withdrawal workflows. While optional, completing these steps is strongly advised to strengthen your overall platform security.
The system will automatically detect and mark each requirement as completed once the relevant configuration is in place.
To create LuqaPay settings, follow these steps:
You will be able to perform the following actions on your LuqaPay Settings:
To setup LuqaPay as a deposit method, follow these steps:
Creating this icon allows you to assign it to your deposit method, helping your clients easily identify LuqaPay among other deposit options.
Navigate to Transaction Settings > Payment Gateway Icon.
Click "Create".
Enter the name for the icon.
Upload an image for the icon. Make sure it is 200x200 pixels, has a transparent background, and is in PNG format.
Click "Save".
To setup LuqaPay as a withdrawal method, follow these steps:
To deposit funds via LuqaPay, your clients can follow these steps:
To withdraw funds via LuqaPay, your clients can follow these steps:
Automated Event Tracking: Track key activities—registrations, KYC submissions, first deposits, and logins—directly from your CRM to GTM & GA, with no manual tagging required.
Marketing Performance Analysis: Measure campaign effectiveness across various channels, including social media and paid advertisements. Identify which platforms deliver results and optimize accordingly.
Client Funnel & Drop-Off Insights: Visualize the full client journey and uncover where users disengage. Utilize these insights to refine marketing strategies, enhance user experience, and implement targeted follow-up strategies to improve conversion rates.
UTM Tracking for Source Attribution: Capture Urchin Tracking Module (UTM) parameters to determine which traffic sources and campaigns contribute most to client registrations. Leverage this data to allocate marketing resources effectively and optimize return on investment (ROI).
To begin using Google Tag Manager (GTM) and Google Analytics (GA), you’ll need to install the integration from your CRM Marketplace. Just follow these steps:
To configure GTM, follow these steps:
To configure GA, follow these steps:
To ensure your GA receives the event triggers, please set up the necessary tagging in GTM by following these steps:
Google Analytics offers a wide range of reporting options depending on your business goals and tracking setup. With GTM configured and events actively flowing into GA, you can tailor your reports to suit your needs. Below are just a few examples of useful reports you can generate:
Dashboard Overview: This high-level summary shows metrics such as active users by country, engagement levels, preferred languages, user stickiness, event counts, and top event names. These insights help you quickly understand where your users are coming from, how engaged they are, and which actions are most commonly performed on your CRM.
Event Analysis: View the number of key events triggered—such as Login, Registration, KYC, and First Deposit—over a selected date range. This allows you to assess user progression through your funnel and identify which users may need follow-up or support to complete critical actions.
User Analysis: Explore individual user journeys by identifying them via their CRM User ID, and track all events they've triggered. This is useful for sales or support teams to personalize communication, troubleshoot user issues, or target high-potential clients.
UTM Tracking & Campaign Attribution: Analyze how users are arriving at your platform by viewing traffic sources, UTM campaigns, and the events those users trigger. This enables you to evaluate marketing performance, optimize acquisition channels, and focus efforts on campaigns that bring in quality leads.
Customizable by Stage: Set different retry fees for each stage of your prop challenge, enabling you to price retries according to difficulty—such as applying higher fees for more advanced stages—while maintaining full control over trader progression.
Upfront Fee Display: Retry fees are disclosed to traders upfront, before they register for any prop challenge, ensuring they understand all potential costs before committing to participate or retry.
Flexible Approval Workflows: Configure retry approvals as manual or automatic. For automatic approvals, you can specify eligible payment methods, such as those with instant deduction from e-wallets, while other PSP methods can be routed for manual review to maintain operational flexibility and risk control.
Retry Fee Analytics: Easily filter your reports to view the total amount collected from paid retry fees, offering deeper insight into revenue composition and trader engagement across your challenges.
To configure Retry Fees, follow these steps:
In this release, the retry challenge logic has been updated.
Previously, to qualify for a retry, the trader's closed P&L had to be positive at the time of assessment, and the trader needed to meet the challenge criteria, including minimum trading days and trading volume. Additionally, the maximum daily loss or maximum loss must not have been exceeded.
Now, traders must first fail the challenge in order to be eligible for a retry. As long as there is a retry attempt remaining, the trader can retry the stage.
You can configure the approval process for paid challenge retries by following these steps:
The approval process for paid retry fees is closely linked to your Live Stage request approval settings.
If a trader is retrying a Live Stage, then after you approve the paid retry request, you will also need to review and approve the Live Stage request—but only if Live Stage approval is set to Manual.
If the Live Stage approval is set to Automatic, no further action is required after the retry fee is approved.
Special Scenarios:
Scenario 1
If a trader pays for a retry during the Live Stage and the retry payment is approved, but the newly generated Live Stage request is rejected, the system still allows the trader to retry again, as long as retry attempts remain.
However, the previously paid retry attempt will still be counted as used—it will not be refunded.
Scenario 2:
If a trader successfully completes the Demo Stage and submits a request to enter the Live Stage, but the broker rejects this Live Stage request, the trader cannot retry the Demo Stage, even if retry attempts are still available.
The system treats the rejection of the Live Stage request as a failure of the challenge, and therefore no retry is permitted.
After configuring the Approval Settings, make sure to assign the appropriate permissions to your team members:
Read Prop Paid Retry Requests – Allows users to view all prop paid retry requests (view-only access).
Approve/Reject Retry Requests – Grants permission to approve or reject prop paid retry requests.
Download Prop Paid Retry Requests – Grants permission to download data related to prop paid retry requests.
Your traders can view the retry rules you've configured for each prop challenge by following these steps:
To retry challenge, trader can follow these steps:
Go to the "Prop Trading" page.
If the trader has failed a challenge and a free retry attempt is available, the status will show "Stage X Retry," where X represents the specific stage the trader can retry.
If the retry attempt requires payment, the status will display "Stage X Pending Payment."
You can easily filter your reports to view the total amount collected from paid retry fees, offering deeper insight into revenue composition and trader engagement across your challenges.
To do so, follow these steps:
This enhancement streamlines your back-office workflows while reinforcing trust with IBs through timely, transparent, and audit-ready payouts.
Flexible Recalculation Methods: Auto-detect and process trades without prior payouts, or manually upload specific trade IDs for targeted recalculations.
Bulk Processing Efficiency: Save time with spreadsheet uploads for batch recalculations—streamlining operations while maintaining payout accuracy.
Adjustable Review Periods: Set custom time ranges to review anything from recent payouts to all trades since inception.
Duplicate Payout Mitigation: Automatically detects and flags previously paid trades to prevent duplicate commission payouts.
Before using the Commission Recalculation function, you must ensure the appropriate permissions are enabled for your team members.
Recalculate Commission: This permission grants users the ability to perform commission recalculations within the system.
To recalculate commissions, follow these steps:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 4 December 2024
We’re excited to unveil the all-new Prop Challenge Dashboard—now more intuitive and powerful than ever. Designed to provide a clearer and more detailed overview of your prop trading business, it makes tracking key metrics like financial performance, participant numbers, and trader success rates simpler and more precise. The new 'Data Type' functionality lets you classify participants as test accounts or live clients, ensuring your data remains accurate and meaningful. We've also enhanced the Prop Challenge Reports with advanced analytics to help you make smarter, data-driven decisions. Dive in to explore these exciting updates.
: Experience improved visibility into your prop trading operations into your prop trading performance, including financial metrics, participant engagement, and trader success rates.
: Tag your prop traders as "Real" or "Demo" to ensure your Prop Challenge Dashboard reflects only live client data, providing cleaner and more actionable insights for effective decision-making.
: Quickly identify participant activity with the newly added "Challenge ID" and "Challenge Name" fields, making it easier to track which challenges they are enrolled in and enhancing overall clarity.
: Analyse participants' short-term performance by viewing the movement of balance and equity over the last 24 hours, offering valuable insights into traders' recent profitability and performance trends.
Experience improved visibility into your prop trading operations into your prop trading performance, including financial metrics, participant engagement, and trader success rates.
To view the Prop Challenge Dashboard, you will need to enable the respective permissions:
Once the respective permissions are enabled, you can access the "Dashboard" in the side menu. Click on it to view the Prop Challenge Dashboard.
The Prop Challenge Dashboard includes the following:
Financial Overview
Participants Statistics
Challenge Performance Statistics
On the Prop Challenge Dashboard, you can tailor the insights to your needs by filtering the chart based on challenge status and time frame.
The financial overview chart provides a detailed snapshot of your prop business's financial performance, including key metrics such as profit, loss, profit-sharing payouts, participation fees, and the total funded amount.
Broker's Profit = Total trading profit – total profit sharing paid to traders
Broker's Loss = Equity at the time of challenge failure - Initial Amount
Profit Sharing Payout = Total amount of profit sharing paid out to traders
The Participants Statistics charts provide a comprehensive view of your prop challenges' participant data, including key metrics such as unique participation, total challenges purchased, and the participation fees collected.
Participant statistics include:
Unique Participation: The total number of distinct clients participating in challenges. Clients participating in multiple challenges are counted once.
Purchased Challenges: The total number of challenges purchased, including multiple purchases by the same client.
This chart displays the success and failure rates of your prop challenges across their various stages.
You can select which prop challenge you would like to view performance statistics for by choosing it from the dropdown menu.
The statistics are divided into two charts:
Successful Participants: Participants who successfully passed the challenge.
You can tag your prop traders as "Real" or "Demo" to ensure your Prop Challenge Dashboard reflects only live client data, providing cleaner and more actionable insights for effective decision-making.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can now quickly identify participant activity with the newly added "Challenge ID" and "Challenge Name" fields, making it easier to track which challenges they are enrolled in and enhancing overall clarity.
You can now analyze participants' short-term performance by viewing the movement of balance and equity over the last 24 hours, offering valuable insights into traders' recent profitability and performance trends.
Previously, only the last 7 days and last 30 days filters were available. The addition of the 24-hour filter allows for more granular tracking of short-term performance.
This feature is available in both the Client Portal and Back Office Portal.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 18 December 2024
Your CRM just got a major upgrade! V7.31.0 introduces innovative tools and enhancements designed to simplify workflows, empower your team, and drive smarter operations. From advanced fund transfer management to automated MT5 account creation, this update prioritizes efficiency and control without compromising flexibility. With advanced referral tracking, intuitive admin capabilities, and actionable insights for your IBs, managing your business has never been easier. Explore these upgrades and see how they can transform the way you work!
: Configure fund transfer permissions with precision, allowing clients to transfer funds to specific individuals, direct downlines, or all downlines within a permitted IB network. This ensures tighter control while preserving flexibility.
: Back-office admins can now create fund transfer requests on behalf of clients based on their instructions. For example, transfers from a wallet to a trading account can now be completed in one click, eliminating the need for admins to manual withdrawal and deposit.
: Automatically generate MT5 accounts from lead data captured through your website or third-party platforms. This seamless process also auto-populates information into your CRM, saving time and reducing manual errors.
: Easily update the managing team ("participants") assigned to leads in bulk. Quickly add or replace team members for aligned follow-ups and more efficient lead handling.
: Use the new "Referral Source" filter in wallet reports to pinpoint which sources are driving client and fund acquisition, enabling better referral performance analysis.
: A new "pending" status makes it easier to track incomplete SumSub verifications, simplifying follow-ups and improving compliance.
: IBs can now view the registration sources of their clients, helping them identify which promotional links, campaigns, or events yield the best results. This data allows IBs to fine-tune their marketing strategies and maximize ROI.
You can configure fund transfer permissions with precision, allowing clients to transfer funds to specific individuals, direct downlines, or all downlines within a permitted IB network. This ensures tighter control while preserving flexibility.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can now create fund transfer requests on behalf of clients based on their instructions. For example, transfers from a wallet to a trading account can now be completed in one click, eliminating the need for you to manual withdrawal and deposit.
To do so, follow these steps:
This new API allows you to automatically generate MT5 accounts from lead data captured through your website or third-party platforms. This seamless process also auto-populates information into your CRM, saving time and reducing manual errors. For more details, please contact your Dedicated Account Manager.
You can easily update the managing team ("participants") assigned to leads in bulk. Quickly add or replace team members for aligned follow-ups and more efficient lead handling.
To do so, follow these steps:
You can now view the "Referral Source" of your client's CRM Wallet.
You can also use the new "Referrer" filter in wallet reports to pinpoint which sources are driving client and fund acquisition, enabling better referral performance analysis.
A new "pending" status makes it easier to track incomplete SumSub verifications, simplifying follow-ups and improving compliance.
For Sumsub Authentication and Document Verification, the statuses now include:
Unverified: The client has not started the verification process.
Pending (New): The Sumsub verification is in progress and not yet completed.
Verified: The verification has been successfully completed and approved.
Failed: The verification has been rejected by Sumsub.
This enhancement allows you to quickly identify clients who have started but not yet completed or submitted their verification. To follow up with these clients, simply filter the client report to display only those with the Sumsub status set to "Pending."
IBs can now view the registration sources of their clients, helping them identify which promotional links, campaigns, or events yield the best results. This data allows IBs to fine-tune their marketing strategies and maximize ROI.
This can be found under Referral > My Clients.
Your IB can also filter their downline list via Source:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 25 October 2024
We’re thrilled to unveil the enhanced integration of the Fortex Trading Platform with our CRM. Previously tailored for Prop Trading Challenges, this upgrade now delivers full FX brokerage functionality. Brokers using Fortex can now access the industry’s most advanced multi-tier commissions system and an expanding API marketplace, all while efficiently managing clients, admins, and IBs within a single, unified platform.
Fortex is a cutting-edge multi-asset trading platform engineered to provide exceptional performance, accessibility, and an outstanding user experience. Key features include:
Multi-Asset Trading: Trade a diverse range of assets, including forex, equities, commodities, and more.
Multi-Device Access: Utilize the Fortex Mobile App for iOS and Android, as well as desktop and web platforms, for a consistent experience across devices.
Advanced Order Management: Execute complex strategies with versatile order types and customizable, automated options.
Charting and Technical Analysis: Leverage an extensive suite of charting tools and technical indicators to identify trends and make data-driven decisions.
Algorithmic Trading: Supports custom algorithms for automated trading.
Market Depth: Gain visibility into real-time market depth, including prices and trade history, to stay informed and make timely decisions.
With this expanded integration into our CRM, Fortex Brokers now have access to core functionalities:
Customizable Account Types: Configure client account types with tailored conditions to ensure each Fortex trading account meets your specifications, easily catering to diverse market segments.
Flexible IB Commissions: Design IB commission structures with options like volume-based payouts, platform commissions, or trading profit sharing to fit your business model.
Referral Link Creation: Create promotional links for referrals, partners, and marketing campaigns, complete with performance tracking to evaluate success.
With this full integration, Fortex brokers can now harness the complete capabilities of the AXIS CRM, matching the robust functionality available to MT4, MT5, and cTrader brokers. This equips them with a comprehensive suite of tools designed to optimize operations, accelerate market expansion, and uphold the highest standards of compliance and security.
For step-by-step instructions on how to set up and utilize the CRM, please refer to the CRM Back Office User Guide:
Stay ahead with our latest CRM updates—discover all the new features here!
Released Date - 17 January 2025
We’re excited to launch Trading Risk Alerts, the latest addition to our CRM marketplace, designed to help you maximize profits through proactive risk management.
With real-time email notifications on profit and loss (P&L) and key trading metrics, your team can act instantly when predetermined thresholds are reached. Stay ahead of market fluctuations with instant, actionable insights to safeguard your trading environment and optimize decision-making.
Setup and Configure Risk Alerts: Effortlessly configure alerts to match your specific business needs, whether you're monitoring individual trading accounts, symbol groups, or both.
Account Profit Alerts: Get instant notifications when a client’s trading P&L crosses predefined thresholds. This allows you to act quickly and efficiently to mitigate risks and safeguard your business.
Symbol Profit Alerts: Monitor P&L for specific symbol groups and receive alerts when thresholds are reached. Gain valuable insights into market movements and volatility while enhancing your ability to manage risks proactively.
To start using Trading Risk Alerts, you’ll need to install it via the CRM Marketplace. Follow these steps to get started:
This feature is exclusively available for MT4 and MT5.
For optimal performance, please ensure the following settings are configured within the MT4 and MT5 Administrator platforms:
MT5 Configuration
MT4 Configuration
You can configure two types of Trading Risk Alerts:
Account Profit Alert: Get instant notifications when a client’s trading P&L crosses predefined thresholds. This allows you to act quickly and efficiently to mitigate risks and safeguard your business.
Symbol Profit Alert: Monitor P&L for specific symbol groups and receive alerts when thresholds are reached. Gain valuable insights into market movements and volatility while enhancing your ability to manage risks proactively.
To configure Account Profit Alert, follow these steps:
To configure Symbol Profit Alert, follow these steps:
For Account Profit Alerts, you will have the ability to edit, disable or delete your alerts.
For Symbol Profit Alerts, you can edit or disable your alerts.
Access a daily symbol report that provides insights into the P&L and volume for each symbol. Pinpoint symbols that demand closer attention, allowing you to refine your risk management strategy and stay proactive.
The data in this report is refreshed daily, providing you with accurate, real-time insights for better decision-making.
To view the report, simply click on "Symbol Report" in the side menu.
The Symbol Report will display the following data:
Symbol – Displays the symbols that have triggered the alerts.
Current P/L – Displays the closed P/L for the symbol. Data is retrieved according to the interval set for symbol alerts.
Current Volume – Displays the total lot size of all closed trades for the symbol. Data is retrieved according to the interval set for symbol alerts.
Current P/L Percentage – This is calculated using the formula: P/L Percentage = (Current P/L / Current Volume) * 100. Data is retrieved according to the interval set for symbol alerts.
You can select the trading platform for which you wish to view the symbol report by using the dropdown menu.
Additionally, you can search for specific symbols by entering the symbol name in the search bar.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 24 December 2024
We’re excited to introduce Prop Trading Alerts, a dynamic new feature designed to enhance client engagement throughout their prop challenge journey. With automated notifications that track key events—such as approaching trading deadlines, inactivity periods, loss thresholds, and profit achievements—clients will stay informed, motivated, and ready to act.
These alerts serve a dual purpose: they guide clients to take timely action, whether it’s resuming trading or managing risk, while also celebrating their progress and encouraging them to complete their challenges. With Prop Trading Alerts, you’ll not only optimize client experience but also drive higher participation and success in your prop business.
Stay Ahead of Trading Period Deadlines: Ensure clients don’t miss deadlines with automated alerts as their trading period approaches its end. Customize the timing and frequency of these notifications to help clients stay on track and complete their challenges within the allotted time.
Reignite Trading Activity: Keep clients engaged by sending reminders after a set period of inactivity. These alerts highlight the challenge’s "minimum trading day" requirement, prompting clients to resume trading and aligning them with their challenge goals.
Safeguard Daily Performance: Help clients manage their risk more effectively with alerts triggered when daily losses hit a predefined percentage. These notifications are a prompt for timely adjustments to trading activity, helping clients protect their positions and refine their strategies.
Follow these steps to configure your prop trading alerts:
Follow these steps to customize your notification templates:
Stay ahead with our latest CRM updates—discover all the new features here!
Released Date - 21 February 2025
The latest update to our prop trading module brings greater precision and flexibility to how you structure challenges and evaluate traders. With the introduction of the 'Profitable Days' criterion, customizable profit-sharing conditions, and challenge parameters that remain in effect during the live funded stage, you can more effectively assess consistency and reward top-performing traders. These enhancements streamline your evaluation process, ensuring that only the most disciplined and skilled traders maintain live funded accounts. Discover these new tools to refine your trader evaluation strategies.
: Set a minimum number of days where traders must achieve a specified profit to pass the challenge. This ensures that only those with consistent profitability advance.
: Define specific conditions for profit-sharing, such as minimum trading days or profit thresholds, ensuring rewards are granted only to traders who meet your performance expectations.
: Set clear criteria that traders must continue to meet to maintain their live funded accounts. This added layer of control ensures ongoing compliance, helping you identify those with consistent performance and long-term trading discipline.
You can now set a minimum number of days where traders must achieve a specified profit to pass the challenge. This ensures that only those with consistent profitability advance.
To setup the "Profitable Days" Criterion for your prop challenges, follow these steps:
Traders will be able to view the Profitable Days criterion directly within the Prop Challenge. By clicking on it, they can access a detailed explanation of the requirement.
For each stage, the Profitable Days criterion will be displayed as "Min Profit - Min Days." For example, "8,000 USD - 3 Days." This means that the trader needs a minimum daily closed P&L of USD 8,000 for at least 3 days to fulfill this challenge requirement.
Additionally, they can track their progress for the Profitable Days criterion, with the option to hover over the tooltip for further clarification.
Previously, as long as your traders were profitable, they would receive profit sharing. Now, you can define conditions for profit-sharing, such as minimum trading days or profit thresholds, ensuring rewards are granted only to traders who meet your performance expectations.
To configure Profit Sharing conditions, follow these steps:
If profit-sharing settlement is set to automatic, the system will verify whether the trader meets the profit-sharing conditions on the settlement date. If the conditions are not met, profit sharing will not be triggered. If met, the system will calculate the profit-sharing amount and generate records in the profit-sharing report.
If profit-sharing settlement is set to manual, you can view an overview of your trader's status and see which requirements are met when you manually initiate the settlement.
You can now set clear criteria that traders must continue to meet to maintain their live funded accounts. This added layer of control ensures ongoing compliance, helping you identify those with consistent performance and long-term trading discipline.
The criteria that can be set for the final stage include:
Minimum Trading Days (Optional)
Minimum Trading Volume (Optional)
Profitable Days (Optional)
Profit Target - This becomes mandatory if any of the above criteria are set for the final stage
Once the conditions for the final stage are met, the challenge is marked as complete, the account is disabled for trading, and the final profit-sharing settlement, if applicable, is executed.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 15 November 2024
This latest release bolsters security, enhances API automation, streamlines email workflows, and introduces advanced reporting tools. Highlights include mandatory 2FA for password resets, detailed payment transaction insights via API, and jurisdiction-based filtering for targeted reporting. Read on to explore the full range of updates.
Stay ahead with our latest CRM updates—discover all the new features here!
Released Date - 13 January 2025
We're excited to roll out enhanced email notifications for the Ticket System module on the CRM. Designed to optimize support operations, these notifications keep both your team and clients informed at every step. From new ticket alerts to progress updates, managing support requests and follow-ups has never been easier.
With this feature, you'll deliver faster responses, maintain better communication, and prioritize client issues effectively, creating a more seamless support experience—all while improving internal efficiency.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 26 November 2024
This latest release focuses on delivering a more efficient, integrated, and user-friendly experience. Key updates include a new system tag for tracking trading competition accounts, batch deletion of trading accounts, a new lead creation API for third-party integrations, and improved browsing flexibility for custom navigation links. Read on to find out more!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 16 August 2024
We're thrilled to unveil a game-changing addition in our latest release: the Coupon function. Turn your promotions into powerful magnets for Prop Challenge participants. Our CRM's dynamic Coupon feature lets you craft irresistible offers, effortlessly attracting and retaining clients with tailored deals.
The Coupon function empowers you to create and manage discounts tailored to both new and existing clients. Choose between fixed or percentage-based discounts, set validity periods, and control usage limits. Additionally, you can choose from a variety of built-in coupon designs and styles to align with your corporate branding.
With robust real-time tracking and management, you can monitor coupon performance, gain valuable insights, and even revoke coupons when needed. This feature is designed to boost participation in your prop trading challenges, driving client growth and deepening engagement.
Explore more to see how this feature can elevate your business!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 13 December 2024
We’re thrilled to introduce a powerful new update that enhances your IBs’ ability to track their downlines' prop trading performance. With the newly added dashboard, your IBs will now have an integrated view of their downlines’ participation status, fees collected, participation fee commission rebates, and profit-sharing amounts. They will also have access to detailed prop trading reports, offering deeper insights into downline performance. These updates are designed to streamline monitoring and empower your IBs with the tools they need to optimize their operations. Dive in to explore the full range of improvements!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 27 September 2024
Our latest release boosts your CRM workflow with powerful new tools for data analysis and reporting. Notable enhancements include streamlined client sorting, advanced filtering options for reports, and more flexible lead source filters. These updates are designed to help you uncover insights faster and make data-driven decisions with confidence. Read on to explore the details!
Method: Enter the name of the payment method.
Supported Currencies: The currencies selected in your PaySafe Settings will appear here and cannot be edited from this screen.
Fill in the minimum and maximum deposit allowed for each currency.
Enter a markup % if you wish to apply one.
Fill in the details and click "Send Request".
Your dedicated account manager will assist you with the installation.
Read ShuftiPro Settings: Provide you with view-only permissions of ShuftiPro settings.
Update ShuftiPro Settings: Provides you with the permissions to edit ShuftiPro settings.
Once permissions have been enabled, you will be able to see "ShuftiPro Settings" under the "KYC" tab.
You will see your "Client ID". You can copy your "Client ID" by clicking onto the "Copy" icon.
Click "Generate Secret Key" if you have not done so before, or if you wish to update it. If you already have a record of your existing secret key, you can proceed to the CRM Back Office portal to complete the connection setup.
Upon clicking "Generate Secret Key", a new key will be generated. Be sure to copy and store it somewhere safe for future reference. Then, click "Update" to activate the new secret key.
Fill in your Client ID and Secret Key.
If the Secret Key is created after March 2023, click "Yes", otherwise, click "No".
Click the "Save" icon.
Go to "Callback/Redirect URLs".
Click "Create Domain".
Select "Callback", fill in the Callback URL and click "Submit".
You can retrieve the Callback URL from the CRM Back Office Portal.
Configure which field in each KYC form will be used for facial biometric verification.
All KYC forms you have set up will automatically be displayed in this section.
For each form, select the corresponding group and field that the system will use for facial biometrics verification.
Only fields with a file upload type will be available for selection. If the selected group does not contain any file upload fields, the field dropdown menu will appear empty.
Click the "Save" icon.
Click the "Enable" button to enable facial biometrics.
The only supported verification mode is “Upload Image.”
Select the document types you accept for verification. Available options include:
National ID Card
Credit / Debit Card
Passport
Driver's License
Configure which fields in each KYC form will be used for document verification:
All KYC forms you have set up will be automatically displayed in this section.
For each form, select the corresponding group and fields that will be used for document verification.
You must select a Front Side field (required), and you may optionally select a Back Side field.
Only fields of the file upload type will be available for selection. If the selected group does not contain any file upload fields, the field dropdown will appear empty.
Choose "Yes" or "No" for OCR Form.
If you select "Yes" for OCR Form, you will need to map the relevant fields in your KYC forms to ShuftiPro's OCR fields.
You will also see a notice stating: For an enhanced user experience, it is strongly recommended to position the identity document upload field before the basic information fields in your KYC form. This allows the OCR functionality to automatically populate the KYC fields with details extracted from the uploaded document, minimizing manual input. Clients can then simply review and edit the pre-filled information as needed.
Click "Save" to apply your settings.
Click the "Enable" button to enable document verification.
Map your KYC Fields to ShuftiPro's AML Fields:
Full Name
Date of Birth
Country
All KYC forms you have set up will automatically be displayed in this section. For each form, select the corresponding group and fields to be used for AML screening.
Select the "Search List" you want ShuftiPro to screen.
Choose the Match Score between 0 - 100.
Choose whether you would like ShuftiPro to search for "Relatives and Close Associates" and "Aliases and Alternate Names".
Click the "Save" icon.
Click the "Enable" button to enable individual AML screening.
Once the identity document is uploaded, clients will see a message indicating that document verification is in progress.
Upon completion, extracted data will appear in the relevant fields.
If document verification and OCR fail, an error message will be displayed. However, the client can still proceed by manually entering their details into the form.
If the facial image is unclear or not accepted, an error message will appear stating: "Face could not be detected. Please upload a clear image of your face." Clients may still proceed to submit the form even if this verification fails.
After the KYC request is submitted, the outcome will depend on the selected approval setting:
Manual Approval – The request will show as Pending Approval and requires manual review.
Automatic (No Special Restrictions) – The request will be automatically Approved regardless of verification results.
Automatic (ShuftiPro Verification Passed) – The request will be Approved only if all ShuftiPro verifications are successful. If any verification fails, the request will show as Pending Approval for manual review.
You’ll be able to view the results of:
Facial biometric verification
Document verification
AML screening
All filled in details will be displayed for review as well.
The verification statuses from ShuftiPro will also be reflected in your ShuftiPro account, where additional details and logs can be reviewed.
If any verification has failed, the rejection reason will be displayed.
You can then choose to approve or reject the KYC request.
Manual Approval
All KYC requests require manual review and approval.
Automatic Approval - No Special Restrictions
All KYC submissions will be automatically approved, regardless of the verification results.
Automatic Approval - ShuftiPro Verification Passed
Automatic approval will only occur if all ShuftiPro verifications are successful, including, Facial Verification, Document Verification, AML Screening. If any of these verifications fail, the request will not be approved and will require manual review. The system will generate a log detailing the reason for the verification failure.
Click the "Edit" icon.
You can now configure permissions for deposits, withdrawals, and transfers. By default, all functions are enabled.
To disable any function, simply select "No" via the dropdown list.
Click "First Deposit Amount" to move it under "Displayed Fields".
Click "Confirm".
Click "Client ID" to move it under "Displayed Fields".
Click "Confirm".
Back Office - CRM Wallet
The "Deposit" button will no longer be visible for that wallet.
Back Office - Client Details Page
Clicking "Change Balance" for the CRM wallet will show the "Currency" field, but no options will appear, preventing deposits.
Back Office - Creation of Deposit Request
When creating a Deposit request for the client, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account to deposit funds into.
Client Portal - Submitting Deposit Request
When submitting a Deposit request, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account to deposit funds into.
Back Office - CRM Wallet
The "Withdraw" button will no longer be visible for that wallet.
Back Office - Client Details Page
Clicking "Change Balance" for the CRM wallet will show the "Currency" field, but no options will appear, preventing withdrawals.
Back Office - Creation of Withdrawal Request
When creating a Withdrawal request for the client, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account to withdraw funds from.
Client Portal - Submitting Withdrawal Request
When submitting a Withdrawal request, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account to withdraw funds from.
Back Office - Creation of Internal Transfer Request
When creating an Internal Transfer request for the client, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account for both Source Account and Target Account.
Back Office - Creation of Third Party Transfer Request
When creating a Third Party Transfer request for the client, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account for the Source Account.
When creating a Third Party Transfer request from a client to a client with disabled transfer permissions for their wallet, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account for the Target Account.
Client Portal - Submitting Internal Transfer Request
When submitting an Internal Transfer request, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account for both Source Account and Target Account.
Client Portal - Submitting Third Party Transfer Request
When submitting a Third Party Transfer request, "Wallet" will not appear as an available account for Source Account.
When a client submits a Third Party Transfer request to a client with disabled transfer permissions for their wallet, they will still be able to enter the wallet ID. However, upon submitting the request, a popup error will appear, stating that transfers to the target wallet are not allowed.
You will be redirected to the details page.
Click "Install" to begin the installation process.
Create LuqaPay Settings – Grants permission to create new LuqaPay configurations.
Update LuqaPay Settings – Allows updates to existing LuqaPay settings.
Delete LuqaPay Settings – Grants the ability to remove LuqaPay configurations.
API Key — retrieved from the LuqaPay portal
Secret Key — retrieved from the LuqaPay portal
Select Environment: Sandbox or Production
Payment Method: The only available option is "Community Bank Transfer".
Deposit Matching Buffer (+/-):
Fill in positive integers only.
Defines the range around the deposit amount that your clients can choose from when making a deposit via LuqaPay.
For example, if your client wants to deposit $1,000 and the Deposit Matching Buffer is set to $100, the available deposit options will range from $900 to $1,100.
Fill in the details:
Select Platform: Choose LuqaPay – Japan Community Bank Transfer
Select Icon: Choose the LuqaPay icon
Select Clients or Client Groups: Specify which clients or groups this deposit method applies to.
Method: Enter the name of the payment method.
Supported Currencies: Currently, only JPY is available
Fill in these values as required: Decimals, Minimum Deposit, Maximum Deposit, Fee, and Maximum Fee.
Use External Exchange Rate: Check this if you want to use your own exchange rate source for converting JPY to the client’s account currency.
Show Trading Amount: Checked by default; this will display both the payment amount and the actual deposited amount for the client’s reference.
The deposit fields shown are mandatory and required by LuqaPay.
You can add custom deposit fields if needed by clicking the "Create" icon.
Click Save to save your payment method configuration.
Locate "JPY" in the currency list and click the "Edit" icon.
Assign Client Groups
Select the client groups this exchange rate should apply to.
You can set different exchange rates for different client groups by clicking "Add Exchange Rate".
Setting the client group as "Other Client Groups" means any groups not explicitly configured will follow this rate.
Configure the Type:
Manual: Enter the exchange rate manually.
Auto Update:
Choose your preferred exchange rate source.
Enter a markup % if you wish to apply one.
Display Exchange Rate (optional):
Check this option if you want clients to view the current exchange rate in their portal.
Click "Save" to apply your settings.
Method Name: Enter the name of the withdrawal method.
Select Clients or Client Groups: Specify which clients or groups this withdrawal method applies to.
Supported Currencies: Currently, only JPY is available
Fill in these values as required: Minimal Withdrawal, Maximum Withdrawal, Fee and Maximum Fee.
The withdrawal fields shown are mandatory and required by LuqaPay.
You can add custom withdrawal fields if needed by clicking the "Create" icon.
Click Save to save your withdrawal method configuration.
Choose the Account to which the funds will be deposited.
Select the Bank: A dropdown list will display all banks supported under LuqaPay – Japan Community Bank Transfer.
Enter the "Preferred Payment Amount".
The system will automatically generate a list of available Payment Amounts, based on the Deposit Matching Buffer you’ve configured.
If available options are found, your client can click “Payment Amount” to view a dropdown menu of matched values and select their preferred one.
If no matches are found, the “Payment Amount” field will be disabled. The client can revise their preferred payment amount to try and find a match.
Complete the required fields:
Country: Only “Japan” is available
First Name
Last Name
Date of Birth
If your client’s KYC has been approved and these fields (Email and Date of Birth) are part of your KYC fields (CRM Default Fields), the information will be automatically populated. However, clients can still edit the details if necessary.
Click “Deposit” to proceed.
A confirmation popup will appear for the client to review payment details. Click “Pay Now” to submit the request.
After confirming, the client will be redirected to the bank payment page to complete the payment.
Click "Review" on the deposit request you wish to assess.
The Payment Status will initially appear as "Pending".
You can refresh the payment status by clicking the “Refresh” icon. If needed, you may also manually update the payment status by clicking the “Edit” icon.
Any action taken—whether refreshing or editing—will be recorded in the log section below for audit purposes.
If the client has successfully completed the payment and LuqaPay reflects a "Success" status, this status will be updated in the CRM.
Note: LuqaPay's IPN callback may return multiple statuses. The CRM will only update the payment status to “Success” if the callback explicitly indicates a “Success” status.
You can then proceed to Approve or Reject the deposit request.
If your Approval Settings for deposit requests are configured to Automatic, the system will automatically approve the request upon receiving a “Success” callback.
Choose "LuqaPay" as your withdrawal method.
Select the withdrawal currency. Currently, only JPY is supported.
Choose your bank and fill in the required details.
At the bottom of the withdrawal form, your client will be informed that this is a Community Bank Transfer withdrawal request. The request will be listed and matched with another client looking to deposit the same amount. If no match is found within 72 hours, the request will be automatically cancelled and the amount refunded to the account.
Click “Submit” to complete the request.
Review the request and click "Reject" or "Approve".
Upon first-level approval:
Funds will be deducted from the client's account, and the CRM Balance Status will be updated to "Deducted".
If the "Payout" action is configured to trigger at the first level, the withdrawal request will be sent to LuqaPay for processing. The payment status will be updated to "Pending".
Upon Second-Level Approval:
If the “Payout” action is set to trigger at the second level instead, the withdrawal request will be sent to LuqaPay at this stage.
The payment status will be updated to "Pending."
If the withdrawal is successfully matched with a deposit request from another client, the payment status will be updated to "Success."
If no match is found within 72 hours, the payment status will change to "Failed," and the deducted funds will be automatically refunded to the client.
The CRM balance status will then be updated to "Refunded." The status of the request will also be updated to "Cancelled".
You’ll be redirected to the details page.
Click “Install” to proceed with the installation.
View Google Services: View-only access to settings
Update Google Services: Edit permissions and settings
Once permissions are enabled, you will be able to view the "Google Services" tab in the side menu, where you can manage your GTM & GA settings.
Fill in your GTM Container ID.
Click "Save" to complete the setup.
Click "Enable" to enable GTM.
Fill in your GA Measurement ID.
Click "Save".
Click "Enable" to enable GA.
Create the following three variables:
URL
user_id
utm_source
utm_medium
These variables allow GTM to identify and pull specific information—such as the page visited, the unique user ID, and the traffic source—directly from your CRM. Once set, this data can be passed into Google Analytics for deeper insights, helping you better understand client behavior, campaign performance, and user segmentation.
Select "URL".
Click "Query" as the component type.
Click "Save".
Select "Data Layer Variable".
Fill in "user_id" as the Data Layer Variable Name.
Select "Version 1".
Click "Save".
Select "URL".
Select "Query" as the Component Type.
Fill in "utm_source" as the Query Key.
Click "Save".
Select "URL".
Select "Query" as the Component Type.
Fill in "utm_medium" as the Query Key.
Click "Save".
You will need to create the following Triggers
Client Submits Registration Form
Client Logs In
Client Submits KYC Form
Client First Deposit Approved
These triggers detect when key actions occur in your CRM. Once detected, GTM sends the event data to Google Analytics—allowing you to monitor client progress, analyze conversion steps, and improve funnel performance.
Fill in the Trigger Name.
Click "Trigger Configuration".
Select "Custom Event".
Fill in the event name.
Select "Some Custom Events".
Configure trigger as: {{{Event}}} equals "X".
"X" refers to the Event ID as listed on the CRM Back Office.
Do the same for all events.
Click "Save".
Fill in the Tag Name and Click "Tag Configuration".
Select "Google Analytics".
Select "Google Analytics: GA4 Event".
Fill in your GA Measurement ID and click "Create tag".
Click "Save".
Fill in your "Event Name" and under Event Parameters, click "Add parameter".
Fill in the following parameters.
For Registration Tag:
For both Login and KYC Tag, you will need to fill in "Even Parameters" and "User Properties".
For First Deposit Tag:
Click "Trigger".
Select the corresponding Trigger for the Tag you are creating.
Click "Save".
Review your changes and click "Publish".
If "Allow Retry" is enabled for the stage, you’ll be able to configure the retry fee settings.
By default the "Retry Fee" is set to "Free".
To charge clients for retrying a stage, select "Chargeable" and enter the desired fee amount.
The payment methods configured for the registration fee will also apply to retry fees. Only these methods will be available when clients make a retry payment.
Complete the configuration for the remaining steps.
Click "Publish" to publish your challenge.
Review your changes and click "Publish Now".
Find the setting for "Prop Paid Retry".
Choose one of the following options:
Manual Approval - The retry request will require your review and approval before it can proceed.
Automatic Approval - The system will automatically approve the retry request after payment, with no action needed from you. You can further specify:
Auto-Approve for Online Payments Only - Automatically approve only if the trader pays via online payment methods (e.g., PSP). Other payment methods will still require your review.
Auto-Approve for Account Balance Deduction Only - Automatically approve only if the retry fee is deducted from the trader’s account balance. Other payment methods will still require your review.
Click the "Save" icon to save your changes.
Yes – The trader is allowed to retry the current stage.
No – Retry is not allowed for the current stage.
Maximum Retry Count – The total number of retry attempts allowed.
Retry Cost
Free – No cost to retry.
Amount – A fee is required to retry the stage.
When the mouse hovers over the "Retry" button, a message will appear saying: "You can retry the challenge from this stage without starting over from the beginning."
This means that if a trader fails at Stage 2, they can retry directly from Stage 2 without having to restart from Stage 1.
The stage will automatically restart, and the trader will receive new trading account credentials via email to begin trading.
The Trading Status will be set to "Enabled", and the Status will display "In Progress".
The Retry Attempt count will be reduced by 1, and the trader will be able to see how many retry attempts remain.
The trader will be redirected to the payment page.
Coupons and promo codes can also be applied to offset the retry fee.
Select the preferred payment method and click "Complete Payment" to finalize the payment.
You will need to approve the request on the Approvals page before the trader can retry the challenge:
Navigate to "Approvals".
Select "Prop Paid Retry".
Click "Review" to review the retry request.
Approve or reject the request.
If the trader is retrying a Demo Stage, once the request is approved, a new trading account will be created, and the credentials will be sent via email. The trader can then begin trading immediately.
For a Live Stage retry, if the approval process for live stage is set to manual, you will also need to review and approve the Live Stage request before the trader receives their account credentials.
If the Live Stage approval is set to automatic, you only need to review and approve the paid retry request. Once approved, the trader will receive their new trading account credentials. You do not need to review the Live Stage request manually—however, a system-generated record will be created to indicate that the Live Stage request was automatically approved.
If the approval process is set to automatic, the trader will be redirected to the Request History page, where the status will show as "Approved". They will then receive their new trading account credentials via email and can start trading immediately. However, if the trader is retrying a live stage, the process will also depend on the Live Stage Approval setting you have configured.
Under "Type", click "Show More".
Select "Prop Trading Retry Fee".
Click "Search".
You can click on “Total” to view the total amount of retry fees collected.
Choose the trading server for which you want to perform the recalculation.
Select the trade types to be recalculated:
Trades Without Commission - Trades that previously had no commission payout.
Custom Trade IDs - Specific trades selected manually by their IDs for recalculation.
For daily commission payout, only yesterday or earlier can be selected. The time zone follows that of the selected trading server.
For real-time commission payout, you can also select today's date. The time zone likewise follows the trading server.
The selected time range must not exceed one hour. Otherwise, an error message will appear.
Both the start and end times of the selected range must be at least 6 hours earlier than the current time.
Click "Search".
Trades with no commission payout within the selected time frame will be displayed.
You will be able to see the reason for no commission payout only for trades from the last 30 days. For older trades, the reason will not be shown.
Select the trades for which you want to recalculate commissions, then click "Recalculate Commission".
A notice will appear to inform you that the commission calculation is in progress. Once completed, you can view the details in the commission report. Click "Confirm".
Enter the trade IDs for which you wish to recalculate commissions and save the file.
Upload the completed file.
Please note the following information displayed: Process trades from only one trading server at a time. Ensure that the uploaded trades correspond to the selected trading server to avoid duplicate commission payments, as identical trade IDs may exist across different servers. We strongly recommend uploading trades that are at least 6 hours old to minimize the risk of conflicts with trades still pending processing.
You can choose whether to include trades that have already received commission payouts:
If "Yes": The system will recalculate commissions for trades that have already been paid. This may result in duplicate payouts.
If "No": The system will exclude trades that have already received commission payouts from the recalculation.
Click "Check" to proceed.
The system will validate the uploaded trade IDs. If there are any errors, they will be highlighted in the table.
You must correct all errors before proceeding with the commission recalculation.
If there are no errors, the list of trades will be displayed along with their commission payout status (whether a commission has been paid or not). For trades with no payout, the reason will also be shown.
Click "Recalculate Commission" to proceed with the recalculation.
The system will then perform the commission recalculation. You will be able to view the details in the commission report.
Participation Fee = Total participation fee collected from trader
Total Funded Amount = Total funded amount of trading accounts
The financial overview chart exclusively displays data from prop challenge stages where profit-sharing is enabled. If profit-sharing is not enabled, the corresponding data will neither be calculated nor shown.
Hover your cursor over the chart to view detailed insights for each prop challenge.
Tooltips have been added to the chart legend to provide further clarity on the figures. Simply hover over the "?" icon for explanations.
A higher broker profit in live challenges suggests that the demo stage successfully identified traders capable of generating profits in the live environment.
Conversely, a higher level of broker losses may indicate that the demo stage did not effectively screen for skilled traders. This insight prompts you to adjust demo challenge parameters to ensure only qualified traders advance.
By comparing revenue and loss across challenges, you can refine the demo-to-live transition process and improve their selection criteria for better outcomes.
Evaluating Challenge Attractiveness
You can analyze total participation fees collected across challenges to assess their appeal to your traders.
Challenges with higher participation fee revenue indicate greater trader interest and engagement.
Underperforming challenges may signal issues with their structure or parameters, such as difficulty level, participation fees, or trading conditions, making them less attractive to traders.
With these insights, you can consider to:
Adjust the parameters of underperforming challenges to enhance their appeal.
Increase marketing efforts to raise awareness of these challenges.
This analysis enables you to refine your offerings and optimize strategies for attracting traders while maximizing revenue.
Evaluating Risk Exposure and Return on Investment (ROI)
The chart allows you to compare the total funded amount with the revenue generated for each challenge. Revenue is calculated as the sum of broker revenue and participation fees collected.
A low ROI, where the total funded amount significantly exceeds the revenue generated, may indicate excessive risk exposure relative to returns.
This imbalance suggests that you should reconsider your funding strategies, such as reducing the funded amount or lowering profit-sharing payouts, to optimize the ROI.
By aligning risk with profitability, you can enhance financial sustainability and ensure the long-term viability of your challenges.
Participation Fee: The total participation fee collected.
You can toggle between Daily or Monthly data using the dropdown menu, allowing you to adjust the chart’s time frame to suit your analysis.
Selecting Daily will display data on a daily basis, giving you a detailed, day-by-day breakdown of participant statistics.
Choosing Monthly will show statistics summarized by month, providing a broader view of trends over time.
Each chart comes with an expand or collapse feature, allowing you to adjust the display based on your needs.
By clicking the expand icon, you can enlarge the chart to focus on detailed data.
Conversely, you can click the collapse icon to minimizes the chart, giving you a more streamlined view of the dashboard.
Hover over the chart to view detailed insights for each prop challenge.
Below the charts, you will find the Legend Filter with quick access buttons to help you refine your data:
Select All: Displays all challenges.
Unselect All: Hides all challenges.
Ongoing Only: Shows only ongoing challenges.
Terminated Only: Shows only terminated challenges.
Additionally, below the quick access buttons, you will see a list of prop challenges.
You can select or unselect individual challenges to show or hide their data.
Greyed-out challenges are hidden, while colored challenges are currently displayed on the chart.
To quickly find a specific challenge, use the search function to type the name of the challenge you wish to display or hide.
If a challenge shows declining participation, you can adjust its parameters, such as difficulty level or rewards, to boost interest.
Challenges with higher engagement can also be prioritized for marketing efforts, ensuring resources are focused on the most successful offerings.
Purchased Challenges
The Purchased Challenges chart reveals how often challenges are purchased daily or monthly, providing insight into client behavior and engagement.
Comparing this data with the Unique Participants chart allows you to assess which challenges are driving repeat purchases.
High purchase frequency by returning clients indicates strong retention and satisfaction.
Challenges with no repeat purchases may point to retention issues or lack of appeal. This data can help refine challenge offerings, pricing strategies, or incentive programs to improve client engagement.
Participation Fee
The Participation Fee chart tracks the total fees collected across different challenges, offering insights into the financial performance of each challenge.
By analyzing this data, you can identify which challenges are generating the most revenue and assess their profitability and market appeal.
Comparing fee revenue across challenges helps determine which pricing models or promotional strategies are most effective, guiding decisions on fee adjustments, marketing strategies, or the introduction of new challenge packages to maximize revenue and attract more participants.
Unsuccessful Participants: Participants who failed to pass the challenge.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Select the allowed recipients for third-party transfers:
Any Client: Third-party transfers can be made to any client.
Direct Downlines: Third-party transfers can only be made to the client’s direct downlines.
Downlines with Data Permission Settings: Third-party transfers can only be made to the client’s direct or indirect downlines, as long as they are within the client’s data permissions.
Data Permission refers to the permissions configured for the Client Group.
Read and acknowledge the Third Party Transfer Agreement.
The transfer request will then be submitted for processing.
If a name outside of the direct downlines is entered, the system will show "No Results".
Once completed, click "Submit".
Read and acknowledge the Third Party Transfer Agreement.
The transfer request will then be submitted for processing.
If a name outside these permissions is entered, the system will display "No Results."
Once completed, click "Submit".
Read and acknowledge the Third Party Transfer Agreement.
The transfer request will then be submitted for processing.
Select the Leads you wish to amend participants for.
Click "Participants".
Select the Participants you wish to assign.
Choose "Replace" or "Add".
Replace: Participants selected will replace all existing participants assigned to the clients.
Add: Participants selected will be added to the existing participants assigned to the clients.
Click "Confirm".
After confirming the participants to assign to the selected leads, a confirmation popup will appear. Click "Confirm" to finalize the action.
Once you have confirmed to proceed, a popup will appear to inform you that the batch operation is currently being processed. Click "Confirm" to proceed to view the batch operation status.
You will be redirected to the Batch Operation page, where you can review the statuses of the operations. Click "View" to access detailed records of each batch operation.
You will see the details of each record, including the previous participants.
Batch Account Operations: Manage tasks like leverage changes, domain updates, deposits, withdrawals, and margin adjustments in bulk directly from your CRM for greater efficiency.
Real-Time Dashboard Metrics: Track key Fortex account data, including account openings and trading volumes, with live updates directly in your CRM dashboard.
Comprehensive Reporting: Generate detailed analyses of trading activity, commissions, and performance trends to make data-driven decisions and measure success effectively.
Customize Step-Up Thresholds: Enhance your Trading Risk Alerts by setting step-up values for thresholds, ensuring you receive additional notifications as subsequent thresholds are reached. This feature allows for layered monitoring, providing deeper insights into trading activities and enabling you to take timely actions at every critical stage.
Monitoring Interval: Tailor the monitoring interval to suit your business needs. By default, the system monitors profit every 5 minutes and sends alerts that meet your configured criteria. For more volatile security groups, you have the option to shorten the interval, ensuring faster detection of market changes and a more responsive approach.
In-Built Notification Tool: Use the built-in notification system to instantly deliver trading risk alerts to the appropriate decision-makers or operational teams. This ensures timely communication, keeps key stakeholders informed, and enables swift action when it matters most.
Symbol Report: Access a symbol report that provides insights into the P&L and volume for each symbol. Pinpoint symbols that demand closer attention, allowing you to refine your risk management strategy and stay proactive.
Locate "Trading Risk Alerts" and click onto it.
Once the Trading Risk Alerts module has been installed, you will need to enable the respective permissions.
Read Trading Risk Alert: Provide you with view-only permissions of the Trading Risk Alert module.
Update Trading Risk Alert: Provides you with the permissions to edit the Trading Risk Alert configurations.
Once permissions have been enabled, you will be able to see the "Trading Risk Alerts" module under the "Risk Management" tab.
Click "Create".
Fill in the respective fields:
Profit Threshold
Mandatory Field
Please enter a positive integer.
A notification will be triggered when the total Profit and Loss (P&L) of all closed orders for the trading account on the current day is greater than or equal to the specified Profit Threshold.
For example, if you set the profit threshold to $10,000, a notification will be sent when the total realized P&L for the trading account on the current day is equal to or greater than $10,000.
Profit Percentage and Minimum Profit
Profit Percentage is a mandatory field. Please enter a positive number with up to 2 decimal places.
Profit Percentage Formula: {Profit / [Today Start Balance + Today Deposit]} * 100
The Profit Percentage shows how much profit was made relative to the account’s starting balance for the day.
Please note that the "Profit Threshold" and "Profit Percentage and Minimum Profit" are governed by an "OR" rule. This means that if either of the thresholds is met, a notification will be sent.
Step Up Amount
Optional Field
Please enter a positive integer.
If configured, this parameter allows you to receive additional notifications for trading accounts that have already triggered a notification under the standard rules. Specifically, the CRM will send another notification if, during the next monitoring interval, the total P/L of all closed orders for that account increases by the configured Step-Up Amount, on top of the profit amount from the initial notification.
Fill in the Monitoring Interval.
This is a mandatory field.
Please enter a positive integer.
The field is in minutes. For example, if you set the interval to 30, the system will check for alerts every 30 minutes.
By default, the monitoring interval is set to 10 minutes. This means the system will check the database every 10 minutes to see if any alerts need to be triggered.
Select the Trading Platform Groups that the alert settings will apply to.
Make sure to select groups with the same currency. The amounts for the alert settings will be in that selected base currency.
If you choose a trading group with USD as the base currency, the menu will update to show only USD-based groups for you to choose from. The alert settings will apply in USD.
The system will only scan the trading accounts within the selected groups.
Select the Symbol Groups that the alert settings will apply to.
Symbol groups here refer to the symbol groups set up in the CRM, not the trading platform's security groups.
The system will only calculate closed orders for the symbol groups you select.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Fill in the respective fields:
Take note that trading profits will be converted to USD for reporting and analysis.
Profit Threshold
Mandatory field.
Please enter a positive integer. The field is in USD.
This sets the profit threshold that will trigger the first notification.
If the symbol's total P&L is greater than or equal to the profit threshold set, a notification will be triggered.
Step Up Value
Optional field.
Please enter a positive integer. The field is in USD.
If the symbol’s P&L is greater than or equal to the standard profit threshold + Step Up Amount, a notification will be triggered.
Monitoring Interval
This is a mandatory field.
Please enter a positive integer.
The field is in minutes. For example, if you set the interval to 30, the system will check for alerts every 30 minutes.
Profit in Last 30 Minutes
Mandatory Field
Please enter a positive integer. This field is in USD.
If the profit for the symbol in the past 30 minutes meets or exceeds the threshold you set, a notification will be sent.
Please note that the Profit Threshold and Profit in Last 30 Minutes settings are governed by an "OR" rule. This means that if either the Profit Threshold or Profit in Last 30 Minutes is met, a notification will be triggered.
Select the Trading Platform Groups the Symbol Profit Alert will apply to. The system will only scan the symbols within the selected groups.
Select the Symbol Groups that the Symbol Profit Alert will apply to.
Symbol groups here refer to the symbol groups set up in the CRM, not the trading platform's security groups.
The system will only calculate P&L for the symbol groups you select.
Click "Save".
To re-enable, simply click on the same icon.
Upon clicking "Confirm", the alert will be deleted.
Clicking the "Disable" button will disable the alert.
To re-enable it, simply click the same button again.
Lowest Value – Records the lowest P/L value for the symbol within the day.
Highest Value – Records the highest P/L value for the symbol within the day.
Past 30 Mins P/L – Displays the total closed P/L of orders for the past 30 minutes.
Past 30 Mins Volume – Displays the total lot size of all closed orders in the past 30 minutes.
Past 30 Mins P/L Percentage – Calculated using the formula: (Past 30 Mins P/L / Past 30 Mins Volume) * 100.
Monitor Max Loss Thresholds: Safeguard client performance with alerts that notify them when their total losses approach critical thresholds. You can configure step-up notifications to provide multiple checkpoints, encouraging proactive position management and ensuring they stay within the challenge's limits.
Celebrate Profit Milestones: Keep clients motivated by sending notifications when they reach key profit milestones. These serve as congratulatory reminders of their progress and inspire continued effort toward completing the challenge successfully.
Trading Period
Specify the number of days before the trading period deadline at which you want the notification to be triggered.
For example, if you set it to 5 days, the notification will be sent to your clients 5 days before the trading period ends.
You can configure the notification frequency:
Once a day
Minimum Trading Days
Define the number of days of inactivity that will trigger this notification.
For example, if you set it to 5 days, the client will receive a notification after 5 consecutive days of no trading activity.
The maximum allowed inactivity period for this setting is 100 days.
Maximum Daily Loss
Specify the percentage of the maximum daily loss that will trigger a notification to your client.
For example, if the maximum daily loss for the prop challenge is $1,000 and you set the trigger at 10%, a notification will be sent when daily losses reach $100.
The maximum allowable value for this setting is 99% of the max daily loss.
Data is calculated every 10 minutes, and if the threshold is met, a notification will be sent.
Maximum Loss
Define the percentage of the maximum loss that will trigger a notification to your client.
For example, if the maximum loss for the prop challenge is $5,000 and the trigger is set at 10%, a notification will be sent when your client’s total losses reach $500.
The maximum allowable value for this setting is 99% of the maximum loss.
Data is calculated every 10 minutes, and if the threshold is met, a notification will be sent.
Profit Target
Specify the percentage of the profit target that will trigger a notification to your client.
For example, if the profit target for the prop challenge is $1,000 and you set the trigger at 10%, a notification will be sent when your client's profit reaches $100.
The maximum allowable value for this setting is 99% of the profit target.
Data is calculated every 10 minutes, and if the threshold is met, a notification will be sent.
Fill in the respective fields.
Under "Challenge Rule", you can configure the "Profitable Days" criteria.
You will need to specify both the profit target percentage and the number of profitable days.
The profit target is defined as a percentage of the initial balance. For example, with an initial balance of $100,000 and a profit percentage set at 8%, your trader must achieve a minimum of $8,000 in closed P&L within a day for that day to be considered a Profitable Day.
The number of days set represents how many profitable days are required for the trader to meet this requirement. For example, if you set it to 3 days, your trader must have at least 3 days where their daily closed P&L exceeds $8,000.
Navigate to the "Profit Sharing" Section.
You will now see an additional row for "Profit Sharing Condition".
You can configure the following Profit Sharing Conditions:
Minimum Days After Account Creation: The minimum number of days that must pass after a trader's account is created before they qualify for profit sharing. For example, if set to 5 days, profit sharing will only be considered after 5 days from the account creation date.
Minimum Trading Days: The minimum number of days a trader must have placed trades before qualifying for profit sharing. For example, if set to 3 days, profit sharing will only be considered after the trader has placed trades on at least 3 separate days.
Mandatory 2FA for Password Resets: Strengthen account protection by requiring two-factor authentication during password reset processes, safeguarding against unauthorized access.
Email Push Notifications for Profile Changes: Automatically alert clients in real-time when updates are made to sensitive personal details such as email addresses or phone numbers, promoting proactive security awareness.
Failed Login Thresholds: Define limits on failed login attempts for both clients and admins, triggering automatic account suspension after repeated failures to mitigate security risks.
Transaction Comments via API: Access transaction remarks or comments from your PSP directly in the CRM using the newly added "Comments" field in the PSP integration API, simplifying monitoring and tracking.
Upline & Downline Data Query via API: Retrieve hierarchical relationship data using user IDs or emails via API, simplifying integration with third-party platforms.
Daily Email Logs Display: Email logs now display only the current day’s activity by default, enabling faster and more efficient review of recent communications.
Summary Data for Email Logs: Quickly analyze email activity with a new summary displaying the total number of emails sent, visible at the end of the report.
Server Identity Verification Option: Toggle server identity verification to enhance compatibility with a broader range of email providers.
Enhanced Reporting Capabilities
Introducing the "Account Capital" Report for Clients: A newly available report that provides clients with detailed insights into their trading accounts, covering deposits, withdrawals, bonuses, and credits—all accessible through the client portal.
Jurisdiction-Based Filter: Refine reports and requests using a country code filter, allowing for targeted analysis by jurisdiction.
You can now strengthen account protection by requiring two-factor authentication during password reset processes, safeguarding against unauthorized access.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Security Settings.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Turn on "Mandatory Two-Factor Authentication".
Select "Change Password" as the Application Scenario.
Click "Save".
The CRM will now automatically alert clients in real-time when updates are made to sensitive personal details such as email addresses or phone numbers, promoting proactive security awareness.
You can define limits on failed login attempts for both clients and admins, triggering automatic account suspension after repeated failures to mitigate security risks.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Security Settings.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Fill in the maximum failed login attempts allowed.
Click "Save".
You can now access transaction remarks or comments from your PSP directly in the CRM using the newly added "Comments" field in the PSP integration API, simplifying monitoring and tracking.
You can retrieve hierarchical relationship data using user IDs or emails via API, simplifying integration with third-party platforms. For more details on the API, please contact your dedicated account manager.
Email logs now display only the current day’s activity by default, enabling faster and more efficient review of recent communications.
You can quickly analyze email activity with a new summary displaying the total number of emails sent, visible at the end of the report.
You can toggle server identity verification to enhance compatibility with a broader range of email providers.
By default, server identity verification is enabled.
To disable it, simply uncheck the option during email configuration.
A newly available report that provides clients with detailed insights into their trading accounts, covering deposits, withdrawals, bonuses, and credits—all accessible through the client portal.
You will need to provide your clients with the permissions to view this report:
Once permissions are granted, clients will be able to view the Account Capital report.
You can refine reports and requests using a country code filter, allowing for targeted analysis by jurisdiction.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Reports or Approval.
Click the "Filter" icon.
Under the "Phone Number" filter, fill in the country code.
Click "Search".
The system will filter the data based on the country code you enter, allowing you to analyze reports or requests by jurisdiction.
Notifications for Back Office Admins
Instant New Ticket Alerts: Get notified the moment a new ticket is submitted, allowing quick assignment to ensure smooth and timely support.
Ticket Assignment Updates: Receive alerts when a ticket is assigned to you, so you can stay informed and take action promptly.
Client Response Alerts: Stay in sync with real-time notifications when a client responds, ensuring you never miss an opportunity to follow up quickly.
Ticket Status Change Updates: Track support requests with ease by receiving updates whenever ticket statuses change. These alerts help your team stay aligned on next steps.
Notifications for Clients
Response Notifications: Clients receive instant updates when your team responds, providing transparency and reassurance that their issues are being addressed.
Ticket Status Updates: Notify clients whenever their ticket status changes, keeping them informed and confident in the progress of their request.
We’ve introduced new ticket notifications for both Back Office Admins and Clients to ensure seamless communication and efficient follow-ups.
You can configure the notification recipients to ensure relevant parties are notified for different alerts. To do so, follow these steps:
Follow these steps to customize your notification templates:
Batch Deletion of Trading Accounts: Easily delete multiple accounts in a single bulk action within the CRM, improving efficiency.
Leads Creation API: This new API enables seamless integration with third-party lead generation systems, simplifying the addition and management of leads directly within the CRM.
Enhanced Navigation for Embedded Links: Embedded links on your custom navigation pages can now open in a new tab, offering clients a smoother browsing experience.
All accounts participating in trading competitions are now automatically identified and tagged, simplifying their tracking and management within the CRM.
You can also filter trading accounts using the "Trading Competition" system tag, allowing for a more refined search and in-depth analysis of accounts actively participating in trading competitions.
You can now easily delete multiple accounts in a single bulk action within the CRM, improving efficiency.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Clients > Trading Accounts.
Select the trading accounts you wish to delete.
Click "Delete".
A popup notice will appear to inform you that the data cannot be recovered after deletion.
Click "Confirm" to proceed.
Upon confirmation, a popup notice will appear to inform you that the batch operation is being processed.
Click "Confirm" to proceed to view the batch operation records.
You will be redirected to the Batch Operation Record page.
You can click the "View" icon to view the status of each record as well.
You will be able to view the details of each individual record.
This new API enables seamless integration with third-party lead generation systems, simplifying the addition and management of leads directly within the CRM. For more details regarding this API, please reach out to your dedicated account manager.
Embedded links on your custom navigation pages can now open in a new tab, offering clients a smoother browsing experience.
Note: Coupon function is currently applicable only to Prop Challenges.
Create & Configure Coupons with Flexible Options: Easily create customized coupons with a combination of adjustable settings, including discount types, validity periods, usage limits and more - perfectly suited to your needs.
Assign Coupons to Promotional Links: Leverage promotional links by assigning coupons that offer discounts to clients who register through these links, perfect for marketing and referral campaigns.
In-Built Coupon Designs & Styles: Choose from a variety of built-in coupon designs and styles to align with your corporate branding.
Revoke Coupons Functionality: Maintain control by revoking coupons that may have been issued incorrectly or need to be withdrawn for any reason.
Coupon Statistics: Gain valuable insights through comprehensive statistics, including total coupons issued, the number of coupons claimed, the number of clients who used coupons, and the specific prop challenges those coupons were applied to.
To start using the Coupons function, you will need to install it via the CRM Marketplace. Follow these steps:
Navigate to the CRM Marketplace.
Locate and click onto "Coupons and Promo Codes".
You will be redirected to the Coupons and Promo Code details page.
Contact your dedicated Account Manager for installation.
After the Coupons function is installed, ensure the following permissions are enabled:
Read Coupons and Promo Codes – Grants users the ability to view coupon and promo code settings.
Update Coupons and Promo Codes – Grants users the ability to create and configure coupons and promo codes.
To create a Coupon, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Coupon and Promo Codes.
Click "Create Coupon".
Fill in the Coupon Name.
Select the Use Case Scenario. Currently, the only available option is Prop Trading.
Choose the Discount Method and enter the appropriate value:
Fixed Amount
Percentage
Select the Distribution Method:
Promotion Links: Select the relevant promotion links. New clients registering through these links will automatically receive a coupon.
Manual Distribution: Distribute coupons manually to selected clients.
Set the Use Count Per Client:
Unlimited (Within Validity Period): Clients can redeem the coupon an unlimited number of times within the validity period.
Fixed Use Count: Specify the number of times the coupon can be redeemed.
Select "Allow Combined Use with Promo Codes":
This enables clients to stack coupons with promo codes. Note that Promo Codes is currently not available and will be introduced in a future phase.
Set the Validity Period:
Fixed Period: Specify the start and end dates.
Unlimited: The coupon will have no expiration.
Click Save to finalize the settings.
Once you have created the Coupons, you will need to distribute them. To distribute the coupons, follow these steps:
Locate the Coupon you wish to distribute.
Click the "Distribute" icon.
If you have chosen "Manual Distribution" as the distribution method, you will need to select the clients to whom you wish to distribute the Coupons. You can either select individual clients or distribute by Client Groups.
If the distribution method is set to "Promotion Links", there is no need to manually select clients. New signups will automatically receive the Coupons upon registering through the link.
Fill in the Coupon Pop-Up Title and Text fields.
Choose your preferred Coupon Design.
You can browse through the available designs by clicking the left or right arrows.
To select your preferred design, click the "Tick" icon.
Click "Distribute".
Once the Coupons have been distributed, the distribution status will update from "Undistributed" to "Distributed."
Once a Coupon has been created, you can view or edit its settings.
To view or edit Coupon, follow these steps:
Locate the Coupon you wish to view or edit.
Click the "View" or "Edit" icon. For distributed Coupons, the icon will display as "View", while for undistributed Coupons, it will display as "Edit".
Clicking the "View" icon will allow you to review the Coupon settings.
Clicking the "Edit" icon will enable you to modify the configuration. Once edits are made, click "Save" to apply the changes.
You can also delete Coupons that are undistributed.
To delete an undistributed Coupon, follow these steps:
Locate the Coupon you wish to delete.
Click the "Delete" icon. For Coupons that have been distributed, the "Delete" icon will not be displayed.
A confirmation popup will appear.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the deletion.
You can maintain control by revoking coupons that may have been issued incorrectly or need to be withdrawn for any reason.
To revoke a Coupon, follow these steps:
Locate the Coupon you wish to revoke.
Click the "Revoke" icon.
A confirmation popup will appear.
Click "Confirm" to proceed to revoke the Coupon.
Once revoked, the distribution status will display "Revoked".
You can view the Coupon Statistics for distributed Coupons by clicking the "Statistics" icon.
In the Coupon Statistics dashboard, you will be able to view the following:
Total Available Coupons: The number of coupons issued.
If each coupon can be redeemed multiple times, this total is calculated by multiplying the number of clients with coupons by the number of allowable redemptions per coupon.
Please note that this data is displayed only for coupons distributed manually and not for those distributed via Promotion Links.
Total Redeemed Coupons: The number of coupons that have been redeemed by clients.
Number of Clients with Coupons: The number of clients who have received the coupon.
Client List: A detailed list of clients who have received the Coupon, along with the status of each Coupon. Furthermore, you can click the "View" icon to see which Prop Challenge the Coupon was used for.
When a Coupon is distributed to clients and they log in to the Client Portal, they will receive a pop-up notification informing them of the Coupon.
By clicking "Use Now", clients will be redirected to the Prop Challenge dashboard. The Prop Challenge Fee will automatically reflect the discounted price to encourage participation.
When clients click "Start Now", they will be taken to the purchase page. If the client has multiple Coupons, they can choose which one to use or opt not to use any. After selecting a Coupon, they can proceed to complete the payment.
If there are available coupons, clients will see a red dot on the "Notifications" icon.
To view the coupons, they can click the notifications icon and navigate to the "Coupons" tab. Here, they can see all valid and invalid coupons. To use a coupon, simply click "Use Now," and they will be redirected to the prop challenge purchase page.
IB Prop Trading Dashboard: This feature offers your IBs a snapshot of their downlines' prop trading activities. It provides essential data, including the number of downlines participating in prop challenges, participation fees paid, profit-sharing amounts received, and many more.
IB Prop Trading Reports: IBs can now access detailed reports on their downlines’ prop trading participation, commissions earned from prop trading activities, and profit-sharing payouts. These insights empower your IBs to track and optimize their downline performance more effectively.
To grant your IBs access to prop trading insights, you'll need to enable the necessary permissions. Here's how:
Once the necessary permissions have been granted, your IBs can view the Prop Trading Statistics by navigating to Referral > Prop Trading Statistics.
To access the IB Prop Trading Dashboard, click Overview.
IBs will be able to view the following data:
These insights are designed to give your IBs a clear understanding of their downlines' prop trading engagement and financial contributions. Data is refreshed daily, with the most recent update time displayed at the top.
IBs can now access detailed reports on their downlines’ prop trading participation, commissions earned from prop trading activities, and profit-sharing payouts. These insights empower your IBs to track and optimize their downline performance more effectively.
Reports are available under the "List" tab of Prop Trading Statistics.
IBs can toggle between the reports via the dropdown menu.
Participants Report: Provides a list of downlines participating in prop challenges along with their respective statuses.
IBs can apply filters such as challenge type, downline name, challenge status, and more for precise data analysis.
Reports can be downloaded by clicking the "Download" button.
For a detailed breakdown of a participant's prop challenge status, IBs can click the "View" icon.
They will be redirected to the detailed prop challenge status page for the selected participant.
Commission Report: Shows a list of participation fee commission payouts to downlines, including their statuses.
IBs can filter the data by challenge.
Reports can also be downloaded.
Profit Sharing Report: Displays a list of profit-sharing payouts to downlines, along with their statuses.
IBs can filter the data by challenge type.
Reports can also be downloaded.
Enhanced Transaction and Commission Report Filters: Filter reports by client group, client type, and account owner (the assigned sales representative for each lead) for more precise and actionable insights.
Improved Lead Source Filtering: Enjoy greater flexibility in filtering lead sources, making lead tracking and management more efficient. New filtering options include:
Equals: Display lead sources that exactly match your input.
Not Equals: Exclude lead sources that exactly match your input.
Contains: Show lead sources that include your specified text.
You can now sort your client list by the last updated time, allowing you to easily identify and prioritize clients that require follow-up.
To sort by follow-up time, click "Last Follow-Up Time."
A down arrow indicates descending order, displaying the most recent follow-up times first.
An up arrow indicates ascending order, showing the oldest follow-up times first.
To toggle between these orders, simply click "Last Follow-Up Time" again.
New filter options have been added to the Transaction Report and Commission Report for more refined data analysis.
Transaction Report:
Client Group
Client Type
Commission Report:
Client Group
Client Type
Owner
Lead source filtering has been enhanced, allowing you to apply criteria such as equals, not equals, and contains for more flexible data analysis.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 27 September 2024
We’re thrilled to introduce Promo Codes, a versatile new feature designed to amplify your marketing strategies. Whether you use them as an alternative to, or in combination with Coupons, Promo Codes offer even more ways to engage clients and boost participation in your Prop Challenges.
Here’s a quick breakdown of these two powerful tools:
Coupons: Digital discount vouchers automatically applied to clients’ next purchase—no manual claiming required.
Promo Codes (NEW): Unique codes that clients can manually enter at checkout to instantly unlock discounts—perfect for online marketing campaigns, referrals, or exclusive events.
This update enables easy creation of Promo Codes with options for fixed or percentage-based discounts and a range of customizable settings to align with your specific campaign goals.
Flexible Promo Code Creation: Set up Promo Codes with customizable parameters such as discount type, validity period, usage limits and more.
Notification Tool: Easily notify specific clients, targeted client groups, or your entire client base about available Promo Codes, ensuring maximum visibility and participation with just a few clicks.
Easy Deactivation Controls: Maintain full control by disabling Promo Codes that were issued in error or need to be deactivated.
To start using the Promo Code function, you will need to install it via the CRM Marketplace. Follow these steps:
Navigate to the CRM Marketplace.
Locate and click onto "Coupons and Promo Codes".
You will be redirected to the Coupons and Promo Code details page.
To create a Promo Code, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Coupon and Promo Codes.
Click "Create Promo Code".
Fill in the Promo Code and Promo Code Name.
Once you have enabled the Promo Code, you can proceed to notify your clients. To do so, follow these steps:
Locate the Promo Code you wish to notify your clients of.
Click the "Notify" icon.
Select the clients or client group you wish to notify.
Once a Promo Code has been created, you can view or edit its settings.
To view or edit your Promo Code, follow these steps:
Locate the Promo Code you wish to view or edit.
Click the "View" or "Edit" icon. For enabled Promo Codes, the icon will display as "View", while for Promo Codes not enabled, it will display as "Edit".
Clicking the "View" icon will allow you to review the Promo Code settings.
You can also delete Promo Codes that are not yet enabled or have been disabled.
To delete a Promo Code, follow these steps:
Locate the Promo Code you wish to delete.
Click the "Delete" icon. For Promo Codes that have been enabled, the "Delete" icon will not be displayed.
A confirmation popup will appear.
You can maintain control by disabling Promo Codes that may have been setup incorrectly or need to be withdrawn for any reason.
To disable a Promo Code, follow these steps:
Locate the Promo Code you wish to disable.
Click the "Disable" icon.
A confirmation popup will appear.
You can view the Promo Code Statistics for enabled Promo Codes by clicking the "Statistics" icon.
In the Promo Code Statistics dashboard, you will be able to view the following:
Total Redeemed: Indicates the total number of times the promo code has been redeemed. If a client has used the promo code twice, this count will show as 2.
Number of Clients: Displays the number of unique clients who have used the promo code. If a single client has redeemed the promo code multiple times, it will still count as 1.
Client List: A detailed list of clients who have received the promo code, along with the status of each promo code. Furthermore, you can click the "View" icon to see which Prop Challenge the promo code was used for.
Once a promo code is activated, any client who knows the code can redeem it.
When clients are notified about the promo code, they will receive an email or a pop-up notification, depending on the selected method.
For pop-up notifications, a message will appear on the client portal.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 6 September 2024
We’re excited to introduce several key enhancements in V7.21.0, designed to improve the user experience for both brokers and traders. Customizable two-factor authentication now allows clients to choose between email or authenticator app OTP based on their preferences. The updated dashboard offers deeper insights into deposit and withdrawal activities, providing a clearer overview of financial inflows and outflows. These updates, along with many other improvements, are focused on boosting efficiency and ease of use. Read on for a detailed look at these upgrades.
:
: Let clients choose between email or app-based OTP for added convenience and flexibility.
: Set mandatory 2FA for specific operations to align with your security needs.
: Gain a comprehensive view of your fund inflows, outflows, and overall financial standing with insights into the top 10 accounts by deposit and withdrawal volume, excluding internal transfers and system-generated transactions like commissions or bonuses.
:
: Assign specific deposit and withdrawal methods to individual clients, for greater control beyond client groups.
: Clients can easily copy deposit details using the "Quick Copy" button, reducing manual entry and minimizing errors.
: Access more granular client information with new filters, including nationality, KYC fields (Passport No, DOB, Gender), and last login time, for improved client segmentation and management.
: Client nationality is now synced from the CRM to MT trading accounts, ensuring accurate and up-to-date information. This automated process removes the need for manual updates, maintaining consistency across systems.
: Introducing a 'Numbers' field type in your KYC form, which restricts inputs to numeric values only—perfect for fields such as bank account numbers and card details.
: Automatically assign self-rebate to specific client types upon account creation, eliminating manual adjustments and saving time.
: Improve communications with the ability to send email notifications to all leads in one step, simplifying your outreach.
: The CRM now automatically removes extra spaces in client names, ensuring accurate data integration and preventing errors with payment service providers and third-party platforms.
You can now let your clients choose between email or app-based OTP for added convenience and flexibility.
To turn on Two-Factor Authentication (2FA), follow these steps:
Navigate to My Profile > Settings.
Enable "Multi-Factor Authentication".
Select your preferred authentication method:
Once you have enabled 2FA, you will need to enter the OTP each time you log in to the CRM.
Previously, enabling mandatory 2FA meant that your clients had to input the verification code when logging in, depositing, withdrawing, or transferring funds. Now, you have the flexibility to choose which specific operations will require 2FA, allowing for a more tailored approach.
To configure mandatory 2FA verification settings, follow these steps:
Navigate to Security Settings.
Click "Edit."
Select the operations for which 2FA will be mandatory for your clients. By default, "Login" cannot be unchecked.
Once you have configured the operations that require mandatory 2FA, your clients will need to enter the OTP code to proceed.
In the CRM dashboard, you can now gain a comprehensive view of your fund inflows, outflows, and overall financial standing with insights into the top 10 accounts by deposit and withdrawal volume, excluding internal transfers and system-generated transactions like commissions or bonuses.
We have simplified the deposit and withdrawal process, making it easier and more efficient for both you and your clients.
Previously, you could assign deposit and withdrawal methods to client groups. Now, you can assign them to individual clients as well, for greater control beyond client groups.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Deposit Settings or Withdrawal Settings.
Locate the Deposit / Withdrawal method and click "Edit".
Select the specific clients to whom you want the deposit or withdrawal method to apply.
Clients can easily copy deposit details using the "Quick Copy" button, reducing manual entry and minimizing errors.
To do so, your client can simply click the "Copy" icon.
We've added new columns to the Client List, providing a more comprehensive view of your clients' information:
Nationality (Registration): Shows the nationality entered during the initial registration process.
KYC Fields: Includes details such as identity / passport number, date of birth, and gender as filled out during the KYC process.
Last Login Time: Indicates the client's most recent login to their CRM account.
Furthermore, you can now filter the Client List for a more refined search using these additional criteria:
Nationality (Registration)
Nationality (KYC)
KYC Fields, including Gender, Date of Birth, and Identification/Passport No.
Last Login Time:
You can now automatically sync client nationality from the CRM to MT trading accounts, ensuring accurate and up-to-date information. This automated process removes the need for manual updates, maintaining consistency across systems.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Trading Platform Settings.
Locate the trading platform you wish to configure, click the "..." icon, and select "Edit."
Under "Sync Automatically with Trading Platform", select "Nationality (Registration)".
We have introduced a 'Numbers' field type in your KYC form, which restricts inputs to numeric values only—perfect for fields such as bank account numbers and card details.
To add the "Numbers" field type to your KYC form, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > KYC > KYC Dynamic Form.
Select the KYC Form you wish to amend.
Click "New Field".
You can now automatically assign self-rebate to specific client types upon account creation, eliminating manual adjustments and saving time.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Approval Settings.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Select the Client Types for which you want to enable Automatic Self-Rebate.
You can now improve communications with the ability to send email notifications to all leads in one step, simplifying your outreach.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Notify".
Click "Send Email".
Under "Recipients", select "Leads".
The CRM now automatically removes extra spaces in client names, ensuring accurate data integration and preventing errors with payment service providers and third-party platforms. This enhancement ensures that client data is consistently accurate and standardized, minimizing the risk of errors during data integration with payment service providers (PSPs) and third-party platforms.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 13 September 2024
Exciting news! Our latest update brings a major boost in efficiency to your Prop Challenge operations. Fortex commission settings are now seamlessly integrated into the CRM Back Office, allowing you to configure trading commissions for prop challenges all in one place. This enhancement streamlines your workflow, making commission management quicker and easier. Read on for all the details!
Permission Control: Experience a modular approach to Fortex commission settings, enabling you to set access levels and control who manages commissions within your teams.
Custom Commission Structures for Every Prop Challenges: Enjoy the flexibility to create distinct commission structures for each prop challenge, ensuring they align perfectly with your business strategy and offerings.
Versatile Commission Settings:
To configure Fortex trading commission settings for your prop challenges via the CRM back office, please ensure that your teams have the "Fortex Commission Settings" permission enabled.
To set up Fortex commission, follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Challenge > Challenge Settings.
Locate the desired challenge and click the "..." icon.
Select "Fortex Settings".
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 18 July 2024
This update introduces several key optimizations to your CRM. You can now configure which client groups can access specific trading servers, streamlining account openings across different servers. Plus, promotional links can now be paired with specific account types, ensuring a more targeted and tailored registration experience for your clients.
We’ve also introduced a new set of advanced settings to define which user types are authorized to refer clients, enhancing management of referral networks. Lastly, MT4 and MT5 reports have been improved to include the "reason" for each order, providing a comprehensive overview of the trade source—whether it’s from a client, dealer, or Expert Advisor.
Read on to discover more about these exciting enhancements!
: Configure access for different client groups to specific trading servers, enabling efficient management, assignment and where applicable, segregation of account openings across multiple servers.
: Designate specific account types to promotional links, managing which options are available to clients during registration. This facilitates easy differentiation of marketing campaigns across various regions.
: Specify which user types (such as traders, IBs, or admins) are permitted to refer clients, thereby enhancing oversight of your referral networks and ensuring that selected referrals are strategically aligned with your business objectives.
You can now configure access for different client groups to specific trading servers, enabling efficient management, assignment and where applicable, segregation of account openings across multiple servers.
To configure trading server access, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings >Trading Platform Settings.
Click the "..." icon and select "Edit".
Select the Client Groups to assign to the trading server.
When setting up account types, only the assigned client groups will be displayed when you click on the trading server.
When submitting an account creation request, clients will only see the trading servers they have access to and the account types you have configured respectively.
You can now designate specific account types to promotional links, managing which options are available to clients during registration. This facilitates easy differentiation of marketing campaigns across various regions.
To assign Account Types to promotional links, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Promotional Link Settings.
Click "Create Promotion Link" or "Edit" icon.
Select the Account Type you wish to assign.
During the multi-step registration process, when a client uses the promotional link, the account type will be pre-set and fixed according to the configuration. The client will not have the option to select a different account type.
You have the ability to specify which user types (such as traders, IBs, or admins) are permitted to refer clients, thereby enhancing oversight of your referral networks and ensuring that selected referrals are strategically aligned with your business objectives.
To setup referral authorization for user types, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Login/Registration Settings.
Go to "Login/Registration Method" tab.
Click "Edit" icon.
When the Trader or IB user types are not permitted to refer clients, they will not have access to any promotional links in the CRM Client Portal.
If a user type that is not authorized to refer provides their referral code to a potential client, an error will occur stating that the "Referral Code is invalid." The referral code will then be cleared, allowing the client to continue registering their account.
You can now access detailed trade "reasons" in MT4/5 reports, allowing for a clearer understanding of trade sources, improved filtering of data, and improved report analytics.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 13 September 2024
Our latest release brings more control to your KYC, compliance, and account management processes. Key updates include flexible KYC configurations, improved status management with SumSub (our integrated KYC vendor), automated owner assignment, and the ability to apply client restrictions by nationality—ensuring seamless regulatory adherence. We’ve also expanded reporting for trading competitions to improve operational efficiency. Read on for more details!
: You can now decide if KYC is required when opening demo accounts, offering greater versatility in managing the client onboarding process.
: Automatically assign a client the same "owner" as their referral, simplifying account management for your sales team.
: Strengthen compliance by blacklisting accounts based on nationality, ensuring adherence to regulatory requirements.
: Modify your clients' SumSub status as needed, enabling swift responses to monitoring triggers like ID expirations.
: Easily export comprehensive reports, including approval lists, participant accounts, trade history, and prize details, for in-depth analysis.
Previously, under "KYC Configuration," selecting the "Create New Accounts" option mandated that clients complete KYC verification before they could create any new trading account, encompassing both live and demo accounts.
This functionality has now been enhanced and divided into two distinct options: "Create Live Account" and "Create Demo Account." This change allows brokers greater flexibility in deciding which account type requires KYC completion.
You can now automatically assign a client the same "owner" as their referral, simplifying account management for your sales team.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Login/Registration Settings.
Select the "Login/Registration Method" tab and click the "Edit" icon.
Select the default owner to be assigned.
You can now strengthen compliance by blacklisting accounts based on nationality, ensuring adherence to regulatory requirements.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Blacklist.
Select the "Blacklist Nationality" tab.
Click "Create".
You can now modify your clients' SumSub status as needed, enabling swift responses to monitoring triggers like ID expirations.
For subsequent modifications, you can only choose between the following options:
Verified
Verification Failed
The option "Unverified" will not be available.
You can now easily export comprehensive reports, including approval lists, participant accounts, trade history, and prize details, for in-depth analysis.
To download Trading Competition Approval List, ensure that the appropriate permissions are enabled.
Once permissions are granted, you can download the approval list by clicking the "..." icon and selecting "Download."
Furthermore, you are able to download the following Competition Statistics:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 1 August 2024
We are excited to announce several key enhancements to the Prop Trading System. Color-coded progress indicators now make it easier for participants to quickly track their overall progress across multiple parameters at a glance. We’ve also added new webhooks for prop challenges, enabling integration with third-party systems for a smoother workflow.
Referrals can now view prop trading requests within their network, gaining deeper insights into their activities. The newly optimized dashboard delivers deeper data insights for more informed decision-making.
Dive deeper to explore these exciting updates!
: Allow traders to easily identify their challenge progress with color-coded indicators that adjust based on key thresholds, offering a clear visual of their current standing.
Green: Passed
Yellow: Progress of 50% or more
Grey: Progress of less than 50%
You can now allow traders to easily identify their challenge progress with color-coded indicators that adjust based on key thresholds, offering a clear visual of their current standing.
This applies to both the Client Portal and Back Office Portal.
The color coding is as follows:
Profit Target, Minimum Trading Days, Minimum Trading Volumes:
Gray: 0 < progress < 50%
Yellow: 50% ≤ progress < 100%
Green: Progress = 100%
Client Portal:
Back Office Portal:
You can integrate with third-party platforms effortlessly using new webhooks, now enabled for "Prop challenge signups" and "live stage requests", streamlining essential business operations.
To configure the webhooks, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Dev Space > Webhooks.
Click "Create Webhook".
Fill in the respective fields:
Name - this refers to the name of the webhook.
The transmitted information will encompass the data boxed up in yellow in the provided image.
Prop Trading Participation
Prop Trading Live Step
You can now empower referrals with the ability to view all prop requests submitted by their network, offering a comprehensive overview of their activities.
To enable referrals to view their downline's prop trading requests, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Client Group.
Locate the Client Group and click the "View Permission" icon.
Click the "Edit" icon to amend the permissions.
Once permissions have been configured, your referrals will be able to view prop trading requests of their downlines via the Client Portal > Referral > Clients' Requests.
Accounts related to prop challenges in the CRM are now automatically tagged with "Prop Trading", making them easily identifiable—perfect for FX brokers who need clear distinction from regular accounts for more efficient management.
The Prop Trading System Tags are added in the following:
Back Office Client List
Client Portal Account List
Client Portal My Clients List
You can refine your search with new filter functions in the "Participants Report" and "Prop Trading Request List", allowing for more precise analysis based on criteria like name, trading account number, and progress.
Participants Report
Prop Trading Request List - Applicable to both Prop Trading Participation & Prop Trading Live Step Request
We have made several enhancements to Prop Challenge Display to improve user experience and streamline data analysis.
With multiple ongoing challenges, admins can now easily see how many steps a participant has completed when reviewing live stage approval requests, offering clearer insights into their progress.
Each challenge parameter now features on-hover explanations and underlying logic, providing participants with clarity on every criterion.
This feature is available on:
Client Portal Challenge Dashboard
Back Office Portal Participants Dashboard
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 23 May 2024
We are thrilled to announce the integration of Fireblocks Vault with our CRM, a digital asset provider trusted by some of the world's leading banks and institutions. Fireblocks empowers brokers to seamlessly manage cryptocurrency deposits and withdrawals with enhanced protection. By leveraging Fireblocks' enterprise-grade infrastructure, you can ensure both the safety and efficiency of your clients' crypto transactions. Keep reading to learn more!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 18 April 2024
Version 7.10.0 brings about major updates to the commission options for Prop trading challenges. Now, you have the flexibility to customize your prop challenge fee payout structure based on Rank Commission, Overriding Commission or Same Rank Bonus, allowing a host of options to attract and retain your referrers.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 21 June 2024
In this major upgrade to our Prop Trading System, you'll experience powerful new functions and expanded flexibility in managing your Prop Challenges. One standout feature is the ability to adjust leverage settings for ongoing challenges without disruption, giving you enhanced control over your risk management strategies.
Furthermore, the prop trading dashboard has been optimized to deliver a more comprehensive, real-time display of critical data, significantly improving user experience for your clients.
We’ve also made the process of creating and publishing prop challenges easier and more intuitive. Plus, you can now download prop trading requests, allowing for detailed, tailored analysis.
Dive deeper to discover more about these enhancements!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 15 July 2024
We are excited to announce that with the release of Version 7.17.0, Fortex is now fully integrated with our Prop Trading System. This integration allows you to effortlessly launch prop trading challenges and issue Fortex trading accounts directly to your clients.
is a multi-asset trading platform designed to deliver unparalleled performance, accessibility, and user experience. Here are the key features:
Multi-Asset Trading: Trade a diverse range of assets, including forex, equities, commodities, and more, all within a single platform.
Multi-device Access
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 6 June 2024
Exciting times lie ahead as we offer you more options and flexibility for your Prop Trading Challenges, allowing you to stay ahead of your competitors! Now, you can create one-step challenges where clients pay a registration fee and instantly receive a funded live account.
In addition to automated profit sharing, you'll now have the option to manually configure profit sharing settlements, giving you full control over when profits are distributed to your traders.
With our expanded range of system-generated notifications in the CRM, both you and your clients will effortlessly stay informed via email or pop-up alerts on challenge outcomes and profit-sharing settlements. Keep reading to explore all the details and discover other exciting functionalities!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 28 June 2024
Exciting updates await in our latest release, focused on enhancing your CRM experience. Benefit from streamlined operations, improved flexibility in permissions, optimized deposit processes, and enhanced reporting capabilities. Stay ahead with these new enhancements designed to empower your operations and decision-making. Discover more below!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 22 February 2024
This new release spots a deposit interface overhaul, introducing intuitive icons on a streamlined single page for easy navigation. In addition, your clients can now directly purchase a package to participate in challenges, bypassing the need for an initial e-wallet deposit. These enhancements promise a smoother user experience. Additionally, we've optimized the MT4 comprehensive report extension and trading server display, further enhancing the overall functionality of our CRM.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 1 February 2024
This major release brings a host of updates to our Prop Trading System, elevating experiences for both end users and administrators. Now, Prop Firms can effortlessly calculate and distribute profit sharing not only to challengers but IB/referrals as well, offering a powerful incentive to attract more participants. Furthermore, the challenge setup process has been refined for enhanced intuitiveness and flexibility, such as assigning challenges based on client groups, non-disruptive challenge terminations and more. Dive in to explore the full spectrum of improvements!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 16 January 2024
In this update, we’re thrilled to introduce an extension to our IB commission payout module. Now, alongside volume, spread, and profit-based payouts, you can reward your IBs based on commissions configured on your trading platform. Any commissions charged within your MT4, MT5, cTrader, Sirix and ZeroX are synchronized in real-time with the CRM, allowing you to distribute a percentage of these trading platform commissions directly to your IBs. This robust feature not only provides the flexibility to transform a direct platform commission into a multi-tiered reward system, but also ignites synergies for growth and collaboration within your IB network.
Additionally, system popup notifications are now extended to your clients as well! Your clients no longer need to sift through emails for updates. The enhanced notification function sends automatic pop-up notifications within the CRM, promptly informing clients about request updates such as approvals or rejections. Stay connected and streamline client interactions effortlessly.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 26 March 2024
In our most recent update, we've focused on optimizing essential CRM modules. Key improvements include expedited onboarding with the ability to opt out of email OTP verification during account registration. Furthermore, trading reports are now automatically generated by default, and editing promotional link domains is now a seamless process without the need for recreation. Additionally, we have refined the user interface to enhance navigation and intuitiveness. Discover the details of these updates and enhancements below.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 10 May 2024
It's showtime. Our new Prop Challenge UI has landed in Version 7.11.0!
This update is all about enhancing user experience and making challenges easier to navigate. With the redesigned challenge cards, your traders can effortlessly compare and pick their desired challenges. Payment is now a breeze with one-click participation, and traders participating in multiple challenges can easily keep tabs on all their progress with the intelligent overview feature.
Admins will also welcome the new edit & publish functions making challenge creation ever so easy. Discover these and other enhancements in this release!
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 27 May 2024
In this update, we have rolled out a Smart FX conversion capability that allows you to customize your exchange rate sources and easily integrate the rates within your CRM. This new function allows greater flexibility and precision in managing exchange rates for multi-currency transactions.
Furthermore, we have introduced a new "Client Creation" API. This API enables integration with third-party platforms and allows client accounts to be automatically created in the CRM, using information from the existing platform. This means that external systems such as a lead generation system or KYC system can automatically initiate an account creation process in the CRM, making client onboarding quicker and absolutely seamless.
Additionally, we've implemented automatic device recognition during PSP transactions to ensure user interface compatibility across all device types, thereby enhancing the security and tracking of all payment transactions.
Minimum Profit is also a mandatory field. Please enter a positive integer.
A notification will be triggered if both of the following conditions are met:
The Profit Percentage for all closed orders on the trading account today is greater than or equal to the configured Profit Percentage.
The total profit is greater than or equal to the configured Minimum Profit.
For example, if you set the Profit Percentage to 10% and the Minimum Profit to $10,000, a notification will be sent when both the Profit Percentage exceeds 10% AND the total profit is at least $10,000.
If the step-up rule is not configured or has not been triggered, the standard rule will not trigger additional notifications for the same account on the same day after the first notification. This helps prevent spam notifications during periods of market volatility.
For example, if you set the Step-Up Amount to $5,000 and the initial notification was triggered when the profit reached a certain threshold, another notification will be sent if the profit increases by $5,000 or more after the initial notification. However, if the Step-Up Amount is not reached, no additional notifications will be sent, even if the closed P&L hits the standard rule thresholds multiple times during the day.
For example, if you set the profit threshold for the symbol to be USD 10,000, a notification will be triggered if the total P&L for the symbol exceeds or equals USD 10,000.
The same symbol will not trigger any subsequent alerts within the same hour, even if the P&L exceeds the threshold again. This helps prevent spam notifications during periods of market volatility.
For example, if the Profit Threshold is set at $10,000 and the Step Up Amount is set to $5,000, a new alert will be triggered when the symbol’s P&L reaches $15,000.
The notification will be sent even if this occurs within the first hour after the initial alert was triggered.
By default, the monitoring interval is set to 10 minutes. This means the system will check the database every 10 minutes to see if any alerts need to be triggered.
The "AND" policy means both conditions must be fulfilled.
The "OR" policy means either condition can be fulfilled.
Minimum Profit: The minimum profit a trader must achieve to qualify for profit sharing. For example, if set to $1,000, the trader must have a closed P&L of at least $1,000, calculated as current balance - initial balance.
Similarly, you can configure either "AND" policy or "OR" policy.
Profitable Days: The number of profitable days required for a trader to be eligible for profit sharing.
Profit: Defined as a percentage of the initial balance. For example, if the initial balance is $100,000 and the required percentage is 8%, the trader must make at least $8,000 in profit for the day to be counted as a profitable day.
Number of Days: The minimum number of profitable days required.
This resets after each profit-sharing settlement. If a profit-sharing settlement has occurred, the trader must meet the condition again from the start for the next cycle.
Select the notification recipients:
Individual Users
You can choose "Client's Owner" or "Assigned Party" as notification recipients too.
Client's Owner refers to the person assigned as the owner of the client. Selecting this option ensures the respective client owner receives the notification.
Assigned Party refers to the party assigned to manage the ticket. Selecting this option ensures the person managing the ticket will be notified. This option is not available for "New Ticket Received - Pending Assignment" notification.
Roles
Select the notification method. The only available option is "Email".
Click "Save" to update the recipients.
Make the necessary changes to the template content.
Click "Save" to save your updates.
A popup tab will open, allowing you to preview the email template.
Check for any further amendments needed and make adjustments as necessary.
New Ticket Received – Pending Assignment
Notifies you when a new ticket is submitted by your client and is awaiting assignment. This ensures that tickets are assigned quickly, keeping the support process running smoothly and efficiently.
New Ticket Assigned
Notifies you when a ticket is assigned to you for follow-up. This ensures you are notified the moment a ticket is assigned to you, ensuring prompt follow-up and timely action on client needs.
New Reply to Ticket
Notifies you whenever a client responds to a ticket.
Stay updated with real-time notifications whenever a client responds to a ticket. ensuring you are prepared to follow up swiftly, maintaining smooth communication and efficient support.
Ticket Status Updated
Notifies you whenever the status of a ticket changes. This allows you to track the progress of tickets and stay aligned on next steps.
New Reply to Your Ticket
Notifies client when your support team responds to their ticket. This provides provide clients with reassurance and transparency, letting them know their issues are being addressed without delay.
Ticket Status Updated
Notifies client when the status of their ticket changes. These notifications keep clients engaged and confident in the progress of their support request.
Once the necessary permissions are granted, you will be able to access the "Coupons and Promo Codes" tab.
Enable the "Prop Trading Statistics" permissions.
You can also set the number of downline levels your IBs can view.
Unique Participants (Direct and Indirect)
Displays the total number of direct and indirect downlines who have participated in prop challenges.
If a single downline participates in multiple challenges, the data will show as 1.
Challenges Purchased (Direct and Indirect)
Reflects the total number of prop challenges purchased by direct and indirect downlines.
If a single downline purchases 2 challenges, the count will reflect as 2.
Total Participation Fee (Direct and Indirect)
Shows the total amount of participation fees paid by the IB’s direct and indirect downlines.
My Participation Fee Commissions
Displays the total IB commissions earned from the participation fees paid by their downlines.
IBs can click the "Details" icon to be redirected to the Transaction Report, where they can view a comprehensive breakdown of the Participation Fee Commission transactions.
My Profit Sharing
Highlights the total profit-sharing amount earned from their downlines' prop trading activities.
IBs can click the "Details" icon to be redirected to the Transaction Report, where they can view a comprehensive breakdown of the Profit Sharing transactions.
Click "Contact us for installation".
Fill in your details and click "Submit Request".
Upon receiving the request, your dedicated account manager will install the module for you.
After the Promo Code function is installed, ensure the following permissions are enabled:
Read Coupons and Promo Codes – Grants users the ability to view coupon and promo code settings.
Update Coupons and Promo Codes – Grants users the ability to create and configure coupons and promo codes.
Once the necessary permissions are granted, you will be able to access the "Coupons and Promo Codes" tab.
Select the Use Case Scenario. Currently, the only available option is Prop Trading.
Choose the Discount Method and enter the appropriate value:
Fixed Amount
Percentage
The Distribution Method is set as "Notification" by default and cannot be changed.
Set the Use Count Per Client:
Unlimited (Within Validity Period): Clients can redeem the promo code an unlimited number of times within the validity period.
Fixed Use Count: Specify the number of times the promo code can be redeemed.
Select "Allow Combined Use with Coupons":
This enables clients to stack promo codes with coupons.
Set the Validity Period:
Fixed Period: Specify the start and end dates.
Unlimited: The promo code will have no expiration.
Click Save to finalize the settings.
Once the promo code has been created, the status will indicate "Not enabled".
To enable it, click "Enable".
Once enabled, the status will display as "Enabled," allowing anyone with the promo code to redeem it.
Choose your preferred notification method:
Pop-Up
Click "Notify".
Your clients will be notified of the promo code via the notification method selected.
You can continue to use the "Notify" function to inform more clients or client groups as needed.
Clicking the "Edit" icon will enable you to modify the configuration. Once edits are made, click "Save" to apply the changes.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the deletion.
Click "Confirm" to proceed to disable the Promo Code.
Once disabled, the validity status will display "Inactive", and the status will display "Disabled". The Promo Code can no longer be used.
To redeem the promo code, clients must enter it during the Prop Challenge checkout on the payment page and click "Apply". The discount will be applied automatically, and the client can proceed to purchase.
If clients do not redeem the promo code immediately, they can still access the notifications page to view past notifications and retrieve promo codes.
Authenticator App
For Authenticator App, follow the instructions, fill in the OTP and click "Submit".
For Email, the verification email will be sent to your email address. Retrieve the OTP code, fill it in and click "Submit".
If the verification email is not received, you can click "Resend".
Once you have enabled Multi-Factor Authentication, you will see that the button is enabled.
To disable, simply click the same button, fill in the OTP and click "Verify".
Click "Save".
Click "Save".
"Is": Filter last login time within the selected date range.
"Not": Filter last login time outside of the selected date range.
Click "Save".
The client's nationality provided during the registration process will be automatically synced to the trading platform.
Select the "Number" field type.
Fill in the Field Name (Mandatory) and Field Description (Optional).
Check "Required" if this field must be filled.
Specify the Minimum Value and Maximum Value allowed.
Click "Save".
When your clients are filling in the KYC form, they will now need to fill in the newly added field.
Hovering over the "?" icon will display the Field Description.
If they enter characters instead of numbers, a notification will alert them that only numeric values are accepted.
Click the "Save" icon.
When your clients register for a trading account, the "Rebate Customer" will be automatically set to themselves, eliminating the need for manual adjustments.
Click "All Leads".
Craft your email and click "Send".
Methodological Differentiation for CFDs: Select the ideal commission calculation method—by value or by share—for precise commission management on CFD trades.
Complete the commission settings for both FX and CFD.
Click "Save" to confirm the setup.
Once the commission settings are saved, your clients will be charged the specified commission amounts on each trade.
Enhanced MT4/5 Report Insights: Access detailed trade "reasons" in MT4/5 reports, allowing for a clearer understanding of trade sources, improved filtering of data, and improved report analytics.
If no Client Groups are selected, the trading server will be visible to all clients.
Click "Save".
Click "Save".
Select the user types that are permitted to refer clients.
Click the "Save" icon.
You can select "Direct Referrer's Owner" if you wish to automatically assign the Referrer's Owner to the client.
Click "Save".
Enter the name of your blacklist.
Choose the nationalities to be blacklisted.
Select the restricted operations. Currently, the only option is "Prohibit Registration", which prevents clients from registering an account.
Click "Save".
If your clients attempt to register an account and their nationality is on your blacklist, they will encounter an error and will not be able to proceed with the registration.
For multi-step registration, the client can submit their registration request.
If trader registration approval settings are set to manual, you have the option to approve or reject the request. However, if you attempt to approve a request from a client with a blacklisted nationality, an error message saying, "Nationality is Blacklisted" will appear, and you will be unable to proceed with the approval.
If the trader registration approval settings are set to automatic, the automatic approval will fail, and a log will indicate that the client is from a blacklisted nationality. You can then proceed to reject the request.
Competition Accounts
Trade History
Prize Report
To download the reports, simply click onto the "Download" icon.
Red: Failed
Seamless Webhook Integration: Integrate with third-party platforms effortlessly using new webhooks, now enabled for "Prop challenge signups" and "live stage requests", streamlining essential business operations.
Network Prop Request Visibility: Empower referrals with the ability to view all prop requests submitted by their network, offering a comprehensive overview of their activities.
Prop Trading System Tags: Accounts related to prop challenges in the CRM are now automatically tagged with "Prop Trading", making them easily identifiable—perfect for FX brokers who need clear distinction from regular accounts for more efficient management.
Advanced Filtering Options: Refine your search with new filter functions in the "Participants Report" and "Prop Trading Request List", allowing for more precise analysis based on criteria like name, trading account number, and progress.
Enhanced Prop Challenge Display
Added "Step" Column for Live Stage Approval: With multiple ongoing challenges, admins can now easily see how many steps a participant has completed when reviewing live stage approval requests, offering clearer insights into their progress.
Prop Trading Parameters Tool-tip: Each challenge parameter now features on-hover explanations and underlying logic, providing participants with clarity on every criterion.
Max Daily Loss, Max Loss, Trading Period, Free Repeat:
Gray: 0 < progress < 50%
Yellow: 50% ≤ progress < 100%
Red: Progress = 100%
Destination URL - this is the URL where the information will be received.
Select Function - Participate in Prop Trading and Prop Trading Live Stage has been added.
Select Event - this determines when information is transmitted via the webhook to the destination URL.
Approval - Node N
N corresponds to the approver level.
If you select both Node 1 and 2, it means that if the level 1 or 2 approver approves the requet, information will be sent through the webhook. This configuration should be aligned with your review process.
Reject: Information will be sent to the destination URL when withdrawal requests are rejected.
Secret Key - the secret key will be automatically displayed.
Click "Save" to successfully create the webhook.
Enable the following permissions:
Participate in Prop Trading
Prop Trading Live Step Request
Click "Save".
Once every 2 days
Once every 3 days
If the frequency is set to "Once a day," a follow-up notification will be sent the following day after the initial one. Similarly, with a "Once every 2 days" setting, notifications will be sent two days later.
If the trading period is set to unlimited for any stage of the prop challenge, this notification setting will not apply.
To prevent spamming clients during periods of market volatility, only one notification will be sent per day, even if the threshold is repeatedly triggered.
You can specify a step-up value for follow-up notifications.
For instance, if the step-up value is set to $200, after the initial notification at $500, the next notification will be sent when total losses reach $700, followed by another at $900, and so on, based on the example above.
For instance, if the step-up value is set to $200, after the initial notification at $100, the next notification will be sent when total profit reach $300, followed by another at $500, and so on, based on the example above.
Secure Vault Structure: Safeguard client assets through Fireblocks' vault structure, which segregates funds into dedicated vault accounts, strengthening security and audit protocols for all transactions. Enjoy the convenience of cryptocurrency without sacrificing safety or reliability.
Security Checklist: Enhance the security of your funds by adhering to the recommended security checklist, which includes mandatory two-factor authentication (2FA) and multi-level approval processes, providing extra layers of protection.
To begin offering Fireblocks, follow these steps to install it via the CRM marketplace:
Navigate to the CRM marketplace.
Search for "Fireblocks" and click on "Install."
You will be redirected to the details page where you can learn about the functionalities. Click "Install" to proceed with the installation.
Once Fireblocks is installed on your CRM, ensure to enable the following permissions:
Read Fireblocks Settings: Allows viewing of settings for Fireblocks.
Create Fireblocks Settings: Enables creation and configuration of settings for Fireblocks.
Update Fireblocks Settings: Facilitates updating and amending the configuration for Fireblocks.
Delete Fireblocks Settings: Grants the ability to delete Fireblocks settings as needed.
Next, to register for a Fireblocks account, follow these steps:
Navigate to Fireblocks official website.
Click "Request Demo".
The Fireblocks team will reach out to you to setup your account.
Once you have created your Fireblocks account, follow these steps to retrieve the API credentials:
Login to your Fireblocks account.
Click "Settings".
Navigate to "Users" tab and click "Add user".
Click "API user".
Fill in the Name.
Select "Editor" for the Role.
Click "Automatic CSR".
Download the private key.
Once you have downloaded the private key. Click "Add user".
Once you have added a user, you can retrieve the API key by clicking onto the key icon.
Store the API key securely for future reference.
Retrieve the Webhook public key via this and store the API key for future reference as well.
To create a vault account, follow these steps:
Login to your Fireblocks account.
Navigate to "Accounts".
Click "Create vault account".
Fill in Account Name.
Click "Create".
After creating the vault account, you'll be redirected to setup wallets for the account.
Click "Create wallet" to setup wallets for the various asset classes.
Select the asset.
Click "Create wallet".
Each vault account can hold 1 wallet per asset.
To connect your Fireblocks account to the CRM, follow these steps:
Navigate to PSP Settings > Fireblocks Settings.
Click "Create".
Fill in the respective fields.
To enable Fireblocks as a withdrawal method, you will need to select the appropriate Withdraw Vault Account.
Click "Save".
You will need to input the CRM callback address into your Fireblocks account. To do so, follow these steps:
Once you have created the Fireblocks settings, you can retrieve the callback address by clicking the "View" icon.
You will be able to see the callback address here.
Login to your Fireblocks account.
Click "Settings" and navigate to "General" tab.
Click "Manage webhooks" and input the callback address.
Click "Save".
To enhance the security of your funds, we've introduced security measures for utilizing Fireblocks as a deposit and withdrawal channel. While these measures are optional, we highly recommend their implementation, which includes:
Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) Verification: Clients are required to input a 2FA code before proceeding with any transactions.
Multi-Level Approval for Withdrawals: Each withdrawal request undergoes two levels of mandatory approval. This additional verification layer ensures that only authorized and legitimate requests are processed, mitigating the risk of unauthorized withdrawals.
You'll have visibility into the necessary actions to enhance the security of your funding processes.
To enable 2FA Verification, follow these steps:
Click on "GO NOW".
You will be redirected to Security Settings.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Turn on Mandatory 2FA.
Click the "Save" icon.
The security checklist for 2FA will be marked as completed.
To setup Multi-Level Approval, follow these steps:
Click on "GO NOW".
You will be redirected to the CRM Marketplace.
Locate "Multi-level Approval" and click "Install".
You'll be redirected to the details page.
Click "Install" to proceed with the installation.
The security checklist for installation of Multi-level Approval will be marked as completed.
To proceed with the configuration of Multi-Level Approval for withdrawals, click "GO NOW".
You will be redirected to Approval Settings > Process Settings.
Locate "Withdrawal" and click the "Edit" icon.
It is recommended to have at least 2 levels of approvers:
First Level: Deduct Level of Approval. Upon approval, the withdrawal amount will be deducted from the trading account or wallet.
Second Level: Payout Level of Approval. Upon approval, the withdrawal request will be sent to Fireblocks and the funds will be paid out to your client.
Set "Payout Level" to be on the second level of approval by clicking the "Payout" icon.
Assign the respective parties for each level of approval.
Click "Publish".
The security checklist for setting up multi-step approval will be marked as completed.
You will be able to perform the following actions on your Fireblocks Settings:
To setup Fireblocks as a payment method for your clients, follow these steps:
Navigate to Transaction Settings > Deposit Settings within your CRM.
Click on the "Create" button to create a new payment method.
Select the Fireblocks setting you have configured under "Fireblocks Settings" as the platform for the deposit method.
Fill in the respective fields.
Select the client groups for which this deposit method will be allowed.
Provide a name for the deposit method.
Select the supported currencies that your clients can use for deposits.
Click on the Save button to save the deposit method configuration.
To deposit funds via Fireblocks, your clients can follow these steps:
Navigate to the "Funds" section in their account and click on "Deposit".
Select "Fireblocks" as the deposit method.
Select the "Payment Currency".
Fill in the account to deposit funds into and the payment amount.
Click "Next".
If your client does not have an existing vault account, the CRM will automatically create one on Fireblocks, using the client's CRM ID as the account name.
A dedicated wallet address will be displayed. Your client can proceed to transfer the funds to this wallet.
Once the transfer is complete, click "Payment Completed".
Deposit via Fireblocks will need to be done within a 2 hours timeframe. Otherwise, the deposit request will be cancelled automatically.
Once payment is completed, a deposit request will be sent to you, and it will be either manually or automatically approved based on the approval settings configured by you.
In the Approvals page of your CRM, you can easily monitor all deposits made via Fireblocks. The payment status will be reflected as follows:
To setup Fireblocks as a withdrawal method for your clients, follow these steps:
Navigate to Transaction Settings > Withdrawal Settings.
Under Withdrawal Method Settings, click "Create".
Fill in the respective fields:
Select "Fireblocks" as the Platform.
Fill in the name of the withdrawal method.
Select the Client Groups the withdrawal method will be made available to.
Select the currencies.
Fill in the minimum withdrawal, maximum withdrawal, fee and maximum fee amount for reach currency.
Configure the withdrawal fields. Wallet address is a default mandatory field that cannot be edited or deleted.
Click "Save".
To withdraw funds via Fireblocks, your clients can follow these steps:
Navigate to Funds.
Click "Withdraw".
Fill in the respective fields on the withdrawal form.
Fireblocks will whitelist your client's wallet address.
Each client canonly have one wallet address per asset.
For first-time withdrawals via Fireblocks, clients will need to provide their wallet address, which will then be automatically whitelisted and assigned in Fireblocks.
For subsequent withdrawals, the whitelisted wallet address for the asset will be automatically filled in.
Click "Submit".
Your client will be redirected to the transaction history page where they can view the status of their request.
The withdrawal request will be sent to you for review.
If you have not set up multi-level approval, upon your approval, the funds will be deducted from the client's trading account or wallet, and the funds from your withdrawal vault account will be sent to the client's wallet address.
Rank Commission: Tailor rewards based on referral tier levels, motivating your referrers to ascend to higher tiers for increased incentives. This approach fosters active engagement and encourages referrers to strive for progression within the network.
Overriding Commission: Offer additional commissions to referrers who actively contribute to network growth by introducing other referrers, building a passive income stream. This scheme encourages organic expansion, amplifying the network's reach and impact.
Same Rank Bonus: Incentivize referrers to take on a leadership role in guiding and helping their downlines advance to higher tiers, while earning additional bonuses in the process. This motivates referrers to actively foster growth within their network, ultimately bringing more business to you.
Option to Include Participants in Challenge Fee Payout Schemes
Flexible Configuration: You can now specify whether your challenge fee commissions should be paid out to participants alongside referrals or exclusively to referrals.
Updated Interface: Enjoy a more intuitive experience in configuring challenge fee commissions, making it effortless to set up payouts for the intended recipients.
In this update, we've introduced Rank Commissions, Overriding Commissions, and Same Rank Bonuses, allowing you to configure them for prop challenge fee commission payouts.
To configure these commissions, follow these steps:
Go to Prop Trading > Challenge Settings.
Find the Prop Challenge you want to set up commissions for and click the "Settings" icon.
Find the package to amend and click "Edit."
Go to the "Participation Fee Commission" step.
Choose your commission structure: Level or Rank.
If Rank is selected, choose the applicable "Rank Structure."
Opt to "Include Challenger" if you want to pay out commissions to the prop challengers.
Select the commission calculation method: Fixed Amount or Percentage of Participation Fee.
For Level Structure:
Add the number of levels for commission payouts by clicking the "Add" icon.
Enter the commission amount.
If "Include Challenger" is selected, the first level defaults to the challenger.
For Rank Structure:
The tiers for the selected rank structure will be displayed automatically.
Enter the commission amount for each tier.
Configure overriding and same rank commission accordingly.
Save your settings.
The report has been updated to include data for overriding commissions, same rank bonus, and total commissions.
Dynamic Leverage Settings: Gain the freedom to adjust default leverage for active prop challenges without affecting current participants, letting you easily adapt to prevailing risks.
Enhanced Prop Trading Dashboard
Real-Time PNL Update: Profit and loss data is now updated every 10 minutes, providing traders more real-time insights into challenge progress.
: Traders participating in multiple challenges can quickly navigate between active or inactive trading accounts with unprecedented ease.
: Traders now have the option to select different timeframes for their balance and equity data charts, enabling customized analysis based on individual preferences.
: Easily cancel and delete drafts that are outdated or no long required.
: Changes in drafts are highlighted for easy verification before publishing, minimizing errors and ensuring accurate publishing of challenges.
: Export and download the complete list of prop trading requests, including detailed client information, for more actionable and targeted follow-up.
You now gain the freedom to adjust default leverage for active prop challenges without affecting current participants, letting you easily adapt to prevailing risks.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Trading > Challenge Settings.
Locate the challenge you wish to modify and click the "Edit" icon.
Navigate to "Challenge Rule".
Amend the leverage accordingly.
Click "Save and Exit".
Proceed to publish your challenge.
Your clients will be able to view the updated leverage via the Client Portal.
The Prop Trading dashboard has been enhanced for both you and your clients:
Profit and loss data is now updated every 10 minutes, providing traders more real-time insights into challenge progress.
Traders participating in multiple challenges can quickly navigate between active or inactive trading accounts with unprecedented ease.
Traders now have the option to select different timeframes for their balance and equity data charts, enabling customized analysis based on individual preferences:
Last 7 Days - data will be updated every 10 minutes
Last 30 Days - data will be updated on a daily basis
You can now easily cancel and delete drafts that are outdated or no long required.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Trading > Challenge Settings.
Locate the drafts you wish to cancel.
Click the "..." icon.
Click "Remove Draft".
The draft will be cancelled, and the challenge status will change from "Draft" to "Published".
You cannot remove challenge drafts that have never been published. The "Remove Draft" function will not be displayed.
Changes in drafts are highlighted for easy verification before publishing, minimizing errors and ensuring accurate publishing of challenges.
You can now export and download the complete list of prop trading requests, including detailed client information, for more actionable and targeted follow-up.
To download Prop Trading Requests, you will need to have the respective permissions:
Download Prop Trading Participation Requests
Download Prop Trading Live Stage Requests
To download prop trading requests, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Approval".
Select either "Prop Trading Participation" or "Prop Trading Live Step".
Click the "Download" icon.
A popup notice will appear to inform you that data is being generated. Click "Confirm" to proceed to the Download Center.
You will be redirected to the Download Center. Click "Download" to download the file.
Advanced Order Management: Supports complex order types and execution strategies, allowing traders to customize and automate their trades with precision.
Charting and Technical Analysis: Access a wide range of advanced charting tools and technical indicators to identify trends and make data-driven decisions.
Algorithmic Trading: Supports custom algorithms for automated trading.
Market Depth: Access real-time market depth, including prices and trade history, to stay informed and make timely decisions.
With the integration, you can easily launch your own prop challenges on the Fortex trading platform, pre-equipped with our advanced CRM and liquidity solutions. Our fully managed prop solutions provide a comprehensive, end-to-end setup that includes everything from technical infrastructure and risk management to funding opportunities and expert consultancy.
Configuring your prop challenge parameters is simple within the CRM, as the integration automatically manages all necessary setups on Fortex. Additionally, your traders can execute trades directly through the CRM using the embedded Fortex web-trader, enhancing their experience.
For a detailed, step-by-step guide on setting up your prop trading challenges with Fortex, please refer to this link:
One-Step Prop Challenges: Provide clients with a fresh prop challenge experience through single-step prop challenges. Upon paying the registration fee, clients can gain immediate access to a funded live account.
Manual Profit Sharing Settlement: Have full control over profit sharing arrangements and settlements with manual configuration, ensuring precision over when traders receive payouts.
Enhanced System-Generated Notifications: Stay informed with supplementary notifications, providing prompt updates to both you and your clients regarding unsuccessful prop challenges or the status of profit sharing settlements.
: Offer traders the freedom to navigate prop challenges without time constraints through an unlimited trading period, providing ample opportunity for them to excel and enhancing the appeal of your prop challenges to attract more participants.
You can now provide clients with a fresh prop challenge experience through single-step prop challenges. Upon paying the registration fee, clients can gain immediate access to a funded live account.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Trading > Challenge Settings.
Click "New Challenge".
Fill in the Basic Information.
Click "Next".
By default, there will be 3 steps shown. You can delete steps 2 and steps 3 by clicking the "Delete" icon.
Fill in the challenge parameters and click "Next".
Fill in the "Profit Sharing" and "Participation Fee Commission" tabs and click "Publish".
You now have full control over profit sharing arrangements and settlements with manual configuration, ensuring precision over when traders receive payouts.
Selecting manual profit sharing settlement means that profit sharing settlement will only be triggered manually by you.
Exceptions are when a trader successfully completes or fails a challenge; in these cases, the system will automatically initiate a profit sharing settlement.
To setup manual profit sharing settlement, follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Trading > Challenge Settings.
Click "New Challenge" or the "Edit" icon.
Navigate to the "Profit Sharing" tab.
Select "Manual" for profit sharing settlement.
Save and publish your challenge accordingly.
For manual profit sharing settlement, your clients will only see the profit sharing percentage; they won't have information about the profit sharing settlement period.
To manually trigger profit sharing settlement, follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Trading > Participants.
Locate the client you wish to trigger profit sharing settlement for and click the "Profit Sharing" icon.
A popup notice will appear. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
If the profit sharing payout method is set to automatic, the profit sharing amount will be distributed automatically to the trader's CRM wallet. You can track the status of profit sharing payouts in the Profit Sharing Report.
If the profit sharing payout method is set to manual, you will be required to manually distribute the profit sharing amount.
You can now stay informed with supplementary notifications, providing prompt updates to both you and your clients regarding unsuccessful prop challenges or the status of profit sharing settlements.
The following email and pop-up notifications are added:
Challenge Failure - this will be sent to you and your client automatically when your client has failed a prop challenge.
Profit Sharing Successful - this will be sent to you and your client automatically when profit sharing has been successfully paid out to your client's CRM wallet.
You can view and amend the notification template via Notification Settings > Notification Templates.
You can now offer traders the freedom to navigate prop challenges without time constraints through an unlimited trading period, providing ample opportunity for them to excel and enhancing the appeal of your prop challenges to attract more participants.
To do so, simply select "Unlimited" as the Trading Period when configuring your prop challenges.
Default Expert Advisor (EA) Trading Configuration: Stay competitive by enabling EA Trading by default across all MT5 accounts, removing the need for individual adjustments for each account. You can still choose to disable EA by default if preferred.
Demo Account Operations: To better segregate demo accounts, operational settings like 'commission rebates' and 'deposits & withdrawals' are now automatically disabled by default for demo accounts. This prevents demo data from merging with real data and simplifies management, eliminating the need for admins to adjust each new demo account individually.
Notes Deletion: You can now customize admin user permissions for deleting notes on client profile pages. This allows authorized users, in addition to the note's author, to manage note deletion, enhancing team efficiency.
Trading Competition: You can now specify which client groups have access to the trading competition module, allowing for targeted participation based on client segmentation.
Optimized Cancellation of Online Deposits
Online Payment/Deposit Request Cancellation: Empower your clients to cancel their online payment/deposit requests if they change their mind before processing. Admins can also limit which payment statuses are eligible for cancellation.
Automatic Cancellation for Failed Deposits: Configure the system to automatically cancel failed payments/deposits, reducing the need for manual intervention or cleanups.
Enhance the intuitiveness of your registration and KYC forms by adding descriptions and details, thereby simplifying the registration process and improving clarity.
Advanced Data Analytics for Your Traders
Addition of Equity Data: Enable your traders to view the equity data of their trading accounts directly through the Accounts Dashboard, ensuring seamless access to essential trading information.
Entry Type Filter: Your traders can now filter their MT5 trading reports by entry type, enabling detailed searches and data customization based on specific needs.
: Your traders can now filter their "Clients' Report" by payment method, facilitating tailored searches to meet specific requirements.
Enhanced Client List for Your Admins
SumSub Verification Status: View SumSub Authentication and SumSub Document Verification Status directly on the "Client List", providing a comprehensive overview of your clients' onboarding status.
Segregation of Live and Demo Trading Accounts: Trading accounts are now categorized into Live and Demo categories, offering distinct visibility for better account management.
System Tag Optimization: System tags now exclusively consider live trading accounts, offering a more accurate overview of client status by excluding demo accounts.
Stay competitive by enabling EA Trading by default across all MT5 accounts, removing the need for individual adjustments for each account. You can still choose to disable EA by default if preferred.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Trading Platform Settings.
Locate your MT5 platform and click the "..." icon.
Click "Edit".
Select "Enable Expert Advisors by Default".
Click "Save".
EA will be enabled by default for all MT5 trading accounts.
To better segregate demo accounts, operational settings like 'commission rebates' and 'deposits & withdrawals' are now automatically disabled by default for demo accounts. This prevents demo data from merging with real data and simplifies management, eliminating the need for admins to adjust each new demo account individually.
You can now customize admin user permissions for deleting notes on client profile pages. This allows authorized users, in addition to the note's author, to manage note deletion, enhancing team efficiency.
To do so, you will need to enable the "Delete Notes" permission.
With the permissions enabled, you can delete notes that are not created by you:
You can now specify which client groups have access to the trading competition module, allowing for targeted participation based on client segmentation.
To do so, simply enable or disable the "Trading Competition" permissions for your client groups.
Clients in groups where the Trading Competition is disabled will not be able to view the "Trading Competition" module in the CRM Client Portal.
Empower your clients to cancel their online payment/deposit requests if they change their mind before processing. You can also limit which payment statuses are eligible for cancellation.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Transaction Settings > Deposit Settings.
Under "Deposit Request Settings", click the "Edit" icon.
"The payment platform is "Other"." will be manually selected by default and cannot be unselected, as this function is specifically for online payment methods only.
Select the following options:
The online payment status is "Pending" - allows clients to cancel online payment methods that are currently pending.
The online payment status is "Failed" - allows clients to cancel online payment methods that have failed.
Click the "Save" icon.
Your client will be able to cancel the respective deposit requests.
Configure the system to automatically cancel failed payments/deposits, reducing the need for manual intervention or cleanups.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Approval Settings.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Select "Automatically cancel the deposit request when the payment status is "Failed".
Click "Save".
Enhance the intuitiveness of your registration and KYC forms by adding descriptions and details, thereby simplifying the registration process and improving clarity.
This function is available in the following modules:
Login/Registration Settings
KYC
To configure field descriptions, follow these steps:
Navigate to either "Login/Registration" Settings or "KYC Dynamic Form".
Locate the field you wish to add description for and click the "Edit" icon.
Fill in the "Field Description" in the respective languages.
The maximum number of characters allowed is 1,000.
Click "Save".
Your clients will be able to view the description when they hover their cursor over the "?" icon.
Your clients can now view the equity data of their trading accounts directly through the Accounts Dashboard, ensuring seamless access to essential trading information.
Your traders can now filter their MT5 trading reports by entry type, enabling detailed searches and data customization based on specific needs.
Your traders can now filter their "Clients' Report" by payment method, facilitating tailored searches to meet specific requirements.
View SumSub Authentication and SumSub Document Verification Status directly on the "Client List", providing a comprehensive overview of your clients' onboarding status.
You can also filter the Client List via the respective SumSub verification statuses.
Trading accounts are now categorized into Live and Demo categories, offering distinct visibility for better account management.
System tags now exclusively consider live trading accounts, offering a more accurate overview of client status by excluding demo accounts.
Account Opened: The client has opened a live trading account with you.
Deposited: The client has deposited funds with you, either to the CRM wallet or directly into their live trading account.
Traded: The client has executed trades in their live trading account.
For instance, if a client has opened a demo trading account and placed trades, the system tag will not mark "Account Opened" or "Traded" for the client.
Enhanced Visuals: Newly introduced visual elements enhances clarity and intuitiveness for users. Clients can now quickly identify their preferred deposit method at a glance.
Single Page Navigation: With the deposit process optimized into a one-page format, clients can now navigate through each step seamlessly. This reduces complexity and ensures that all necessary details are presented cohesively, providing clients a clear overview of their entire deposit action.
Direct Purchase of Prop Packages
Instant Prop Challenge Participation: The introduction of a direct purchase function allows for faster and easier challenge access, greatly improving client conversion.
Flexible Payment Methods: Enjoy full autonomy in configuring the permissible payment methods for each challenge package, meeting the diverse preferences of your target audience.
Improved MT4 Comprehensive Report Extension: Building upon existing functionalities, the enhanced MT4 comprehensive report extension now includes referral data alongside downlines of specific clients, offering you deeper insights. Additionally, this update introduces further functions to enrich the user experience and analytical capabilities.
Customizable Trading Server Display: The ability to customize trading server names provides you with greater flexibility and control over your platform's branding and presentation.
We're excited to unveil the latest update: a completely overhauled deposit interface. Now with user-friendly icons and a simplified one-page layout, managing your transactions is more seamless than ever.
The following permission settings have been added:
Read Payment Gateway Icons - allows you to view the list of payment gateway icons.
Existing roles with the "Create Payment Method" and "Update Payment Method" permission selected will automatically have this permission checked.
Update Payment Gateway Icons - enables you to add, edit, and delete payment gateway icons.
Existing roles with the "Create Payment Method" and "Update Payment Method" permission selected will automatically have this permission checked.
When this permission is selected, "Read Payment Gateway Icons" will be checked automatically.
We've introduced a new tab: "Payment Gateway Icon" in our deposit settings menu. Here, you can personalize icons for different payment gateways/methods.
Default icons have been pre-set for the following payment methods:
ChillPay
Match2pay
Basic Icon
Bank Transfer
PayPal
Please note that these default icons are fixed and cannot be edited or deleted.
To add a payment gateway icon, please follow these steps:
Click on the "Create" button.
Enter the name of the payment gateway icon.
Upload a copy of the payment gateway icon. Please ensure that the icon is in PNG format, with dimensions of 200x200 pixels and a transparent background.
Click "Save".
Default payment gateway icons cannot be edited.
You can only edit icons that you have created. To do so, follow these steps:
Find the icon you want to edit and click the "Edit" icon.
Update the name if needed.
If you wish to upload a new icon image, first click the "Delete" icon to remove the current icon. Then upload the new one.
Finally, click "Save" to apply your changes.
You cannot delete default payment gateway icons.
Additionally, icons currently in use by payment methods cannot be deleted. To delete an icon, follow these steps:
Find the icon you want to delete and click the "Delete" icon.
A popup confirmation notice will appear.
Once confirmed, the icon will be deleted.
You can assign payment gateway icons to different payment methods when creating or editing them.
Simply select the desired icon and save your changes accordingly.
Existing payment methods will have the Default Icon assigned by default.
The Client Portal Deposit page has undergone a complete overhaul, now consolidated into a single page. Your clients will be able to see the following:
Daily Deposit Time
Payment Methods
Your clients will have access to view all available payment methods accepted, enabling them to select their preferred method.
Additionally, for each payment method, the accepted currencies will be displayed.
The selected payment method will be highlighted in your CRM's primary color.
Payment Currency
After selecting their preferred payment method, your clients will have the option to choose their preferred currency.
Similarly, the selected payment currency will be highlighted in your CRM's primary color.
Payment Details
The displayed payment details will vary based on the selected payment method and your deposit configuration.
Your clients will be required to complete the necessary fields and click "Deposit" once finished.
Mobile Optimized
The redesigned deposit page has also been optimized for mobile devices.
You now have the option to offer clients the ability to directly purchase prop packages, eliminating the need for them to deposit funds into their account first.
To set up direct purchase as a payment method for your prop packages, follow these steps:
Go to Prop Trading > Challenge Settings.
Find the challenge you want to update the payment method for and click the "Settings" icon.
Locate the package you want to modify and click the "Edit" icon.
Go to "Package Rule."
Choose "Purchase Package Directly" to enable it as a payment method for prop traders.
You'll also need to select the acceptable payment methods for direct purchase.
Save your changes.
When your clients register for a prop package, they will be redirected to the deposit page. There, they can view the following:
Participation Fee
Available Payment Methods
Accepted Payment Currencies
Required Payment Details
Once the client has filled in the necessary information, they will need to click "Complete Payment."
If you have enabled "Deduct from Account" as a payment method, your clients will be able to view their wallet and trading accounts under the payment methods. They can simply click on the account they wish to deduct the registration fee from and click "Complete Payment."
When reviewing prop trading participation requests, you can now see the fee type selected by your clients: "Purchase Package Directly" or "Deduct from Account." For online payment methods such as PayPal, you will also see the payment status.
Previously, when filtering the MT4 Comprehensive Report Extension for downline data, you are limited to viewing only the information of your referral's downlines. Now, we have enhanced the filter functionality to allow inclusion of referral data as well. This improvement provides you with greater control and flexibility in accessing your desired data.
When filtering data based on referrals, you now have the option to begin the downline range from 0. A value of 0 signifies that the report will encompass data related to the referral as well.
The MT4 Comprehensive Account Report Extension now includes the Net Profit/Loss field, providing you a clear snapshot of your client's trading performance.
Net Profit / Loss = Net Equity - Net Deposit = (Opening Equity - Ending Equity) - (Deposit - Withdrawal)
The MT4 Comprehensive Report Extension now includes the summation of the following data:
Initial Equity
Final Equity
Net Deposit
Net Equity
Net Profit/Loss
The trading platform name is no longer visible to you or your clients. This enhancement offers flexibility, allowing you to specify the trading server name based on your business preferences.
To amend the trading server name, follow the steps below:
Navigate to Settings > Trading Platform Settings.
Locate the trading platform you wish to amend and click the "..." icon.
Click "Edit".
Make the necessary changes and click "Save".
Your clients will see the updated trading server names accordingly.
Revamped Challenge Setup Process
Streamlined Step-by-Step Setup: Experience a redesigned Challenge setup process, featuring a clear and intuitive progress bar providing real-time updates on remaining steps.
Flexible Display Configuration: Take control of your clients' experience by prioritizing which menu to show first: "My Challenge" or "Challenge Details." It's your call whether to have your clients jump right in to choosing packages or to first have an overview of the challenge.
Profit Sharing Configuration: Unlock unprecedented convenience by configuring profit sharing within the system, designed to distribute rewards seamlessly to both challengers and referrals, ensuring a hassle-fee process and timely payouts for all recipients.
Flexible Distribution Methods: Choose between automated distribution for administrative efficiency or manual distribution for greater control, incorporating a review step before profits are distributed.
Adjustable Settlement Frequency: Customize your profit-sharing distribution frequency to align with your business strategies and goals.
Dynamic Challenge Allocation Across Client Groups
Tailored Challenges for Specific Client Groups: Assign distinct challenges and packages to different client groups, ensuring a more targeted and customized approach to enhance your client conversion and retention.
Non-Disruptive Experience on Live Clients: The challenge assignment process emphasizes a seamless transition, guaranteeing that no challenge participant is impacted, thereby ensuring business continuity and ongoing client engagement.
Streamlined Challenge Termination Process
Seamless Challenge Termination: Markets are dynamic and now, you can easily update your challenge configurations accordingly. The smart-switch feature will remove the older challenge preventing further signups while showcasing your new challenge with updated conditions.
Non-Disruptive Experience for Live Clients: Smart-switch intelligently handles the challenge termination process, ensuring that current participants of the older challenges are not affected, allowing them to proceed until completion. Participants in the older challenge will continue to track their progress, while new participants will enroll in the updated challenge seamlessly.
Advanced Notification Management
Prop Trading Notification Tab: Introducing a specialized Notifications Tab designed to filter all Prop-related requests and tasks, enhancing focus and efficiency.
Personalized Congratulatory Email to Challengers: Celebrate your challengers' successes with added flair. Now, when challengers successfully progress to the next level, they will automatically receive a congratulatory email from you, including a timestamp on the achieved milestone. You can further customize the email to embed a "Success" certificate as added recognition to your clients.
You can now experience a more intuitive challenge process setup with our revamped system, now offering step-by-step guidance for seamless configuration and flexible configuration.
When creating challenges, you now have the option to select "Show Challenge Details First."
When creating challenges, the default setting is unchecked, which means that when clients select a prop challenge, they will first see the array of available packages.
If you choose "Show Challenge Details First," clients will directly view the challenge details first.
Clients retain the ability to navigate between Challenge Details and My Challenge via the top menu.
The creation of package settings has been upgraded into a systematic step-by-step process. You can now easily track your progress, see the current step, and anticipate the remaining steps for enhanced clarity and efficiency.
The steps are categorized as follows:
Basic Information: Input package name and account currency.
Package Rule: Define the number of steps and their respective criteria (e.g., profit target, max loss, initial funding amount, etc.).
Profit Sharing: Configure profit sharing distribution and recipients.
Participation Fee Commission: Payout of referral fee based on the participation fee to referrals.
In this new release, we have implemented a feature allowing you to configure profit sharing distribution for your challengers and their referrals. This involves sharing a percentage of the challenger's profit among themselves and their uplines. This strategic approach serves as an incentive, encouraging proficient traders to actively participate in the challenge.
To start, you will need to enable the respective permission rights:
Read Profit Sharing Reports
Download Profit Sharing Reports
Retry Profit Sharing
Profit sharing distribution enables you to disburse a percentage of your challengers' trading Profit and Loss (PNL) to both the challenger and their uplines.
Profit sharing will not be distributed if the challengers' PNL is negative.
After profit sharing is distributed to challengers or their uplines, the challenger's trading account balance will be reset to the initial funding amount. For instance, if a challenger profits $10,000 and profit sharing is distributed, the trading account balance will be reset to the initial funding balance.
Profit Sharing Methods
Manual Distribution: The system calculates the profit distribution automatically. However, manual review and approval from you are required before the profit sharing amount is distributed to the recipients' wallet.
Automatic Distribution: The system autonomously calculates and distributes the profit sharing amount to the intended recipients' wallet. No manual intervention is needed.
Profit Sharing Settlement: Set the profit sharing settlement period in two ways:
Every Fixed Number of Days: For example, if set to 5 days, profit sharing distribution will occur every 5 days. If a challenger successfully passes a stage on 10 Jan, the profit sharing distribution will happen on 15 Jan.
On a Specific Day of the Month: For instance, if set for the 25th of the month, profit sharing distribution will occur on the 25th of every month.
Profit Sharing to Uplines:
Define which client types are eligible to receive profit sharing distribution (Traders or IBs). If selecting all clients, profit sharing will be paid out to uplines regardless of their client type. Choosing only "IBs" means that only uplines who are IBs will receive profit sharing, and uplines categorized as "Traders" will not receive any profit sharing.
Profit sharing distribution can be set during the creation of editing of a package. You will be able to configure the following:
Choose between automatic or manual profit sharing methods.
Specify the steps at which you want profit sharing to be distributed. Enable profit sharing for various steps by clicking the "Enable" button.
Enter the profit sharing percentage for each recipient. Additionally, determine the number of upline levels for profit sharing distribution by clicking the "Add" icon.
Select the profit sharing settlement period:
For settlement every fixed number of days, specify the required number of days.
For settlement on the nth day of the month, enter the desired day. If set to the 31st day and the month lacks a 31st, the settlement will automatically occur on the last day of the month.
Indicate the upline client types eligible to receive profit sharing distribution—either all client types or IBs only.
You will be able to view profit sharing reports for your challenges, with data updated on the settlement day.
To view the profit sharing reports, follow these steps:
Navigate to Challenge Statistics.
Locate the challenge you wish to view the report for.
Click on the "Profit Sharing Report" icon.
You will be able to download the profit sharing report by clicking the "Download" icon.
With the automatic profit sharing method, the profit sharing amount is distributed to the recipients automatically.
You can track the status of the payout in the profit sharing report.
In the case of failed distribution, you can initiate a retry by selecting the failed transaction and clicking "Pay".
A popup notice will prompt you to confirm your action. Click "Confirm" to proceed with the retry process.
For manual profit sharing method, you will need to review the profit sharing amount before distributing it to the recipients.
Once you have confirmed the profit sharing amount, proceed to distribute it by selecting it and clicking "Pay".
A popup notice will prompt you to confirm your action. Click "Confirm" to proceed with the distribution process.
You can manually initiate profit sharing distribution to recipients outside the scheduled settlement period. Do note that manual triggering of profit sharing is not possible if the challenger has open positions.
To manually trigger profit sharing distribution, follow these steps:
Navigate to Challenge Settings and click "Participants".
Locate the specific challenger for profit sharing distribution and click the "Profit Sharing" icon.
A popup notice will appear for your confirmation. Click "Confirm" to proceed with the distribution.
You can manually trigger profit sharing for each challenger only once a day. If you've already initiated the process on a given day, an error message will appear to notify you that it has already been completed.
We've introduced additional filtering options in the CRM report, allowing you to refine data searches specifically for profit-sharing-related information:
Prop Trading Profit Sharing
Prop Trading Reset Balance
As your clients engage in prop challenges, they now have the ability to view the details of profit sharing distribution and settlement periods on their client portal.
Now, you have the flexibility to assign different challenges and packages to specific client groups, tailoring offerings to their unique business requirements. Assigned client groups gain visibility of the challenge and packages, while unassigned groups won't have access.
All client groups will be automatically selected by default for existing challenges and packages.
Modifying assigned client groups is possible even after the challenge has commenced.
Existing challengers can still view and participate in the challenge, even if they are not part of the assigned client groups. However, upon completion or full failure of the challenge, participants will no longer have visibility of the challenge.
To assign a challenge/package to client groups:
Locate the challenge/package and click the "Client Groups" icon.
Select the client groups where the challenge and package will be visible.
Click "Save."
If a challenge or package does not have any assigned client group, an "!" icon will remind you to make an assignment.
You now have the capability to terminate ongoing challenges or delete upcoming and concluded challenges.
Challenges can be deleted if they are upcoming or have already ended. Deleting challenges will remove them fully from the CRM.
If a challenge is currently ongoing, a terminate icon will be visible instead of a delete icon. Terminating a challenge ensures it is no longer visible to clients, yet participants will still have access until their challenge concludes. Once there are no active participants, you can proceed to delete the challenge.
To delete a challenge, follow these steps:
Locate the challenge you wish to delete and click the "Delete" icon.
A popup notice will appear for you to confirm your action.
Click "Confirm" to proceed.
To terminate a challenge, follow these steps:
Locate the challenge you wish to terminate and click the "Terminate" icon.
A popup notice will appear for you to confirm your action.
Click "Confirm" to proceed.
The challenge status will be changed to "Terminated".
If there are active participants for this challenge, you will not be able to delete this challenge.
If there are no active participants for this challenge, you will be able to see the "Delete" icon and can proceed with the deletion.
We've upgraded the notification system for prop challenges. Access and manage prop trading notifications effortlessly through a dedicated tab. Additionally, challengers achieving progression now receive a congratulatory email to celebrate their success.
In the Admin Notifications section, a dedicated tab for "Prop Trading" has been introduced. This facilitates seamless navigation to Prop Trading-related notifications, offering efficient management of notifications.
We have implemented an email notification system designed to congratulate your clients when they successfully advance to the next step in the prop challenge.
You can customize the email content and embed certificates, providing clients an extra layer of recognition. Should you need certificate templates, please reach out to your dedicated account manager for assistance.
Platform Trading Commission-Based IB Payout Model
Simple and Direct Configuration: This innovative model allows you to extract the pre-set trading platform commissions and further customize it to be distributed by percentages across multiple levels, allowing brokers a straightforward approach to creating an effective IB reward structure.
Real-Time Synchronization of Trading Commissions: The commissions configured on your trading platforms—MT4, MT5, cTrader, Sirix, and ZeroX—are now synchronized in real time with the CRM. This facilitates prompt payout distribution to your IBs based on the percentage of trading platform commissions you have set.
Enhanced Reporting: Reports have been further refined with added commission details, providing a clear overview of charged commissions and the corresponding amounts paid to IBs. This optimization simplifies tracking and enhances transparency in your financial transactions.
Enhanced Convenience: Elevate the client experience with unparalleled convenience. Your clients no longer have to sift through emails; they can receive updates directly from the CRM, ensuring prompt and hassle-free communication.
Customizable Templates: Tailor pop-up notifications to your preferences. Enjoy the flexibility of customizable pop-up templates, aligning notifications with your corporate branding for a cohesive client engagement.
In this new release, you can now establish commission based IB payouts for both Fixed and Flexible Commission Schemes.
To setup commission based IB payout for Fixed Commission Scheme, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Commission > Rule Settings > Fixed Rule Setting.
Click "Add Commission Scheme".
Fill in the Scheme Name.
Select the Rank Structure.
Click "Create and Configure".
Click the "Edit" icon.
Click "Add Symbol Group".
Select the Symbol Group and click "Confirm".
Select the following:
Commission Structure: Rank or Level
Commission Type: Trading Platform Commission Percentage
Click the "Save" icon.
To setup commission based IB payout for Flexible Commission Scheme, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Commission > Rule Settings > Flexible Rule Setting.
Click "Add Rule".
Fill in Rule Name.
Select the following:
Groups
Symbol Groups
Commission Mode: Trading Platform Commission Percentage
Fill in Max Rebate Amount (if any).
Select Rebate Currency: Trading Account Base Currency or USD
Select "Contains your own account by default" if required.
Click "Create".
To apply the commission scheme to your IBs, follow these steps:
Navigate to the "Clients" tab.
Locate your highest upline IB and click the "View" icon.
Navigate to "Commissions" tab.
Click "Add Commission Scheme" or "Change Commission Scheme".
Select your newly configured commission-based payout and click "Save".
The IB and their downlines will now be paid according to this new IB commission scheme.
You can view the trading commission details and corresponding IB payouts in the commission report. This applies to both the Fixed Commission Report and the Flexible Commission Report.
To view the report, follow these steps:
Navigate to Reports > CRM Reports > Fixed or Flexible Commissions.
IB payout records are visible in this section.
To view trading commissions charged, click "..." and then select "Field Display Settings."
Choose "Commissions" to display under "Displayed Fields" and click "Confirm."
You can now see the trading commissions charged and the respective IB commissions paid out to the referrals.
You can now configure system pop-up notifications for your clients and keep them promptly informed about their request statuses. This eliminates the need for them to search through emails, streamlining communication and enhancing client experience.
Effortlessly manage and access pop-up notifications by navigating to Settings > Notification Settings > Notification Templates.
Notifications are conveniently categorized into two types: Email Templates and Pop-Up Templates. You can toggle between these categories effortlessly using the top menu.
Under Pop-Up Notifications, they are further divided into "To Client" and "To Admin," providing easy filtering options. Switch between these categories seamlessly using the top menu as well.
Configure the following notification settings by clicking on the "Settings" icon. Do note that the settings configured here will apply to Email Templates as well.
You will be able to configure the following:
Sending Language:
This determines the language of the pop-up notification sent to your client.
Choose the default language or select "System default configuration." With the system default configuration, the CRM detects your client's language preference and automatically sends the pop-up notification in their preferred language.
Time Zone:
This setting relates to the time zone of the pop-up notification.
The timestamp of the notifications will be recorded in this time zone.
Click "Confirm" to save your changes.
To customize your pop-up notifications, follow these steps:
Locate the pop-up notification template you wish to modify and click the "Edit" icon.
You will need to configure the template for the languages offered on the Client Portal. Toggle between languages via the top menu here.
You will be able to amend both the subject and body of the pop-up notification.
You can edit the body of the template in several ways:
Simple Method - Input Text: Directly edit the default template in the body.
Simple Method - HTML Code: Click onto this icon to edit in HTML.
To reset the template to its default, click "Reset".
Click "Save" to apply and save your changes.
You can easily preview pop-up notifications to visualize how they will appear to your clients:
Locate the desired pop-up and click the "Preview" icon.
The pop-up will be displayed on the bottom right of the CRM.
For more details, click on "Learn More" to view the full information.
The full details of the pop-up notification will be displayed.
You also have the option to disable pop-up notifications for your clients. This means that the pop-up notification will not be sent to the client, even if the event has been triggered. To disable, follow these steps:
Locate the pop-up notification to disable and click the "Disable" icon.
A pop-up message will appear, asking you to confirm your action.
Click "Yes" to proceed and disable the pop-up notification.
To enable the pop-up notification, click onto the "Enable" icon.
Whenever you review your client's requests or take action on their account, you can choose to "Send Popup Notification".
Your client will then receive and view the pop-up notification directly from the client portal. They can click "Learn More" to view the full notification.
The client will be redirected to the Notifications page, with the full details of the pop-up notification.
Disable Email OTP Verification: You can now opt for a faster account registration process by disabling email OTP verifications at the time of registration. This allows your clients to swiftly onboard initially and then choose to reinforce security by activating OTP verifications at a later stage.
Send Trading Reports by Default: Automated delivery of trading reports is now the default option upon trading account creation, eliminating the need for manual activation.
Update Domain for Promotional Link: You now have the ability to directly edit link domains, removing the hassle for deletion and recreation, thereby saving time and effort.
Client Portal Improvements: Your clients will now enjoy improved access to their User ID and Referral code, making it easier for them to navigate the platform.
Client Group & Role Permissions UI Optimization: To streamline user experience, visible "Edit" icons have been implemented, simplifying the process of modifying group and role names and descriptions for improved usability.
You now have the flexibility to choose whether to enable or disable email OTP verifications during client registration. This empowers you to tailor the onboarding process to your preferred business flow. Previously, all clients were required to complete email OTP verification. However, with this function, you can disable email OTP verification, facilitating a faster client registration process.
To disable Email OTP Verification, follow these steps:
Navigate to Login / Registration Settings.
Choose either "Trader Registration Form" or "IB Registration Form", depending on your preferred onboarding flow.
Locate "Email" and click the "Edit" icon.
By default, "OTP Verification" will be selected, requiring your clients to verify their email address during registration.
Uncheck "OTP Verification" to disable email OTP Verification.
Click "Save" to confirm your changes.
When email OTP verification is disabled, a notice will appear to alert you to the associated risks:
Account Security: Without email OTP, user accounts are more vulnerable to unauthorized access. Malicious entities can exploit this vulnerability by creating accounts with fraudulent or stolen email addresses, bypassing the verification process necessary to confirm ownership.
Account Hijacking: The absence of email OTP opens the door to account hijacking attempts. Attackers can exploit vulnerabilities in the registration process to gain unauthorized entry into user accounts. This unauthorized access may result in the compromise of sensitive personal data or enable the perpetration of malicious activities.
Previously, during approval of a trading account request, manual selection of the "Send Reports" option was required. With this release, we've streamlined the process, empowering you to determine whether the "Send Reports" function is automatically enabled or disabled by default.
To send trading reports by default, follow these steps:
Navigate to Trading Platform Settings.
Find the trading platform you wish to modify, then click the "..." icon and choose "Edit".
Click "Send Report by Default".
Save your changes by clicking "Save".
Enabling "Send Report by Default" means that when reviewing open account requests, the "Send Report" option will automatically display as "Yes" by default. This eliminates the need for manual adjustment, streamlining the process for you.
Previously, editing the domain for an existing promotional link was not possible. We've improved this function to enable you to update the domain for existing promotional links. This enhancement streamlines your process, eliminating the need to delete and recreate the link with the updated domain.
To update the domain for your promotional link, follow these steps:
Navigate to Promotion Link Settings.
Find the promotion link you wish to modify and click the "Edit" icon.
Amend the domain accordingly.
Click "Save" and the domain will be updated with immediate effect.
Your clients can now effortlessly access their account User ID and Referral Code by simply clicking on their profile name.
Your clients can also conveniently copy their referral code with the copy button. This allows them to easily share their referral code with their downlines or potential clients, enhancing their referral process.
Previously, the editing function for client group and role permissions names and descriptions was not easily noticeable. We've addressed this by adding an "Edit" icon, allowing you to easily modify the name and description. This enhancement improves user-friendliness and intuitiveness.
To amend the name and description, follow these steps:
Navigate to Client Group or Role Management.
Find the Client Group or Role you wish to amend and click the "Edit" icon.
Make the necessary amendments.
Click "Save".
Revamped Prop Trading User Interface
Multiple Challenges, One Glance - Embrace multiple challenges without missing a beat. Keep your eyes on the prize with intuitive challenge progress tracking.
Your Stats in a Snap - Access key statistics and details at your fingertips and visualize your challenge growth.
Challenge Accepted - Quick overview of all ongoing challenges with one-click participation and seamless registration fee payment. The new keyword "tag" feature makes it easy for traders to filter and find ideal challenges, ensuring a more tailored experience.
- Introducing a new card display mode to showcase your on-going prop challenges. This new visual offers a quick parameter overview of available challenges. Customize and arrange the display to prioritize key challenges you want to highlight, promoting them effectively.
- Define specific types for each prop challenge, presented as keyword "tags" for effortless browsing and filtering by your clients.
- Access a new side-menu to view participants and their challenge statistics with ease.
- Navigate through various prop trading reports including trade history, commission payouts and profit-sharing reports for comprehensive insights.
To access challenge details, clients can click on the respective challenge, revealing three main tabs: Overview, Profit Sharing, and Trade History.
For challenges that are currently "Pending Approval," no data will be displayed until the challenge request is approved.
Your clients can view all ongoing challenges with one-click participation and seamless registration fee payment. Here's how:
Click on "New".
By default, the full list of ongoing challenges will be displayed.
To refine their search, clients can now select keywords.
When they choose a specific keyword, the list of challenges related to it will be displayed.
Clients can click on a challenge to view the full details below.
Click "Start Now" to participate.
Your client will be directed to the payment page, where they can select their preferred payment method and click "Complete Payment".
Once done, their participation request will be submitted to you for review.
Previously, prop challenges were structured with challenges containing multiple packages for client selection. In our latest update, we've refined this system, transitioning each package into its own individual challenge. This enhancement optimizes the prop challenge experience, providing increased clarity and flexibility for both you and your clients.
Here's an overview of the prop challenge structure:
You have the flexibility to configure multiple prop challenges for your clients to participate in. Within each challenge, you can customize the number of steps and choose whether each step unfolds in a demo environment with virtual funds or in a live environment with a fully funded trading account. The challenge's complexity increases with the number of steps, providing clients with a progressively challenging experience before reaching the live funded stage.
Additionally, you can set parameters such as profit targets, maximum drawdown, and more for each prop challenge. This customizable approach enables you to finely adjust the difficulty level and progression within your trading challenges.
Furthermore, prop challenges can be categorized into different challenge types. These challenge types serve as keywords for your clients, allowing them to filter and refine their search to find the most suitable prop challenge for their needs.
(For more details on challenge types, refer to 3) Configuration of Challenge Types )
Introducing our new Prop Challenge Card Display mode, set to transform your challenge-viewing experience. This innovative feature presents challenges in a user-friendly interface, providing a comprehensive overview of available options.
By default, the prop challenge display mode will be set to List view, presenting a straightforward list of prop challenges.
To switch to the visually engaging Card display mode, simply click on the 'Card' option.
The display mode will instantly transition to Card format, presenting your challenges in visually appealing cards.
Furthermore, you can tailor the display arrangement to craft a personalized viewing experience for your clients, highlighting the challenges you prioritize. To do so, simply click on a prop challenge and drag it to the desired position.
You can also specify the content display for the card view. The available options are:
Stage 1 Rules: Content displayed on the challenge card will be the rules set for stage 1.
Highest Value Across Stages: Content displayed on the challenge card will be the highest value across all stages. For instance, if the profit target for stage 1 is 10% and for stage 2 is 20%, the challenge card will display the profit target of 20%.
Now you can configure specific types for each prop challenge, represented as keywords for seamless browsing and filtering by your clients.
To set up challenge types, follow these steps:
While configuring a prop challenge, navigate to the "Basic Information" tab.
Initially, there won't be any predefined challenge types. However, if you've previously set up challenges and packages in the Back Office, those challenge names will automatically appear as challenge types.
To add a new challenge type, simply enter the desired type in the dropdown menu and press "Enter".
Make sure to fill in the challenge type in all relevant languages.
After creating a new challenge type, you'll find it in the dropdown list and can assign it to other challenges.
To modify the challenge type name, click on the "Language" icon.
Enter the new challenge type name and click "Save".
You can remove challenge types by clicking on the "Delete" icon.
However, you can only delete a challenge type if it's not currently in use by any challenge.
Once your challenge types are set up, your clients will see them as keywords.
They can use these keywords to filter and refine their prop challenge search, making it easier to decide which challenge to participate in.
Now, you can safeguard your progress by saving challenge edits as drafts. This allows you to seamlessly resume your work at your convenience, ensuring no data is lost in the process. When ready, effortlessly publish your finalized and verified challenges.
A new permission, "Publish Challenges," has been introduced. To publish challenges, you'll need to enable this permission.
For New Challenges, follow the steps below:
Click on "New Challenge".
Fill in the details and click "Save and Exit".
A new challenge will be created with the status "Draft".
To continue with the settings, click the "Edit Challenge" icon.
Complete the remaining fields and click "Publish".
Alternatively, you can select "Save and Exit" and, when ready, click on the "Review and Publish" icon.
You'll have access to the "After Modification" and "Before Modification" tabs, enabling you to verify the changes made before publishing.
After verification, click "Publish Now" to publish the challenge.
A popup notice will appear for you to confirm your action. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
For Ongoing Challenges, follow the steps below:
Click on the "Edit" icon.
Make the necessary changes and click "Save and Exit".
Note that clicking "Next" in the configuration page automatically saves a draft.
You'll notice the challenge status change from "Published" to "Draft".
Once you have finalized the settings, click the "Publish" icon.
You'll have access to the "After Modification" and "Before Modification" tabs, allowing you to verify the changes made before publishing.
After verification, click "Publish Now" to publish the challenge.
You can now efficiently create new challenges by duplicating existing ones, saving time on repetitive data entry. To duplicate prop challenges, follow the steps below:
Locate the prop challenge you want to duplicate and click the "Duplicate Challenge" icon.
The challenge will be duplicated, and "-copy" will be appended to the challenge name to indicate it as a duplicate.
The duplicated challenge will be automatically saved as a draft.
You can then proceed to edit and publish the prop challenge as needed.
Explore a new side-menu for effortless access to participant details and challenge statistics.
Easily navigate through a list of participants across all challenges, alongside their respective statuses.
Refine your search by selecting a specific challenge from the dropdown menu provided.
To delve deeper into a specific participant's details, simply click on the "View" icon.
You'll be directed to a detailed page offering an overview of the participant's progress. Here, you can also access profit sharing and trade history reports for the participant.
Access a range of prop trading reports, such as trade history, commission payouts, and profit-sharing reports, through the "Reports" side menu for thorough insights.
Easily switch between reports using the dropdown menu provided.
Similarly, refine your search by selecting specific challenges for which you wish to view the reports.
Customized Exchange Rate Sources: Integrate your preferred exchange rate source directly into the CRM and have greater control and accuracy over your currency conversion rates.
Customizable FX Symbols: Select the source and target symbols even for payment methods that use non-standard international symbols, ensuring accurate currency handling.
: The newly added API allows for the integration of your CRM with external platforms, automating the client creation process and streamlining client onboarding. This enhancement boosts efficiency and connectivity with external systems, enabling the porting of existing client information into the CRM.
: Automatically recognize your client's device type when a PSP transaction is initiated to ensure every provider returns the appropriate payment page respective to the specific device type, enhancing both user experience and security.
You can now integrate your preferred exchange rate source directly into the CRM and have greater control and accuracy over your currency conversion rates.
To begin setting up your exchange rate source, you will need to ensure you have the respective permissions:
Read External Exchange Rates: View external exchange rate settings.
Create External Exchange Rates: Create new external exchange rate settings.
Update External Exchange Rates: Update existing external exchange rate settings.
Delete External Exchange Rates: Delete existing external exchange rate settings.
Once the respective permissions have been granted, you will be able to perform the following functions:
You will be able to view the full API documentation for External Exchange Rates by clicking onto "LEARN MORE".
To assign your external exchange rate to a payment method, follow these steps:
Navigate to Transaction Settings > Deposit Settings.
Locate the payment method you wish to assign the external exchange rate to and click the "Edit" icon.
Click "Use external exchange rate".
Select your external exchange rate source.
Click " Save".
When your client deposit funds, the respective exchange rate from your source will be applied.
You can now select the source and target symbols even for payment methods that use non-standard international symbols, ensuring accurate currency handling. This applies to pre-integrated exchange rate providers on the CRM: exchangerate.host and Finrax.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to Transaction Settings > Deposit or Withdrawal Settings.
Locate the exchange rate you wish to setup and click "Edit".
If the currency is not an international standard code, there will be an error in retrieving the exchange rate.
Select the currency manually to retrieve the exchange rate.
Click "Save".
We have added a new API for client creation on the CRM. This API allows for the integration of your CRM with external platforms, automating the client creation process and streamlining client onboarding. To access the API documentation, please reach out to your dedicated account manager.
The CRM can now automatically recognize your client's device type when a PSP transaction is initiated to ensure every provider returns the appropriate payment page respective to the specific device type, enhancing both user experience and security.
To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to PSP Settings.
Locate the PSP you want to amend and click the "Edit" icon.
Select "Include device parameters when initiating API calls".
Click "Save".
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 20 October 2023
Get ready to excite your traders with our latest feature: The Trading Competition module. Amp up the trading thrill by hosting trading competitions for your traders to battle it out for the top spot and win enticing prizes. Launch competitions with unprecedented ease complete with leadership boards and the flexibility to automatically distribute rewards. Install the module today and create an electrifying experience for your traders! Please note that Trading Competition is currently available for MT4 and MT5 only.
Bespoke Competitions with Exhilarating Leaderboards Craft personalized trading competitions with eye-catching banners, rules, and rewards, then watch the excitement unfold as your clients compete head-to-head on a dynamic leaderboard.
Maximize Your Profits with Flexible Prizes and Revenue Boosts Enhance your revenue streams by charging participation fees and enjoy the freedom to choose between automated or manual prize payouts, giving you full control over rewarding your top traders.
Uphold Fair Play and Competition Integrity Ensure the integrity of your competitions by having the power to suspend participants who don't meet your criteria, guaranteeing that prizes are awarded to the most deserving winners.
To begin using the Trading Competition module, follow these steps:
Go to the CRM Marketplace.
Find the Trading Competition module and click on it.
In the Trading Competition module, you'll find two side menus:
Competition Settings: This section allows you to set up and configure your trading competitions according to your preferences and requirements.
Competition Statistics: Here, you can access detailed statistics for each competition, including information on participant numbers, rankings, prize reports, and more.
To create a new trading competition, you will need to complete the following steps:
Create & Configure Competition Settings
Configure Competition Banner
To create and configure competition settings, follow these steps:
Navigate to Competition Settings menu.
Click "New Competition".
Fill in the following details:
To configure the competition banner, follow these steps:
After creating and configuring the new competition, click the "Settings" icon.
Upload the cover thumbnail and campaign poster.
Enter the campaign details in the respective languages.
To view trading competition details, follow these steps:
Locate the trading competition you want to view.
Click on the "View" icon.
The competition details will be displayed for your reference.
You can edit the following settings for trading competitions:
You can only delete upcoming or ended trading competitions.
Competitions that are currently enrolling or ongoing cannot be deleted.
To delete a trading competition, follow these steps:
Under the Competition Statistics menu, you can access the following details:
You can customize the approval settings for trading competition participation requests from your clients.
The available approval settings are:
Automatic - all requests submitted will be automatically approved. Your client can start trading and compete in the trading competition immediately after registering. For Automatic approval settings, you can choose the request types that will be automatically approved. The available options include:
To review the requests, follow these steps:
Go to Approval > Trading Competition.
Find the request you want to review and click "Review."
You can choose to either "Approve" or "Reject" the request.
To register for a trading competition, your client should follow these steps:
Go to the Trading Competition section in the CRM Client Portal.
They can see a list of trading competitions with their respective statuses.
When they click onto a trading competition, they can read its description.
Your clients will have access to the leaderboard for the trading competition.
The number of rankings displayed will depend on your leaderboard display settings for the trading competition.
For example, if you set it as "Top 3," your clients will only see the top 3 traders along with their own ranking.
New filter types have been added for trading competitions:
Trading Competition Bonus
Trading Competition Registration Fee
Streamline your reporting by utilizing these filters for trading competition-related data.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 14 August 2023
We're thrilled to introduce the new Profit Percentage commission payout method, enabling you to reward IBs based on a percentage of traders' profits. Additionally, we've incorporated a flexible feature allowing you to set commission rebates in either USD or the trading account's base currency.
Introducing a new commission payout method that allows you to set up commission schemes based on a percentage of trade profits. This feature caters to different groups of IBs with varying referral payout preferences.
You now have the option to choose the currency for rebates in different commission schemes. This allows you to align payouts with your preferred currency for easier management.
Profit Percentage is available for both fixed and flexible commissions.
IBs will receive commission rebate only if their downline's trades have a profit above zero.
Commission Rebate = Profit Percentage x Profit of Trade
The rebate currency will be the trading account's base currency.
To set up a new profit percentage fixed commission scheme, follow these steps:
Navigate to Commission > Rule Settings > Fixed Rule Setting.
Click "Add Commission Scheme".
Fill in the Scheme Name.
To set up a new profit percentage flexible commission scheme, follow these steps:
Navigate to Commission > Rule Settings > Flexible Rule Setting.
Click "Create".
Fill in the Rule Name.
Once the commission schemes have been setup, profit percentage commission rebates will be paid out accordingly. The data will be displayed in the following reports:
CRM Reports - Fixed Commission Report
CRM Reports - Flexible Commission Report
You can now choose the rebate currency for your commission rebate settings. This enhancement is applicable to the following commission types:
Fixed Commission - Fixed Type
Fixed Commission - Spread Type
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 2 November 2023
In this update, we're proud to present the seamless integration Twilio Verify into our CRM. This integration enhances your security measures by offering clients a diverse array of reliable verification methods. With Twilio Verify, clients now have the flexibility to opt for 2FA via various channels, such as voice, messaging, and WhatsApp during the onboarding process. Bid farewell to the constraints of email OTP verifications and empower your clients to select the verification method that best suits their preferences.
Furthermore, we've also harnessed the power of MT4 data to create supercharged account reports to provide you unprecedented perspectives and profound insights to your business including clients' performance, trading preferences, and strategies. Additionally, it offers a valuable tool to assess the sustainability of your IB business model. With MT4 Advanced Account Reports, you can make informed decisions that drive your business forward with confidence.
Multi-Channel OTP Verification Offer your clients a versatile verification experience. They can now confirm their accounts through diverse channels, including email, SMS, voice, and WhatsApp. This flexibility empowers clients to select their preferred OTP delivery method, enhancing their overall user experience.
Seamless Setup Twilio Verify takes charge of the verification process, eliminating the need for you to set up your own phone numbers or WhatsApp channels. This streamlines the setup for you, ensuring a hassle-free experience.
Enhanced Business Analytics Enhance your insights. Our extension delves deeper than standard MT4 reports, delivering comprehensive data analysis of your clients. Uncover valuable information about their growth, trading patterns, and the performance of your IB business model.
Effortless Data Management Let automation work for you. With this extension, the tedious manual extraction and calculations are a thing of the past. Access critical insights and metrics directly from the extension, bypassing the time-consuming steps of downloading data to Excel and performing manual calculations. Stay efficient and focused on what matters most – growing your business.
To get started with Twilio Verify, follow these steps:
Go to the CRM Marketplace.
Locate Twilio Verify and click "Install."
To register your Twilio account, follow the steps below:
Visit
Click "Start for free".
Fill in your details and click "Start your free trial".
To create API Key SID and Secret, follow these steps:
Under the "Accounts" tab, click "API keys & tokens".
Click on “Create API key” to generate your API Key and Token.
To create a service in Twilio, follow these steps:
Navigate to Twilio homepage and click on “Explore Products”.
Scroll down to "Account Security" and click " Verify".
To connect your Twilio account to your CRM, follow these steps:
On the CRM Back Office, navigate to Twilio > Twilio Configuration.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Fill in the API Key SID and Secret that you acquired from your Twilio account.
To setup Twilio Services in your CRM, follow these steps:
On the CRM Back Office, navigate to Twilio > Twilio OTP Settings.
Click the "Refresh" button to ensure you have the latest configuration settings from Twilio.
To ensure Twilio Verify functions well, you will need to enable the "Phone" field in the registration form.
Once you have setup Twilio Verify, your clients can now complete verification via multiple channels:
On the Client Portal, click "Register as a Trader" or "Register as an IB".
Fill in the respective details and click "Register".
The MT4 Comprehensive Account Report Extension goes beyond the standard MT4 report, offering insights into your clients' trading and business performance. It enhances client monitoring by providing advanced data aggregation and essential accounting insights.
To start using the MT4 Comprehensive Account Report Extension, follow these steps:
Go to the CRM Marketplace.
Find the MT4 Comprehensive Account Report Extension and click on it.
You'll be taken to a details page with an overview of the report.
To ensure accurate data acquisition, it is crucial to enable this option within the 'Manager-Groups-Reports' page on MT4.
The following data fields are now accessible through the MT4 Comprehensive Report Extensions:
To view the report, follow these steps:
Once the MT4 comprehensive account report extension has been installed on your CRM, you can view it via Reports > Trading Platform Reports > Comprehensive Account Report.
To view the newly added report fields, click "..." and "Field Display Settings".
All the newly added fields will be hidden by default. You can add them all into the display fields by clicking "Move All".
Your clients will be able to view the MT4 comprehensive account reports for their own MT4 trading accounts and those of their downlines.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 26 December 2023
This release brings pivotal enhancements to the Proprietary Trading Challenge system. Notable improvements include more frequent equity monitoring, now calculated every 10 minutes and a more intuitive "participants" tab that now offers detailed snapshots of traders' status. Furthermore, we've streamlined the admin process with automated approval options, challenge duplication and more!
: Stay informed with equity updates every 10 minutes for more precise and consistent monitoring.
: We've fine-tuned the maximum loss and maximum daily loss calculations by incorporating equity changes, enhancing accuracy.
: Gain deeper insights into your participants with new features such as progress bars for equity, profits and losses.
: Have the option to enable automatic approval for all participation requests.
: Easily replicate your successful challenges with the duplication function for simple setup and management.
: Simplify data retrieval with date filters from challenge initiation, eliminating the need to recall specific start dates and ensuring the absence of non-data sets. Additional filtering options are available for obtaining precise data related to distinct packages and steps.
: An upgraded interface now allows users a more intuitive and seamless experience for participants to navigate their retry opportunities.
In this latest release, we've introduced an improvement in the frequency of equity updates. Now, equity is refreshed at a more frequent 10-minute interval. This enhancement ensures a more responsive and accurate monitoring experience, allowing you and your traders to stay better informed about real-time changes in equity, thereby enhancing the overall effectiveness of your trading activities.
We've also fine-tuned the calculation logic for both Maximum Daily Loss and Maximum Loss.
The CRM now compares the latest obtained equity with the equity at the end of the previous day to determine if the trader has reached the maximum daily loss threshold.
Challenge fails when: Latest Equity - Previous Day Equity ≤ - Maximum Daily Loss
For Example:
Initial Equity: $10,000
Maximum Daily Loss = 5% x $10,000 = $500
The CRM now compares the latest obtained equity with the initial equity to determine if the trader has reached the maximum loss threshold.
Challenge fails when: Latest Equity - Initial Equity ≤ - Maximum Loss
For Example: Initial Equity: $10,000
Maximum Loss = 10% x $10,000 = $1,000
We've enriched the participants page by introducing the following additional fields:
Equity - Updated at every 10-minute interval.
Max Daily Loss Progress Bar - Updated at every 10-minute interval.
Max Loss Progress Bar - Updated at every 10-minute interval.
Profit Target Progress Bar - Updated on a daily basis.
These additions provide a more detailed and dynamic snapshot of each participant's trading status, ensuring a comprehensive overview of their challenge progress and performance.
We have introduced a new feature that gives you the flexibility to enable automatic approval settings for prop challenge participation requests. With this option, client participation requests will be swiftly and automatically approved upon submission. This streamlined process ensures that clients receive their prop trading account credentials instantly, enabling them to commence trading without delays.
To configure the approval settings, follow these simple steps:
Navigate to Settings > Approval Settings.
Click "Edit".
Scroll down and find "Participate in prop trading".
You now have the ability to duplicate prop challenge names, providing you with the flexibility to replicate names as needed. This streamlines the management of similar challenges, fostering efficient organization within your prop trading environment.
Our reporting tools for prop challenge trade history have received an upgrade for added convenience:
Date Filter
The date filter now automatically excludes dates before the prop challenge began, enhancing clarity on the start date of the prop challenge.
Selection of dates prior to the challenge start date is restricted.
Traders now have visibility into the remaining retry attempts for prop challenges.
After each retry, the system will automatically update to display the remaining attempts available.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 8 March 2024
Good news to all Prop Firms! Version 7.8.0 features a full integration with Stripe - a new payment channel addition exclusively for prop trading. Simply enable the feature within your CRM marketplace, register for a Stripe account and you are all set to onboard Prop Challenge participants all from every corner of the globe. Read on for more details on this exciting release.
Stripe is exclusively available to Proprietary Trading Firms and is not accessible to FX brokers.
Trusted Payment Provider: Trusted by millions of businesses, from startups to Fortune 500 companies, Stripe is a globally recognized payment solution. By integrating Stripe, you can confidently provide your clients with a trusted and credible payment channel, ensuring the security of funds and peace of mind for all parties involved.
Extensive Payment Options: Enable your trader's unprecedented convenience with Stripe's extensive array of over 100 payment methods, catering to diverse client preferences. Operating in over 40 countries and supporting hundreds of currencies, Stripe ensures accessibility and seamless transactions worldwide.
Enhanced Payment Management: Experience real-time updates on payment statuses, empowering you to efficiently review and manage payments, ensuring prop challenge participants are able to purchase related services timely.
To begin offering Stripe, follow these steps to install it via the CRM marketplace:
Navigate to the CRM marketplace.
Search for "Stripe" and click on "Install."
You will be redirected to the details page where you can learn about the functionalities. Click "Install" to proceed with the installation.
Once Stripe is installed on your CRM, ensure to enable the following permissions:
Read Stripe Settings: Allows viewing of settings for Stripe.
Create Stripe Settings: Enables creation and configuration of settings for Stripe.
Update Stripe Settings: Facilitates updating and amending the configuration for Stripe.
Delete Stripe Settings: Grants the ability to delete Stripe settings as needed.
Next, to register for a Stripe account, follow these steps:
Navigate to .
Click "Start Now".
Fill in the required details and proceed by clicking "Create Account".
Once you have created your Stripe account, follow these steps to retrieve the required parameters:
Navigate to the .
Fill in your credentials and click "Continue" to log in.
Once logged in, click on "Developers".
To connect your Stripe account to the CRM, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Stripe Settings.
Click "Create".
Fill in the Name, API Public Key and API Secret Key.
You will need to input the CRM callback address into your Stripe account. To do so, follow these steps:
Once you have created the Stripe settings, you can retrieve the callback address by clicking the "View" icon.
You will be able to see the callback address here.
Navigate to the
You will be able to perform the following actions on your Stripe Settings:
To setup Stripe as a deposit method for your clients, follow these steps:
Navigate to the Deposit Settings section within your CRM.
Click on the "Create" button to create a new deposit method.
Select the Stripe setting you have configured under "Stripe Settings" as the platform for the deposit method.
To purchase prop trading package via Stripe, your clients can follow these steps:
Navigate to Prop Trading and select the challenge to participate in.
Select the package and click "Participate Now!".
Select "Stripe" as the payment method.
Once your client has completed the payment via Stripe, you will be able to view their request under Approvals > Prop Trading Participation.
You will be able to view the payment method and their respective payment status:
Success: This indicates that the callback for the deposit was successful, confirming a completed transaction.
Failed: This status signifies that the callback for the deposit failed, indicating an unsuccessful transaction.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 12 December 2023
In this new release, we're excited to present the all-new Calendar function—a powerful tool designed to help your team effortlessly manage tasks by providing a comprehensive overview of assignments and their corresponding deadlines. Stay organized and on top of your schedule with this intuitive feature.
We've also fine-tuned our PSP deposit settings to offer you greater flexibility. Now, you have the ability to adjust the deposit amounts submitted by your clients, ensuring they align precisely with the funds received in your PSP. This optimization allows you greater control in streamlining transactions and avoid administrative hassle.
Furthermore, we understand the importance of efficiency in your IB commission processes. With the latest update, you can now choose to disable the display of zero commission data. This thoughtful enhancement not only helps declutter your CRM but also contributes to a more effective commission payout system for your IBs.
Visualize Tasks with Calendar View: Immerse yourself in an intuitive experience as tasks come to life on the calendar, offering a vivid overview of upcoming deadlines.
Enhance Collaboration: Empower each team member to seamlessly integrate tasks into the calendar, facilitating the coordination of goals and workloads with ease.
We have integrated a new calendar function into the Task module, enhancing your organizational capabilities. The Task module has undergone refinement, now featuring 2 distinct menus: Tasks and Calendar.
The functionality of tasks remains unchanged. However, with the newly introducer calendar side menu, you gain the added convenience of viewing all assigned tasks in a cohesive and visually intuitive manner.
The permissions required for accessing the Calendar function is the same as the Task function:
Read Tasks: Grants the ability to view tasks and the calendar.
Add Tasks: Provides the capability to add tasks conveniently through both the Tasks and Calendar modules.
Once permissions are granted, you will be able to view Calendar by navigating to Tasks and clicking on "Calendar" in the side menu.
You now have the ability to modify payment or deposit amounts from clients, aligning seamlessly with the funds received through your PSP. Depending on your approval settings configured, this can be achieved through either manual or automatic processes.
Please be aware that enabling this function comes with an automatic conversion feature. The system will adjust the deposit or payment amount based on the exchange rate if the payment amount and trading amount involve different currencies. Consequently, there may be a variance between the trading amount deposited into the client's trading account or CRM wallet.
To activate this function, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Deposit > PSP Settings.
Find the PSP you wish to enable this function for and click on the "Edit" icon.
If you have configured the approval process for online deposits to be automatic, rest assured that the deposit or payment amount will align with the callback amount (i.e. the amount received by your PSP). There will be no need for manual adjustments.
If you have configured the approval process for online deposits to be manual, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Approval" > "Deposit".
You now have the ability to hide zero commission data on your CRM. This enhancement is designed to optimize the process of referral commission payouts, ensuring efficiency and accuracy for all recipients. By concealing data with a 0-commission amount, the system focuses on relevant information, streamlining the payout process and contributing to an overall more efficient operation. This function is only available for Flexible Commissions.
By default, this function is disabled, and you will be able to see $0 commission records on the Flexible Commission Report.
To enable this function, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > Commission > Flexible Rule Setting.
Click "Disable" button beside "Include Zero Commission Records".
A notice will appear. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, we have optimized the Progressive Web Application (PWA) for your CRM Client Portal to be now available on mobile. Your clients will be able to install the CRM client portal as a mobile application, providing them with an enhanced user experience. Furthermore, enhancements have been made to the automatic deposit function, allowing you to manage your clients’ deposit operations more efficiently.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 12 July 2023
Introducing our latest release featuring the new risk management dashboard. This powerful tool allows you to track your profits over time and provides projected profit analysis based on the hybrid A/B book risk management model. You will also have valuable insights on the top five most profitable traders and the top five traders with the most losses. This enables you to make more informed decisions as a broker, optimizing your A-book and B-book strategies to maximize returns.
This function is only available for brokers with MT4/5.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 16 October 2023
We are thrilled to introduce our latest CRM integration - Proprietary (Prop) Trading Challenge System. This powerful addition empowers you to effortlessly launch Prop Challenges as a new and innovative way to engage and retain clients. Successful traders can even access funded accounts, making it a compelling feature to attract and reward skilled traders. Join us in revolutionizing your business and capitalize on the latest trading tend! Our Prop Trading Challenge system is available to all MT4 and MT5 Brokers.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 2 August 2023
Exciting news! Our latest CRM version release comes with two fantastic updates to enhance your experience. You can now easily withdraw funds using Match2Pay, alongside the existing deposit feature. Additionally, we've made our CRM even more secure by introducing mandatory 2-factor authentication (2FA).
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 19 June 2023
We are pleased to announce the integration of Match2Pay, a cryptocurrency Payment Service Provider (PSP), with our CRM platform. This integration allows you to offer your clients an additional payment gateway option specifically tailored for cryptocurrencies. By leveraging Match2Pay's expertise in cryptocurrency transactions, you can provide secure and efficient processing for your clients' cryptocurrency payments. Stay ahead of the competition and enhance your service offerings by utilizing this new integration.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 30 August 2023
We are thrilled to unveil the new Withdrawal Webhook feature within our CRM. This enhancement empowers you to effortlessly and securely submit withdrawal requests directly from the CRM to a designated destination URL using Webhooks. With this innovative addition, you can now seamlessly streamline your withdrawal process and enhance operational efficiency.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this new release, we are excited to announce the addition of a new application, the AI Editor, to our CRM marketplace. This application is designed to help you create stunning email templates and custom client pages with ease. In addition, we have incorporated activity logs for your clients and potential leads. This will allow you to keep track of their progress and stay up to date with their current status.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Our latest release includes a seamless integration of AirCall with our CRM. AirCall is a cloud-based phone system and call center that makes phone support a breeze. Now, you can effortlessly call your clients directly from the CRM and provide real-time support to address any issues they may have, thereby strengthening your customer relationships. Additionally, we've made optimizations to the Clients & Leads Details Page, presenting you with a comprehensive overview of all your clients' and leads' activities in one convenient location. This update is designed to enhance your experience and streamline your workflow, enabling you to provide exceptional customer service.
Upon adding the second level of approver, the first level will automatically be assigned both the "Deduct" and "Payout" approval.
Fill in the details for each currency, including:
Minimum Deposit: Set the minimum deposit amount for the currency.
Maximum Deposit: Set the maximum deposit amount for the currency.
Fee: Enter the fee amount associated with the deposit.
Maximum Fee: Specify the maximum fee applicable for the deposit.
Configure the required deposit fields as per your preferences.
Failed: This status signifies that the callback for the deposit failed, indicating an unsuccessful transaction.
Pending: If the callback for the deposit has not been received yet, the status will be shown as Pending, indicating that the transaction is still being processed.
If you have set up multi-level approval according to the security checklist, upon first-level approval, the funds will be deducted from the client's trading account or wallet. The funding status will reflect "Withdrawn".
Upon second-level approval, the funds from your withdrawal vault account will be sent to the client's wallet address.
To setup overriding commission and same rank bonus, you will need to select a "Rank Structure".
Set up overriding commission and same rank bonus under the respective tabs.
Click "Save".
Review the details and click "Publish Now".
Click "Confirm" to proceed to publish the challenge.
Smart Language Preferences: Experience intuitive and seamless communication as the CRM intelligently sends notifications in your client's preferred default language. Stay connected effortlessly with language preferences that prioritize your client's experience.
Rebate Currency: Trading Account Base Currency or USD
Fill in the percentage amount.
Commission Unit
Advanced Method - AI Editor: Utilize the CRM AI Editor (install via CRM marketplace).
Each template includes support parameters to ensure correct codes to retrieve client-specific information (e.g. trading account number, password, server name, etc.)
Duplicate Prop Challenges - Efficiently create new challenges by duplicating existing ones, saving time on repetitive data entry.
The challenge will be published, and the status will be changed from "Draft" to "Published".
A popup notice will appear for you to confirm your action. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
The challenge will be published, and the status will be changed from "Draft" to "Published".
To initiate the installation, please get in touch with your dedicated account manager.
Once the installation is complete, you will need to configure the necessary permissions.
After granting the required permissions, you will find "Trading Competition" in the Back Office navigation menu.
Competition Name
Trading Server
Select registration fee and fill in the amount if you wish to charge clients a registration fee before they can participate in the trading competition. There are 2 payment methods:
Prepayment of Registration Fee: Clients will be redirected to the deposit page to make the payment.
Deduct Registration Fee from Competition Account Balance: The registration fee will be directly deducted from the trading account selected by the client for the competition.
Fill in the description. This section is for you to provide more information on the registration fee. If no registration fee is set, you will not need to fill this in.
Select the Client Portal Leadership Display Range.
This allows you to select the number of rankings you wish to make available to your clients.
The available options are: Top 3, Top 5, Top 10, Top 20 or Top 30.
Select the Ranking Rule.
Currently, only profit percentage is available.
Profit Percentage = [End Balance - (Initial Balance + Deposit During Campaign)] / [Initial Balance + Deposit During Campaign] x 100%
Setup the Prize Settings.
Competition prizes are paid out in a fixed amount.
Specify how much you wish to pay out for the top ranks.
You can choose to payout as many ranks as required by clicking the "Add" button.
Fill in the Following:
Campaign Time Zone
Competition Time Frame: This is the period during which the competition is ongoing.
Registration Time Frame: This is the period during which clients can register for the competition.
Selec how you want the prize to be paid out:
Trading Account Balance
Trading Account Credit
CRM Wallet
Select the Prize Payout Method:
Automatic: You will need to set the prize payout time. At this designated time, the prizes will automatically be paid out to the clients.
Manual: You will need to manually payout the prizes to your clients.
Click Save.
To edit the competition banner and description, simply follow these steps:
Find the competition you wish to modify and click the "Settings" icon.
Make the desired changes.
Click "Save."
You will be able to amend all settings except for the trading server and registration fee settings.
To make changes to the settings, just follow these steps:
Locate the competition you want to adjust and click the "Edit" icon.
Make the necessary modifications.
Click "Save."
You will receive a prompt that deleting the competition will also erase all historical data associated with it. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
You'll see details such as the trading account ID, client names, and the payment method used for the competition.
You also have the option to suspend trading accounts from the competition; to do this, locate the client and click "Suspend."
Once an account is suspended, the client will not appear on the leaderboard and will see that their account is suspended. Their profit percentage will be empty.
You can re-enable the suspended account by clicking the "Activate" button.
The leaderboard is updated every 3 hours, and you can see the last updated time.
If prize payout is set to be automatic, prizes will be paid to traders on the scheduled settlement date. You will be able to see the payout status accordingly as well.
If prize payout is set to be manual, you will be able to see the list of prizes to be paid. To payout prizes, follow these steps:
Select the traders.
Click "Payout".
You'll be able to see the payout status respectively.
If any of the payout failed, you can repeat the process to retry payout.
No Registration Fee
Prepayment of Registration Fee (Online Payment Only)
Deduct Registration Fee from Competition Account Balance
For instance, if you select "No Registration Fee," it implies that all requests to participate in trading competitions with no registration fee will be automatically processed, while others will still need manual review from you.
Manual - all requests submitted will be forwarded to you. Your client must await your review and approval before they can participate in the trading competition.
Clicking on "Leaderboard" will display the current rankings of traders.
To register, simply click "Register Now."
The registration process differs depending on the registration fee settings for the trading competition:
Prepayment of Registration Fee
Select the trading account you want to register with and click "Next".
Your client will be directed to the payment page. They will need to choose their preferred payment method.
Complete the payment process. Please note that once the payment is made, it won't appear in the client's CRM wallet or trading accounts; it's a direct payment to you.
Deduct from Competition Account Balance
Select the trading account for registration.
If there aren't sufficient funds for the registration fee deduction, your client will be notified and unable to register with that trading account.
No Registration Fee
If there's no registration fee, your client only needs to select the trading account and submit the request.
After submitting the request, the client will be directed to the request history page to monitor its status.
If the trading competition approval settings are automatic, the request will be automatically approved, allowing the client to start trading and competing.
If the approval settings are manual, you will need to review the request through the CRM Back Office. The client will have to wait for your approval before they can participate and begin trading.
To protect the identity of the traders, the names of the traders will be partially hidden with asterisks (*).
The leaderboard is updated every 3 hours, and the time of the last update will be displayed.
In the Transactions Report on CRM Back Office, you will be able to filter the report accordingly.
Similarly, on the Client Portal, your clients will be able to see the transactions in relation to the Trading Competition. This can be found under Funds > Transactions.
Select the Rank Structure.
Click "Create and Configure".
Click the "Edit" icon.
Click "Add Symbol Group".
Select the Symbol Group and click "Confirm".
Select the Commission Structure.
Select "Profit %" as the Commission Type.
Select the Groups this commission structure will apply to.
Fill in the profit percentage for each level or tier.
Click "Save".
Go to the highest upline's profile page.
Navigate to "Commissions".
Click "Change Commission Scheme".
Select the newly added Profit Percentage commission scheme.
Click "Save". The referral tree now adopts the profit percentage commission scheme.
Select the groups and symbol groups that the commission scheme will apply to.
Select Profit Percentage as the Commission Mode.
Key in the maximum rebate amount (if any).
Select "Contains your own account by default" if you require commissions to be paid out to the trader by default.
Click "Create".
Go to the client's profile page.
Navigate to "Commissions".
Click "Change Commission Scheme".
Select the newly added Profit Percentage commission scheme.
Select either of the following:
Add rule for downline IBs
Replace rule for downline IBs
Click "Save".
A popup will be displayed to inform you that the commission scheme will be applied for the entire referral tree. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Fill in the profit percentage for each individual.
Select "Include Own Account" if you want to enable the trader to receive commission rebates as well.
Click "Save".
Flexible Commission - Pip Type
While configuring commissions, you'll have the option to choose the Rebate Currency by clicking either "USD" or "Trading Account Base Currency."
When selecting the rebate currency as "Trading Account Base Currency," it means that the inputted commission amount is denominated in the trading account's base currency. Conversely, selecting the rebate currency as USD indicates that the keyed commission amount is denominated in United States Dollars.
To proceed with the installation, click "Install".
Once the installation is complete, grant the necessary permissions to your team, which include:
Read Twilio Settings (view-only permissions).
Update Twilio Settings (ability to edit and configure Twilio settings).
After providing the required permissions, you'll find Twilio in the Settings page.
Click the verification link sent to your email.
Fill in your phone number and click "Send Verification Code."
Fill in the verification code and click "Submit".
Fill in your details and click "Get Started with Twilio".
After completing the registration, you'll be automatically logged in to the Twilio Console Dashboard.
Provide a “Friendly Name” for your API key and click “Create”.
Copy and securely save both the API Key SID and Secret.
Click "Done".
Click “Create new” to initiate the creation of a new service.
Provide a unique “Friendly Name” for your service, and ensure that SMS, WhatsApp and Voice are enabled. Click “Continue” to save your service.
Click the "Save" icon.
Click "Enable" to enable the Twilio service.
Select the preferred verification method. The available options are:
Message
Voice
Complete the slider verification.
The OTP will be sent to the client depending on the verification method selected.
Client will be able to input the OTP code and proceed with the registration.
To install it, please contact your dedicated account manager.
Once the report is installed, you can access it through the Reports module on CRM Back Office.
To enable the report for your clients, adjust the permissions in their Client Groups.
Your report will now show the newly added fields accordingly.
The newly added fields for the report are hidden by default. Click "..." and choose "Field Display Settings."
You will find the new fields in the hidden section. Click "Move All" to display them and click "Confirm".
The report will now show the new fields.
The newly added fields for the report are hidden by default. Click "..." and choose "Field Display Settings."
You will find the new fields in the hidden section. Click "Move All" to display them and click "Confirm".
The report will now show the new fields.
Initial Equity
This is the account’s equity at the start of the report timeframe, at 23:59:59 of the previous day.
Final Equity
This is the account’s equity at the end of the report timeframe, at 23:59:59 of the specified end day.
Net Equity
Net Equity = Final Equity - Initial Equity.
This offers you valuable insights on the overall performance and growth of your client’s accounts.
Net Deposit
Net Deposit = Deposit - Withdrawal.
This provides you critical insights into the inflow and outflow of funds. It offers a deeper understanding of whether clients are planning to increase or reduce their trading activity, enabling you to make informed decisions and offer tailored support.
Net Credit
Net Credit = Credit In - Credit Out.
This provides you with a comprehensive view of credit transactions, aiding in the assessment of financial relationships and obligations between you and your clients.
Symbol Groups
This data offers the total trading volume for various symbol groups, enabling you to understand your clients’ trading preferences and strategies. It equips you with the insights needed to provide customized support, ultimately enhancing the overall trading experience for your clients.
The symbol groups here refer to the symbol groups set up on your CRM for your IB commission rebate.
Real-Time Rebate
This represents the cumulative IB Commission Rebate for a particular trading account during the selected report timeframe. This enables you to gauge the effectiveness of your IB commission structures in attracting and retaining clients.
Moreover, it assists in monitoring the sustainability of IB commission payouts, ensuring long-term profitability within your business model.
Select "Automatically".
Click the "Save" icon to apply the changes.
New Filtering Options
Now, you can easily filter trade history using the new filtering options: package and step.
This improvement enables you to precisely focus on trade history data for a particular package or step, enhancing the accuracy of your analysis.
$10,000
$11,000
$11,000 - $10,000 = $1,000
$1,000 ≥ - $500 Challenge has not failed.
$11,000
$8,500
$8,500 - $11,000 = -$2,500
-$2,500 ≤ -$500 Challenge has failed.
$10,000
$11,000
$11,000 - $10,000 = $1,000
$1,000 ≥ - $1,000 Challenge has not failed.
$10,000
$8,500
$8,500 - $11,000 = -$2,500
-$2,500 ≤ -$1,000 Challenge has failed.
You'll need to verify your email address by clicking on the verification link sent to your email inbox.
Upon verifying your email address, you will be redirected to activate payments on your account. To proceed, click "Activate Payments".
Complete the onboarding form to complete your Stripe account creation.
Select "API keys".
Retrieve the Publishable Key and the Secret Key. For the Secret Key, click "Reveal test key" to access it.
Select the currencies accepted and the preferred payment page display.
Click "Save".
Fill in your credentials and click "Continue" to log in.
Once logged in, click on "Developers".
Select "Webhooks".
Click "Add an endpoint".
Fill in the CRM callback URL into "Endpoint URL".
Click "Select events".
Select all options under "Checkout" and click "Add events".
Click "Add endpoint".
You will be able to see all the configured settings.
Make the necessary amendments.
Click on "Save" to save the updated settings.
A confirmation popup notice will appear.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the deletion.
Please note that if the Stripe setting is being used by an existing deposit method, you will not be able to delete it.
A notice will appear to remind you that Stripe is exclusively for the purchase of Prop Trading Packages only.
Upon clicking "Stripe" as the platform, the icon will automatically select the "Stripe" icon.
Fill in the respective fields as follows:
Select the client groups for which this deposit method will be allowed.
Provide a name for the deposit method.
Select the supported currencies that your clients can use for deposits.
Fill in the details for each currency, including:
Decimals: Specify the number of decimal places for the currency.
Minimum Deposit: Set the minimum deposit amount for the currency.
Maximum Deposit: Set the maximum deposit amount for the currency.
Fee: Enter the fee amount associated with the deposit.
Configure the required deposit fields as per your preferences.
Click on the Save button to save the deposit method configuration.
Once Stripe is setup, ensure you select it as an accepted payment method for direct purchase of prop packages.
Click "Complete Payment".
A popup notice will appear for you to verify the amount. Click "Pay Now" to proceed.
Your client will be able to complete their payment via Stripe.
A payment request will be sent to you, and it will be either manually or automatically approved based on the approval settings configured by you.
Once the payment is made, the client will be redirected to the prop trading request history page.
Pending: If the callback for the deposit has not been received yet, the status will be shown as Pending, indicating that the transaction is still being processed.
To update and refresh the payment status, you can click on the refresh icon provided. This action will initiate a refresh of the status, ensuring that the most up-to-date information is displayed.
Furthermore, you have the flexibility to manually adjust the payment status by clicking the "Edit" icon.
You can amend the payment status to manage exceptional cases and proceed to approve or reject the request accordingly.
Tailored Deposit Amount: Gain the flexibility to directly adjust deposit amounts based on actual funds received in your PSP, reducing post deposit reconciliation administrative work.
Effortless Currency Conversion: Experience automatic currency conversion aligned with the updated deposit amount, ensuring effortless and accurate financial transactions.
Conceal Zero IB Commission Data
Enhance IB Commission Payout Efficiency: Elevate the speed and efficiency of IB commission payouts, fostering stronger relationships and greater trust with your IBs.
Focus on Quality Payouts: Streamline analytics by concentrating on meaningful commission payouts by elimintating zero commission data. This contributes to the overall quality of your financial and business insights for informed decision-making.
Click onto it to view the complete list for that day.
Fill in the details of the tasks. The deadline will automatically be filled in. You can amend it if necessary.
Click "Save".
The task will be displayed on the calendar.
Make the necessary changes and click "Save".
You can only edit tasks if you are the task creator, assignee or owner of the CRM. Otherwise, you will not be able to edit.
Tasks can only be marked as completed by the task creator, task assignee or owner of the CRM. Otherwise, you will not be able to complete the task.
A pop-up notice will appear. Click "Confirm" to proceed to delete the task.
The task will be removed from the Calendar.
You can only delete tasks if you are the task creator, task assignee or owner of the CRM. Otherwise, you will not be able to see the "Delete" icon.
Save your changes by clicking "Save".
Locate the deposit request you wish to review and click "Review".
Click on the "Edit" icon.
Amend the payment amount as needed and click "Save". The trading amount will be adjusted accordingly.
Once adjustment is made, the logs will be updated to indicate the changes.
Proceed to "Approve" the request. The updated amount will be deposited to client's trading account or wallet.
The Flexible Commission Report will no longer record orders with commission payout amount of $0.
The PWA for Mobile is only available for your CRM Client Portal and is currently unavailable for your CRM Backoffice Portal.
The installation of PWA will differ depending on the mobile device you are using.
For Safari browser, the PWA installation window will not popup automatically. You will need to:
Go to your CRM Client Portal link.
Click the “Share” button and select “Add to Home Screen”.
Amend the name of the PWA and click “Add”.
The PWA for your Client Portal will be displayed on your Home Screen.
You can now access the Client Portal on your mobile devices by clicking the PWA.
Chrome and Edge browsers do not support the PWA because the iOS system does not allow this permission to any third-party applications.
Installation of PWA will differ depending on the mobile phone brand that you are using.
The following has been tested on Chrome & Edge browsers:
OPPO, Xiaomi and Huawei Harmony OS: The installation window will pop up and you can install the PWA. Upon installation, the Client Portal will show as an application.
Kindly note that Android Brands in China may not be able to install Chrome. However, you may install Chrome browser using APK.
For system built-in browsers, the installation of PWA will differ:
Xiaomi: The automatic popup is relatively unstable. You may need to retry a few times before the popup appears for you to install the PWA.
OPPO, Huawei HarmonyOS: There is no automatic popup and there is no function for you to add the PWA to your mobile phone homescreen.
A new notification has been added to the CRM.
You will now be notified for any deposit failures and proceed to rectify them immediately.
You can view, amend and customize this notification under the Notification Setting page:
Similar to all other notifications, you can select the “Notified Party” and “Notification Method” accordingly.
Profit Tracking and Projection With our risk management dashboard, you can track your profits over time and gain valuable insights into the projected profit based on the hybrid A/B book risk management model with a liquidity provider. This feature allows you to monitor your financial performance and make informed decisions about your business strategies.
Insights from Profitable Traders By using the dashboard, you can analyze the top five most profitable traders and identify the top five traders with the most losses. This information empowers you as a broker to make better-informed decisions when determining which traders to A-book (directly route orders to the market) and which to B-book (internalize orders), maximizing your returns while mitigating potential risks.
You have the ability to set permissions for the risk management dashboard. By selecting "Risk Management" in the permission settings, you can grant your team members access to view the dashboard.
Once permissions have been granted, you will be able to find the Risk Management Dashboard on the top navigation bar.
At the top of the risk management module, you will find a concise description of the A-book and B-book concepts. Additionally, we introduce the hybrid risk management model that combines both A-book and B-book approaches. To delve deeper into the details and learn more about this model, simply click on "Contact us to learn more." Our team will be delighted to provide you with further information and address any inquiries you may have.
Upon clicking "Contact us to learn more", you will need to fill in the following details:
Your Name
Your Email Address
Comments (optional)
Once you have filled in the required information, click on "Send Request," and an email will be promptly sent to our team. Our dedicated sales team will be in touch with you shortly to assist you further and address any inquiries you may have.
In addition, within the risk management module, you will have access to the broker profit and loss chart. This chart provides a comprehensive view of your profits, projected profits, and profit growth over a specified period of time. This visual representation allows you to track and analyze your financial performance, enabling you to make informed decisions and strategies for maximizing profitability.
Within the risk management dashboard, you will have visibility of the top 5 most profitable traders on the left side and the top 5 least profitable traders on the right side. All profit amounts will be denominated in USD, even if the clients have different account base currencies. The system will automatically convert the profits to USD.
Your Challenge, Your Rules Launch multiple challenges in a matter of clicks, complete with automated progress tracking and performance insights.
Tailor Challenge Packages Highly customizable challenge packages with distinct criteria and settings, including profit targets, maximum drawdown limits, trading periods, and more. Allow your clients to select the package that aligns with their interests and goals.
Supports IB/Referral Model You have the flexibility to distribute a percentage of the participation fees to your IBs to encourage faster and more efficient market expansion. All calculations and distributions fully automated.
To start using the Prop Trading System, you will need to install it via the CRM marketplace and provide the respective permissions. To do so, follow these steps:
Navigate to CRM Marketplace.
Locate and click on Prop Trading Challenge Module.
You will be redirected to the Prop Trading Challenge details page.
To proceed with the installation, contact your dedicated account manager.
Once Prop Trading has been installed, you will need to grant the respective permissions to your team and your clients.
For your clients, you will need to provide the following permissions under Client Group:
For your team members, you will need to provide the following permissions under Role Management:
Once the respective permissions have been granted, you will be able to see the Prop Trading module in the navigation bar.
Your clients will also be able to see the Prop Trading tab in the CRM Client Portal.
The Prop Trading system is divided into two main sections, each serving distinct purposes:
Challenge Settings
In this section, you have the ability to create and configure your prop challenges. This is where you set the parameters and rules for your trading challenges.
Challenge Statistics
This section provides a comprehensive overview of the statistics related to your prop challenges. Here, you can access information about participants who have registered, review trading histories, and generate commission rebate reports for a complete understanding of your challenge's performance.
You can navigate between the 2 sections via the side navigation menu.
The process for setting up a new prop challenge involves the following steps:
Creating a new challenge.
Configuring the challenge settings.
To create a new prop challenge, follow these steps:
Navigate to the "Challenge Settings" section and select "New Challenge."
Fill in the following fields:
Challenge Name
Challenge Time Zone
Challenge Start Time
Upload Cover Thumbnail & Campaign Poster
Enter Challenge Details in the respective languages
Upon providing the required information, finalize the process by clicking the "Save" button.
To configure the challenge settings, follow these steps:
Locate the challenge for which you want to configure settings and click the "settings" icon.
You can only configure the settings for challenges that are upcoming.
Click "New Package" to create a new package. You can create multiple packages for a single challenge.
Fill in the package name.
Select the account currency.
Configure the number of steps.
Decide whether you want to upgrade traders to the next step immediately after they pass the previous step. If you select "Yes", the trader will be upgraded to the next step at the end of the day if the profit target is met, without the need to wait for the trading period to conclude.
Indicate whether the fee is refundable.
Set up the participation fee commission rules.
You have the capability to conceal specific challenge settings from clients by selecting the "Hide" icon.
Additionally, you can customize the challenge settings name in your preferred languages.
To achieve this, just click the "Language" icon.
Enter the challenge settings name in the respective languages.
You have the flexibility to edit the following:
You will be able to view the settings configured for the following:
You will be able to delete the following:
In the Challenge Statistics tab, you can access a list of prop challenges along with their corresponding details, including:
Through the CRM Client Portal, your clients can access the list of prop challenges by clicking on the 'Prop Trading' tab.
To begin participating in Prop Challenges, clients willl need to:
Fund their CRM Wallet
Participate in Prop Challenges
To fund the CRM Wallet, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Funds" and click on "Deposit".
Select the preferred deposit method.
Complete the deposit process based on the selected method.
The deposit request will be submitted to you.
You will need to review the deposit request via the CRM Back Office.
Navigate to Approval > Deposit and click "Review".
Approve or reject the deposit request accordingly.
Once approved, the funds will be deposited to the client's CRM wallet.
To participate in Prop Challenges, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Prop Trading" to view the available challenges and their statuses.
Click on a challenge to see its description.
Navigate to the "My Challenge" tab to view available packages and details.
Select the desired package.
Click "Participate Now."
Pay the registration fee by selecting the account to deduct funds from.
Clients will be able to see the participation fee.
Click "Submit".
Upon submission, clients will be redirected to the "Request History" page. They will be able to view the status of their request here.
You will need to navigate to CRM Back Office > Approvals > Prop Trading Participation.
Review and approve the client's participation request.
Upon approval, your client will receive a notification via email, containing important details, including the trading account password. They can view the trading account details on the CRM Client Portal as well.
With these credentials in hand, clients can log in to their trading accounts and commence trading for the challenge.
These updates have been implemented in your CRM to ensure comprehensive support for Prop Trading:
For brokers intending to host the Prop Trading module on their own trading servers, a series of essential steps are recommended to be taken:
We strongly advise creating distinct groups for Prop Trading, completely separate from regular trading groups.
It is mandatory to establish a unique group for each step of each package. For example, if you have 5 packages, each with 3 steps, you'll need to create 15 new groups.
You can choose from your own available symbols, feeds, and execution routings for the newly created groups.
Client Convenience Empower clients to enjoy the ease of withdrawing funds through Match2Pay, granting them added convenience and flexibility for their financial transactions.
Streamlined Process Optimize the withdrawal process for brokers, fostering a seamless and efficient operational flow that enhances the overall user experience.
Enhanced Security Implement additional security features to safeguard brokers, ensuring utmost protection for their funds and sensitive information.
Mandatory Activation Enable brokers to enforce the mandatory activation of 2FA for their clients, reinforcing the overall security of their accounts.
Account Protection Addition of 2FA as an essential layer of security, fortifying the protection of clients' accounts against unauthorized access and potential security threats.
To enable Match2Pay withdrawal for your clients, follow these steps:
Navigate to Deposit Settings - Match2Pay Settings.
Enable Match2Pay withdrawal by clicking "Sync to withdrawal settings".
You can only enable Match2Pay withdrawal if you've completed the security checklist. You can find out more here.
After enabling it, navigate to "Withdrawal Settings".
Create the withdrawal currency that Match2Pay will accept by clicking "Create" under the Withdrawal Currency Settings.
Fill in the required details and click "Save."
After creating the currency, proceed to "Create" a new withdrawal method under Withdrawal Method Settings.
In the "Platform" field, select Match2Pay, and complete the remaining fields.
The "Wallet Address" field will be included by default for clients to input; this field is mandatory and cannot be deleted.
Once the withdrawal method is created, configure the exchange rate for the currency under "Exchange Rates" by clicking the Edit icon for the respective currency.
Set up the exchange rate and click "Save."
Your clients can now easily withdraw funds via Match2Pay.
To guarantee a secure Match2Pay withdrawal process, we have implemented security checks to verify withdrawal requests before processing. These security measures include:
A) Two Levels of Approval
Each withdrawal request will go through mandatory two levels of approval.
This additional layer of verification helps ensure that only authorized and legitimate requests are processed, reducing the risk of unauthorized withdrawals.
This is a mandatory step before you can setup Match2Pay as a withdrawal method for your clients.
B) 2FA Setup
We have introduced a new mandatory 2FA function on the CRM, aimed at significantly enhancing account security and mitigating the risks of unauthorized withdrawals.
With this feature, you have the option to enable 2FA for all clients, requiring them to input a 2FA code before processing any operations.
This is an optional step, but it is highly recommended to enhance fund security.
For further information on how to utilize this function, please click .
Without completing the security checklist, you will not be able to enable Match2Pay as a withdrawal method. A popup notice will appear to inform you to complete the security checklist.
To secure your Match2Pay withdrawal process, follow these steps:
To turn on 2FA, follow these steps:
Navigate to "Security Settings" and enable the mandatory 2FA verification option.
Alternatively, you can click on "Take Action Now" to be redirected to the respective page. For more details, please click here.
To install "Multi-Level Approval", follow these steps:
Navigate to the CRM Marketplace.
Otherwise, you can click "Take Action Now" to be redirected to the marketplace.
Locate "Multi-level Approval" and click "Obtain."
To setup Multi-Level Approval, follow these steps:
Navigate to Approval Settings > Process Settings.
Alternatively, click "Take Action Now" to be redirected to the settings page.
After completing all the required security checks, you will gain the ability to sync Match2Pay as a withdrawal method.
However, if you have completed all the mandatory security checks except enabling the optional 2FA verification, you will see a "Notice" icon beside Security Settings.
This icon serves as a reminder that you have the option to further enhance fund security by enabling the 2FA function. We recommend considering this additional security measure to ensure the utmost protection for your funds and account.
To submit a withdrawal request via Match2Pay, follow these steps:
Go to the "Funds" section and click on "Withdraw."
Complete the withdrawal form. Ensure that you select "Match2Pay" as the withdrawal method.
Enter your wallet address in the provided field.
Finally, click "Submit" to process your withdrawal request.
After submitting the withdrawal request, clients will be redirected to the withdrawal request page. This page will display the status of their withdrawal, allowing them to track its progress conveniently.
To review client's withdrawal request, follow these steps:
Navigate to Approval > Withdrawal.
Locate the specific withdrawal request you wish to review and click "Review".
The first level of approver will be able to review the client's wallet address.
Once the wallet address is verified, they can click "Approve" or "Reject".
Upon approval, the funds will be deducted from the client's trading account and instructions will be sent to Match2Pay to process the funds transfer to the client.
The second level of approver will see the Funding Status as "Withdrawn," indicating that funds have been deducted from the client's trading account.
The payment status of the withdrawal will be displayed as well:
Pending - The withdrawal process is still ongoing.
We are excited to introduce the newly released Mandatory 2FA Verification function on our CRM platform, providing you with enhanced security for all your clients.
Currently, clients have the freedom to choose whether to enable 2FA based on their preferences. However, with this update, you can now require clients to activate 2FA for enhanced account protection.
By default, this function is disabled. Once enabled, clients will be prompted to input a 2FA code for the following operations:
Login
Deposit
Withdraw
Transfer
To set up Mandatory 2FA Verification for your clients, follow these steps:
Navigate to Security Settings.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Enable "Mandatory Two-Factor Authentication".
Click "Save".
For clients without any existing 2FA setup, they will be prompted to activate 2FA upon logging in to the CRM Client Portal.
To complete the activation process, clients will need to follow the provided steps, input the 2FA code, and then click "Submit."
Once 2FA has been setup, the client will be logged into their CRM account.
Clients will not have the option to disable 2FA via the "Settings" page.
Clients will be asked to enter a 2FA One-Time Password (OTP) when logging in, depositing, withdrawing, or transferring funds.
For clients who have already set up 2FA, their accounts will remain unchanged.
They will continue to use 2FA as usual without any alterations to their existing settings.
Crypto Payment Integration: You can leverage Match2Pay's specialized crypto payment solutions to offer your clients convenient and flexible payment options using cryptocurrencies.
Risk Management: Match2Pay provides advanced risk management tools and fraud prevention measures tailored specifically for you, ensuring secure and reliable payment processing.
Instant Conversion from Crypto to FIAT: Crypto deposits can be seamlessly converted into other currencies, such as USD or stablecoins, before being booked in clients' accounts. This feature allows for easy conversion, providing flexibility and convenience for you.
To begin using Match2Pay, follow these steps:
Navigate to the CRM Marketplace.
Locate Match2Pay and click "Obtain".
You will be redirected to the details page of Match2Pay.
Click "Obtain" to proceed with the installation.
After installing Match2Pay from the marketplace, you will need to grant the necessary permissions to your backoffice users:
Read Match2Pay Settings: This permission allows users to view the Match2Pay settings.
Add Match2Pay Settings: Users with this permission can add new Match2Pay settings to the system.
Update Match2Pay Settings: This permission enables users to edit the existing Match2Pay settings.
You will now be able to view Match2Pay Settings under Deposit Settings.
To register an account with Match2Pay, please follow these steps:
Visit the Match2Pay website at https://match2pay.com/.
Click on the "Apply Now" button.
Fill out the registration form with the required details.
Once you have completed the form, click "Send" to submit your registration.
Match2Pay will then directly contact you to proceed with the account registration process.
To establish the connection between Match2Pay and your CRM, follow these steps:
Navigate to Deposit Settings > Match2Pay Settings.
Click "Create".
Fill in the name of the Match2Pay settings.
Fill in the required fields, including the API Token, API Secret Key, and API URL. These parameters can be obtained by contacting the Match2Pay support team directly.
Select the currencies you intend to offer to your clients. The default currency options provided by Match2Pay will be displayed for your selection.
Once you have filled in all the necessary details, click on "Save" to save the Match2Pay settings within your CRM.
You will be able to perform the following actions on your Match2Pay Settings:
To setup Match2Pay as a deposit method for your clients, follow these steps:
Navigate to the Deposit Settings section within your CRM.
Click on the "Create" button to create a new deposit method.
Select the Match2Pay setting you have configured under "Match2Pay Settings" as the platform for the deposit method.
Fill in the respective fields as follows:
Select the client groups for which this deposit method will be allowed.
Provide a name for the deposit method.
Select the supported currencies that your clients can use for deposits.
To deposit funds via Match2Pay, your clients can follow these steps:
Navigate to the "Funds" section in their account and click on "Deposit".
Select the "Match2Pay" deposit method from the available options.
Fill in the deposit form with the required information. The fields displayed will correspond to the settings configured by you.
A notice will inform the client to enter the payment amount exactly as the amount they will pay to Match2Pay, ensuring a smooth deposit process.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the deposit request.
Clients will then be redirected to the Match2Pay payment page, where they have two options:
If clients already have cryptocurrency, they can simply transfer the crypto to the provided wallet address.
If clients do not have cryptocurrency, they can click on "I Don't Have Crypto" and proceed to purchase crypto through the available methods provided by Match2Pay.
A deposit request will be sent to you, and it will be either manually or automatically approved based on the approval settings configured by you.
Once the payment is made, the client will be redirected to the deposit history page.
In the Approvals page of your CRM, you can easily monitor all deposits made via Match2Pay. The payment status will be reflected as follows:
Success: This indicates that the callback for the deposit was successful, confirming a completed transaction.
Failed: This status signifies that the callback for the deposit failed, indicating an unsuccessful transaction.
Pending: If the callback for the deposit has not been received yet, the status will be shown as Pending, indicating that the transaction is still being processed.
To update and refresh the payment status, you can click on the refresh icon provided. This action will initiate a refresh of the status, ensuring that the most up-to-date information is displayed.
Furthermore, you have the flexibility to manually adjust the payment status and approve the deposit request accordingly. This allows you to handle any exceptional cases or discrepancies that may arise during the deposit process.
Efficient Workflow: The withdrawal process is streamlined as data is transmitted directly to the third-party provider, eliminating the need for manual input from your end.
Data Precision and Reliability: Automated data transmission guarantees precision in withdrawal amount and recipient account details, ensuring consistent and accurate information exchange.
Tailored to Your Process: The webhook function is adjustable to match your unique withdrawal process, empowering you to define the precise action trigger point for the communication of data through the webhook.
We are pleased to introduce a brand-new Settings Navigation Tab titled "Dev Space."
As part of this update, we have relocated both "Open API Keys" and "Security Credentials" to reside under this new tab.
Furthermore, we have included the addition of "Webhooks" within this same section.
This restructuring aims to enhance accessibility and organization while providing a centralized navigation tab for managing these key features.
The permission settings have been restructured to encompass the newly introduced navigation tab: "Dev Space." Within this tab, permissions for Open API keys and security credentials have been relocated, and permissions for webhooks have also been incorporated.
In order to begin utilizing webhooks, it's important to enable the respective permissions:
Read Webhooks: Grants read-only access to Webhooks.
Update Webhooks: Provides the ability to edit Webhooks.
To initiate your usage of webhooks, simply click on "Learn More" to access the API documentation dedicated to webhooks.
Upon clicking, you'll be directed to a new tab containing the API documentation.
To create a new webhook, follow these steps:
Click "Create Webhook".
Fill in the respective fields:
Name - this refers to the name of the webhook.
Destination URL - this is the URL where the information will be received.
Select Function - currently, webhooks only support withdrawals.
Select Event - this determines when information is transmitted via the webhook to the destination URL.
Approve Withdrawal - Node N
N corresponds to the approver level.
Secret Key
Click "Save" to successfully create the new webhook.
To edit a webhook, follow these steps:
Locate the desired webhook and click the "Edit" icon.
Make the necessary changes.
Confirm your changes by clicking "Save".
To access webhook logs, simply click on the "History" icon.
You will be able to view the details of each log.
You can review the details of the webhook request by simply clicking on it.
Should you wish to re-send a specific request, click on the "Resend" icon.
A confirmation popup will appear before proceeding with the action.
To disable webhooks, follow these steps:
Find the specific webhook you wish to disable and select the "Disable" icon.
Once a webhook is disabled, it will cease to transmit messages to the designated destination URL.
To reactivate the webhook, simply click on the same icon.
To delete a webhook, follow these steps:
Find the desired webhook and click the "Delete" icon.
A popup confirmation message will appear for your verification.
Click "Confirm" to proceed with the deletion.
When clients submit a withdrawal request, and upon the occurrence of the first triggered event (as configured for the webhook), the data will be sent to the designated destination URL.
The transmitted information will encompass the data boxed up in yellow in the provided image.
After the withdrawal process is completed in the third-party system, you can proceed with the subsequent review steps for the submitted request.
The PWA is only available for your CRM Client Portal and is currently unavailable for your CRM Backoffice Portal.
The PWA only supports installation from Chrome and Microsoft Edge browsers.
To install, simply go to the CRM client portal link and click onto the “Install” button. The install button may take several minutes to appear.
Click on “Install” when the popup appears.
The desktop application will automatically open up and you can proceed to use the Client Portal via the desktop or mobile application.
By default, upon installation, the logo of the application will display the website logo that you have configured.
You can customize the application logo here.
An innovative tool that uses artificial intelligence to suggest improvements to text-based communications like emails and pop-up notifications
Enhances emails and adds customized tabs to the CRM with unlimited creative possibilities
Helps users launch campaigns and promotional materials with ease
Logs all clients and leads interactions in one place, allowing for easy monitoring and tracking of activities
Provides an overview of all actions taken on the account
Increases transparency and accountability by identifying the person responsible for each action taken
Install the AI Editor on your CRM by following the steps below:
Go to marketplace and click "Obtain".
You will be redirected to a page providing you with a brief background on the AI Editor. Click "Obtain" to proceed with the installation.
The AI Editor can be used in the following modules:
Notify - Emails and Popup Notifications
Navigation
Agreements
Email Templates
Side tabs are added to distinguish between:
Simple Editor - default
Advanced Editor - AI Editor
Navigate to "Advanced" to start using the AI Editor.
A popup notice will appear to inform you that switching the editor mode will clear all current content.
Click "Switch" to proceed.
Various tools are available for you:
Content
Blocks
Body
Please see the detailed breakdown of the AI Editor below:
You can also adjust the formatting and style of your content to be optimized for mobile.
Simply click onto the "Mobile" icon and you will preview your content from a mobile device perspective. Make the necessary adjustments to the layout and style of the content.
With the addition of activity logs to the Clients and Leads detail page, brokers now have the ability to easily monitor and track all activities carried out on the account. This feature also allows them to identify the person responsible for each action taken. By providing this level of transparency and accountability, brokers can effectively manage client accounts and ensure that all actions are properly documented and tracked.
The activity logs can be found under the "Info Updates" tab:
The CRM now automatically generates system tags for your clients.
The available system tags are:
Deposited - This tag will show as long as your client has a deposit record to their trading account or CRM wallet.
Account Opened - This tag will show as long as your client has a trading account bound to their CRM account.
Traded - This tag will show as long as your client has trading records or any open positions.
The system tags will be shown in the front of all tags. They cannot be moved or deleted.
A new column for System Tags can be added to the Client List.
Upon adding “System Tags” as a visible column. You will see the various System Tags in the Client List.
You can now filter based on System Tags as well.
Select “Yes” or “No”, depending on your search criteria.
The Trading Account filter now has a newly added option called “is not empty”.
Selecting the “is not empty” options will result in the CRM filtering out all clients that has trading accounts.
The Lead Source filter now has the following options:
Is …. - you can search for specific lead sources
Is empty - you can search for clients that has no lead source
Is not empty - you can search for clients that has a lead source
Go to Marketplace and click “Obtain”.
You will be redirected to a page providing you with a brief background on AirCall. Click “Obtain” to proceed with installation.
Upon installation, you will need to enable the respective permissions for AirCall:
Allow Calls - enabling this permission will allow users to call clients and leads directly from the CRM.
AirCall Settings - enabling this permission will allow users to configure the settings for AirCall.
You will be able to see “Call Settings > AirCall” tab in the Settings Page.
Register an account via this link: https://aircall.io/signup/. Fill in your email address and click “Try for free”.
Fill in the details and click “Start your free trial”.
You will receive an email address with a link to verify your account.
Upon clicking onto the link, you will need to set your password.
Once you have confirmed your password, you will be logged into your AirCall account.
Navigate to the "Numbers" tab and click “Create a number”.
Choose a location and number type and click “Next Step”.
Name your number and click “Create Number”.
Navigate to Settings > Call Settings > Air Call on CRM.
Click “Create”.
Fill in the respective fields:
Fields required:
API ID
API Token
To retrieve the API ID & API Token, login to your AirCall account.
Navigate to “Integrations & API” and click “Generate an API key”.
A popup will appear showing the API ID and API Token. Copy and paste them onto the CRM before clicking “Confirm”.
The API ID will be reflected here. The CRM can only be connected to one API ID at a single time.
Setup AirCall Users:
Login to AirCall
Navigate to “Users” tab and click “Create User”.
Fill in the contact details and select the respective permissions.
On CRM, configure AirCall settings.
Click onto the “Settings” icon.
You can assign CRM users to the various AirCall users that you have setup.
The AirCall users created will be reflected on the CRM.
Paste the callback URL onto AirCall.
Login to AirCall
Navigate to “Integrations & API” > “Discover Integrations”, and click “Webhook”.
Once AirCall setup has been completed, you will be able to call your clients directly from the CRM.
On the Clients & Leads page, there will be a “call” icon beside “Phone Number”. You will only see the call icon if “Phone Number” is a visible column in your report.
Similarly, on the Tickets module, you will be able to call your clients directly from the CRM portal by clicking onto the “Call” icon.
When you click onto the “Call” icon, you will need to login to your AirCall account.
Select the language preferred and click “Next”.
A number pad will appear and the client / lead’s phone number will be entered automatically by default.
All calls are recorded on the CRM.
Once a call has ended, the call details will be reflected accordingly:
Clients Page & Leads Page
Outgoing and Incoming calls will be recorded.
Tickets Page
Only outgoing calls are recorded.
Additional permissions have been added for Clients & Leads Page.
Clients Page
Read Admin Activities - this allows users to view all admin activities for clients
Read Client Activities - this allows users to view client activities for clients
Leads Page
Read Admin Activities - this allows users to view all admin activities for leads.
Admin Activities have been added to both Client & Lead Details page.
You can now view all admin activities done in relation to a particular client or lead.
Admin Activities include the following:
Client Activities have been added to the Clients Details Page.
You can now view all activities of your clients here.
Client Activities include the following:
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, you can now add tags to your clients and leads to provide a comprehensive overview of their profile and status. Customize your own tags, color code them and allow your team to understand all account profiles at a quick glance. Optimizations have also been done to clients and leads details to enhance readability of data. Read on to find out more!
There are 2 different types of tags available:
Public Tags: These are tags that are more commonly used across all clients and leads, which you can standardize and apply across all clients and leads. For example: “High Risk Client” “Low Risk Client” “Algo Trader”
Private Tags: These are tags that are more specific to a certain client / lead situation and are generally less applicable to other clients and leads. For example: “Bank Account Closed Recently” “Partner of ABC Company”
For both Clients & Leads, there are the following added permissions:
Manage Lead / Customer Labels: Users will be able to:
View tags on clients and leads
Add pre-existing tags to clients and leads
Delete tags from clients and leads
The tags created for clients and leads are not the same. You will be able to setup specific and separate tags for clients and leads.
To remove a tag from your client / lead profile, simply click onto the “x” button:
Public and private tags are segregated by a line.
By default, public tags are shown on top and private tags are shown below.
You can filter the client / leads based on the tags.
You can indicate more than one tag in your filter. The search results will show all clients / leads that have either one of the tags.
There is now a new tab called “About Customers”. It displays the information previously found under the Client Name.
Previous:
New:
The leads details are now segregated into 3 different tabs:
You can now tag the Owner and Participants for each lead.
You can now set the following permissions for Leads module too:
Update Owner
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, a new ticketing system has been added to your CRM to facilitate your customer service operations and improve customer relationship. Your clients will be able to submit enquiries via tickets, and you can easily track and manage them on your CRM. This function allows you to assign your tickets, track ticket statuses and resolve your client’s issues more efficiently. Furthermore, you can now customize multiple exchange rates for the same currency for different client groups now. Read on to find out more!
You can now install the Ticketing System via the CRM marketplace.
Upon installation, you will see a new “Tickets” tab on your CRM Backoffice portal.
This function applies to Deposit Settings, Withdrawal Settings and Transfer Settings.
You can now setup multiple exchange rates for a single currency pair.
To setup the exchange rates, select the “Edit” button for the particular currency pair.
You will be able to customize the exchange rate for respective client groups.
You can select multiple client groups; or
Once the exchange rate has been setup, clients’ will be able to see the exchange rate when they submit a deposit / withdrawal / transfer request.
If the exchange rate is not configured, client will face an error while submitting a deposit / withdrawal / transfer request. The error will inform clients that the exchange rate is not configured yet and that they will need to contact you.
Similarly, when you are manually creating deposit / withdrawal requests on the CRM Backoffice, you will be able to see the exchange rate setup for the respective client group.
If the exchange rate is not configured, you will face an error while creating the deposit / withdrawal request. The error will inform you that the exchange rate is not configured yet.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, you can now create multiple KYC forms and customize the fields to cater to different KYC requirements. This allows your onboarding process to cover a full spectrum of KYC requirements for different client types (e.g. corporate or retail clients) and jurisdictions.
By default, the existing KYC form on your CRM will be called “Unnamed”.
You can create a new form by clicking “Create Form”.
Type in the form name in the respective languages.
Select the form you wish to edit.
Click onto the “>” icon and click “Edit”.
Amend the form name and click “Confirm”.
By default, all new forms created will be enabled.
Select the form you wish to disable.
Click onto the “>” icon and click “Disable”. If you only have one form that is enabled, you will not be able to see the “Disable” button.
A pop-up notice will appear to inform you that disabling the form may result in the loss of KYC data for existing clients. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
Select the form you wish to delete.
Click onto the “>” icon and click “Delete”.
A pop-up notice will appear to inform you that deleting the form may result in the loss of KYC data for existing clients. Click “Confirm” if you wish to proceed.
You can amend the description shown to clients.
Click onto the Settings icon.
Fill in the Description in the respective languages.
Client’s will be able to see this description when submitting their KYC request.
The client will need to select the form applicable to them and click “Next”.
The KYC fields will be displayed upon selection.
Client can fill in the fields accordingly and submit the request.
The default form name selected is “Unnamed”, if no changes has been made by you yet.
The client will be able to see the data they filled in previously.
If they edit and select a new form, the data will be lost, and they will need to fill in their information accordingly.
You will need to select the form applicable to the client.
The respective KYC form fields will display.
You can fill in the details accordingly and click “Save”.
You will be able to view the form selected and the respective fields filled in by the client.
If you edit and select a new form, the data will be lost, and you will need to fill in client information accordingly.
When creating a KYC request for new clients, you will need to click “Create”.
Select the respective client and click “Proceed to KYC”.
Select the form applicable to the client.
This means that on Backoffice Settings - Login/Registration Settings, you enabled “Fill in KYC information during registration”.
You will be able to see the form type selected by the client and the respective KYC fields here.
If you edit and select a new form, the data will be lost, and you will need to fill in client information accordingly.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, a new task function has been added allowing you to create tasks, assign tasks to the respective teams and view task statuses. This allows your team to better manage clients’ requests, follow up on them more efficiently and improve customer relationship. Furthermore, the client portal dashboard has also been enhanced to provide your clients a more comprehensive overview of their accounts.
To begin using the Task Function, you will need to enable the respective permissions:
Read Tasks - you will be able to view tasks.
Add Tasks - you will be able to add tasks.
A navigation bar has been added to the Client Dashboard, allowing clients to quickly access the required CRM modules.
The navigation bar includes the following:
Deposit History
A total balance chart has been added to the Client Dashboard.
Your client will be able to see an overview of their account balances in multiple currencies.
The chart shows one month of data, amount being the x-axis and date being the y-axis.
My Clients modules is now categorized into 2 sections:
List - displays all of your client’s downlines in list format.
Overview - provides a comprehensive overview of your downline.
Commission module is now categorized into 2 sections:
List - displays all of your client’s commission rebates in list format.
Overview - provides a comprehensive overview of your commission rebates.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, we have added 4 new email design templates for you to choose from - geometric, minimalist, vivid and formal. Select your preferred email design, apply it to all emails and improve your corporate branding now!
We have added 4 new pre-built email template designs to the CRM:
Geometric
Minimalist
Vivid
Once you have installed the email design templates, you can apply them to emails sent out via CRM.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this new release, you can now enhance your corporate branding by customizing your CRM portal to your own style preferences and upgrade the look of your emails by applying our pre-built email design templates. Other optimizations have been done to improve data analytics and streamline your operations. Read on to find out more!
You can now customize the landing page style for both the CRM Client & Backoffice Portal.
The available landing page styles are:
This is the default selection.
Client Portal
Backoffice Portal
You can customize the navigation mode for both your CRM Client & Backoffice Portal.
The default navigation mode for Client Portal is Left.
Client Portal
Backoffice Portal
The default navigation mode for Backoffice Portal is Top.
You can now install pre-built email design templates on marketplace.
Once you have installed the email design templates, you can apply them to emails sent out via CRM in the following modules:
Select your preferred email template.
You will be notified that upon applying an email design template, the existing email content will be cleared and replaced.
Upon confirmation, the email template will reflect accordingly. You can then amend the email content before sending it out to your clients.
You can remove the existing template applied to your email, by selecting the “Remove Template” button.
You will be notified that removing the template will clear the email content completely.
There is now an additional setting for you to enable One Time Password (OTP) for your trading accounts.
By default, the OTP will be disabled. By enabling it, it means that your clients will be able to setup OTP for their trading accounts for an additional level of security.
In this new release, we have added “Send Report” and “Enable OTP” settings into trading account approval requests. By default, these options will be unchecked.
You will be able to edit the settings in the approval details page.
You can now batch update One Time Password & Send Report settings for your client’s trading accounts.
Select the trading accounts and the batch operation required.
Select the respective settings you wish to apply to the trading accounts.
You can now view the Lead Source of your clients by adding it as a visible column.
Lead Source refers to the source of the Leads input under the Leads module.
You can now easily filter clients with no trading accounts by using the “Trading Account is empty” filter.
Numerical values on CRM are now comma (,) separated by thousands, allowing you to process and analyse data more efficiently.
Kindly note that the comma separator is only a front-end display on your CRM. It will not reflect for downloaded reports.
There is a space added after each colon (:) to allow for easier data analysis.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, a new tier upgrade function has been added, allowing you to set promotion criteria for your traders and IBs, and have them automatically upgraded to the next tier. Furthermore, you can setup daily deposit timeframes to better manage your operations and provide descriptions of your online deposit methods to your clients. Files uploaded by you on the KYC configuration module will now be shown on the CRM portal without clients having to download them. Depending on your business requirements, this new release also provides you the ability to restrict report timeframes that your clients can view or download.
You can now install the Tier Upgrade function via the CRM marketplace. This function is free for all to use.
Upon installation, you will see a new “Tier Upgrade” module on your CRM Backoffice portal.
There are 2 tabs in the Tier Upgrade module:
Tier Upgrade Settings - this is where you can setup the different tier upgrade settings for the various rank structures.
Upon installation of the Tier Upgrade function, you will need to ensure you provide the respective permissions to your team.
Read Tier Upgrade Settings - you will be able to view the tier upgrade settings
Update Tier Upgrade Settings - you will be able to view, edit, disable and delete tier upgrade settings
Read Tier Upgrade Report - you will be able to view the tier upgrade reports
Upgrade / Reject - you will be able to manually upgrade / reject tier upgrade records
To create a new Tier Upgrade Setting, click “New”.
Fill in the relevant fields:
Rule Name - cannot be duplicated with other names.
Upgrade Method:
You can edit your Tier Upgrade Settings by clicking the “Edit” icon.
The edited rule will not affect clients / IBs that have already been upgraded.
If the system is in the midst of settlement, you will not be able to edit the tier upgrade settings. A pop-up notification will show to inform you that the system is in the midst of settlement, and you will need to edit it at a later time.
You can disable tier upgrade rules by clicking the “Disable” icon.
Once the tier upgrade rule is disabled, the system will no longer check for clients / IBs who meet the requirement. If you re-enable it, the system will proceed to do the necessary checks during settlement time.
Tier upgrade records in the report will still be reflected after you disable the rule. You may still perform operations on these records (e.g., approve / reject) on these records.
You can also delete tier upgrade rules by clicking the “Delete” icon.
Upon deleting the rule, the records in the tier upgrade reports will not be affected.
The Tier Upgrade Reports are segregated into 2 types:
Auto Upgrade - this report will reflect all clients / IBs who have met the upgrade requirements and the respective upgrade statuses
Manual Upgrade - this report will reflect all clients / IBs who have met the upgrade requirements and the actions required on your end (e.g., approve / reject)
When a client / IB meets the tier upgrade criteria, the system will automatically upgrade their tier to the respective tier during the settlement time set.
All clients / IBs that have been upgraded will be shown in the report.
Available statuses of tier upgrade are:
To setup the daily deposit timeframe, you will need to ensure you enable the Update Daily Deposit Settings permission.
Under Deposit Settings tab, you will see the “Daily Deposit Settings”.
By default, the daily deposit settings will be set at 24 hours.
Click the “Edit” button and set the time zone, start time and end time, and save accordingly. In the following example, it means that you will only allow deposit requests to be submitted from GMT+2 10:00H to 15:00H.
Upon setting up the daily deposit settings, your client will be able to see the time frame when depositing funds.
If client is submitting a deposit request outside the daily deposit timeframe, there will be a pop-up notification to notify them of the daily deposit time.
You can now add in descriptions for the various online deposit methods you have. This allows you to provide your clients with a better understanding of each online deposit method and decide which is their preferred method.
When you edit an online deposit setting, you can now see the Deposit Fields available to your clients. By default, there will be the following deposit fields which cannot be edited or deleted:
Trading Account
Trading Amount
Payment Currency
When your client is submitted a deposit request, they will now be able to see the description.
Documents uploaded in your KYC Dynamic Form can be previewed by your clients without them having to download the files.
When creating a new “File Download” field under KYC Dynamic Form, you will now be able to customize the Display Mode of the file. The available options are:
Click on the file name to open - your client will need to click the file in order to view it
When filling in the “User Information”, your client will be able to preview the file that you have uploaded:
This function allows you to restrict the timeframe of reports query and download for your clients.
This can be customized for the following reports:
My Clients - Clients’ Report, Commission, Clients’ Requests
Reports - Trade History, Open Positions & Pending Orders
Select “View Time Frame”. By default, the settings will be “No Limit”.
To customize, select “Customize”, select either “Week” or “Month” and fill in the number accordingly.
For Week, you can only set a maximum of 10 weeks.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
We are excited to launch a new bonus function on our CRM Marketplace.
At only USD 200 per month, you can now create campaigns, customize payout criteria and reward your clients with bonus funds to trade more with you.
Subscribe now for a 3 months free trial to explore the new bonus function.
Head over to our CRM Marketplace to purchase the bonus function.
Click the “3 Months Free Trial” to begin installation of the bonus function.
Upon installation, the validity period of the bonus function will be shown here:
To renew the subscription, you will need to click “Renew”. A pop up window will appear and you can select the number of months you wish to subscribe for.
Renewal of subscription within validity period
The number of months purchased will be added to the expiry date.
For example: Validity period ends on 28 August 2022 Purchase additional 3 months Validity period will be extended for 3 months and will end on 28 November 2022
Once a bonus campaign has started, you will not be able to edit the campaign details. You can only view the details or terminate the campaign.
When a campaign is terminated, CRM will stop paying out any bonus to the clients even if they have met the requirements set. However, there will be no changes to clients who have already received bonus payout before the campaign is terminated. Once a campaign is terminated, you will not be able to restart the campaign. A popup notification will appear for you to confirm if you would like to proceed to terminate the campaign.
The maximum time frame for each bonus campaign is 2 months. This is to allow for optimal processing of data and bonus payout to your clients. If your campaign will run for 4 months, you will need to create 2 separate campaigns (with the same configuration), each having a time frame of 2 months.
For Example
Assume you set the bonus campaign to payout to clients bonus each time they deposit funds.
Within the campaign period, Client A deposits a total of 3 times: First Deposit: $10, Bonus $1 Second Deposit: $100, Bonus $2 Third Deposit $10, Bonus $1
The bonus amount will be consolidated into a lump sum figure of $4 ($1 + $2 + $1) and deposited into the client’s account.
Bonuses can be paid out to the client in either of the following methods:
Deposit into client’s trading account
Credit into client’s trading account
Deposit into client’s CRM wallet
There are 2 types of bonus campaigns that can be created:
Bonuses will be given to the client that has deposited funds or to their uplines.
This campaign is applicable to new and existing clients.
Click “New Campaign”.
Fill in the Campaign Name
Select the Bonus Criteria. As of today, the only bonus criteria for “Deposit Bonus Campaign” is “Client Deposits” and this will be selected by default.
Bonuses will be given to the client that has deposited funds, to their uplines or to the referrer.
This campaign is applicable to new referred clients that has opened an account and deposited funds during the campaign time frame only.
Click “New Campaign”.
Fill in the Campaign Name
Select the Bonus Criteria:
Reports are consolidated and categorized based on each bonus campaign. To view the report details for a particular campaign, you will need to click onto the “Details” icon.
There are 3 different reports available:
This report shows all activity that has met the bonus criteria and are due for bonus payout to the respective bonus recipients.
This report can be downloaded into excel format.
Report Fields
The CRM system will record down all activity that has met the bonus criteria set for the bonus campaign in the Triggered Orders report. The data will be reflected on the Triggered Orders report depending on the Bonus Payout Frequency set:
Every 1 day, 3 days, 5 days or 7 days
Data will be shown at the end of the bonus payout frequency.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, we are excited to present to you ChillPay as a newly integrated Payment Service Provider (PSP) on your CRM. You can now receive funds with ChillPay, which supports internet banking, mobile banking, debit and credit card payment, any many more. Open up a new deposit stream for your clients by registering and setting up ChillPay on your CRM now!
The notifications module has also been enhanced, allowing you to customize visibility permissions on all notifications and to reverse pop-up notifications sent to your clients. Bank card is also newly added into the KYC configuration module allowing you to customize your KYC process to suit your business needs.
Read on to find out the many more optimizations done on CRM to allow for more streamlined operations and dynamic filtering of data & reports.
To start offering ChillPay as a new deposit method to your clients, you will first need to install it from the CRM marketplace.
This function is free for all to use, with no expiry.
Upon completion of installation, you will see “ChillPay Settings” under the “Deposit Settings” module.
Upon installing ChillPay from the CRM Marketplace, you will need to enable the following permissions:
Read ChillPay Settings
Add ChillPay Settings
Update ChillPay Settings
Delete ChillPay Settings
Upon setting up ChillPay as a deposit method, your client will be able to deposit via ChillPay.
Client will need to fill in the details and click “Confirm”.
Once client clicks “Confirm”, a deposit request will be submitted to you.
You can now reverse pop-up notifications sent to clients, allowing you to recall and amend any incorrect information.
Click onto the reverse button to reverse your notification:
Upon successful reversal, the status will change to “revoke”.
Reversal Policies:
Pop-up notifications can only be reversed within 2 hours after it is sent out.
Reversed notifications can be previewed, copied or deleted.
Different scenarios during reversal of pop-up notifications:
Bank Card is now added into the KYC Configuration Module and will be unchecked by default.
Upon checking it, all clients will need to complete their KYC before adding new bank cards.
If client adds a bank card before submitting KYC details, a message will pop up to inform client to submit a KYC request. Upon clicking the “KYC Verification” button, the client will be redirected to the KYC page to complete their KYC application.
If client adds a bank card after submitting KYC details but before you approve the KYC request, a message will pop up to inform client that their KYC request is still under review. Upon clicking the “KYC Verification” button, the client will be redirected to the KYC verification page.
If client submits a withdrawal request without completing KYC verification, they will not be able to see “Add as Bank Card” when filling in the withdrawal form.
Bank Card column has been moved to be after KYC column to allow for more efficient verification of client’s profile.
Adding a bank card on CRM backoffice for your client will not need any approvals. Upon creation, the status of the bank card will show “Approved”.
A new function is released on CRM allowing you to customize which data you allow to be synchronized onto MT4/5.
The available options are:
Email Address
KYC - refers to the residential address of your client
You can now set the minimum and maximum transfer amount for different currencies. By default, the minimum and maximum amount will be 0.
The maximum digits allowed is 12 and the maximum decimal points allowed is 2.
If you disable the “Transfer to Others” function, you will only be able to set the minimum and maximum amount for “Transfer to Ownself”.
For each transfer request, CRM will do the following checks:
Ensure there is sufficient balance in the source account
Ensure the minimum amount and maximum amount criteria is met
In this new release, you can now select the relevant IBs you wish to involve in your promotional link more efficiently.
Click onto the Icon to easily filter and select the respective IBs and sub-IBs. This is only applicable to IB promotional links.
You can now filter referrals based on the following settings:
is …. - for clients introduced by specific referrals that you are looking for
is empty - for clients with no referrals
is not empty - for all clients introduced by referrals
You can now filter clients based on Participants.
You can filter participants by the following methods:
Specific names of the participant
Teams
You can now filter via Order ID in the following reports:
MT Report - Trade History
MT Report - Open Positions
MT Report - Pending Orders
CRM Reports - Transactions
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, enhancements have been made to multiple CRM modules to streamline your operations. You will now receive prompts for duplicated passport or identification numbers of your clients, allowing you to conduct efficient client due diligence and KYC. Commission rebates will now be paid out to “close by” trades, covering the full suite of trading styles available on MT4 and MT5. Account types are now viewable from the client dashboard, providing your clients a more comprehensive overview of their trading accounts.
The mobile user interface has also been optimized, allowing you and your clients to easily distinguish the different statuses of multiple requests. You can now better manage and operate your business remotely
In this new release, you will be prompted whenever a client’s passport or identification number is duplicated with your existing client. This will allow you to conduct proper KYC & due diligence on your client and flag out any potential fraudulent registrations.
The prompt will only be effective if the default KYC field “Identity Card/Passport Number” is enabled. Amending the KYC field name will not affect this function.
When reviewing a KYC request, a popup notification will appear to notify you that the clients’ passport or identification number duplicates with an existing client. You can decide to reject the KYC request and request client to verify / rectify the passport or identification number.
This new function release will only affect MT5 clients.
On MT5, you can close trades using the “close by” method. This operation allows closing 2 opposite positions of the same symbol. This is only available for MT5 trading accounts that are in hedge mode.
In the previous release, commission rebate will not be paid out for trades closed using the “Close by” method. With this new update, commission rebate will be paid out to trades closed using the “close by” method.
For Example:
Previously, when you select “Account Type is Visible”, your clients will be able to select the account types for their trading accounts when they are creating a new trading account. However, upon approval and creation of the trading account, they will not be able to view the account type selected.
In this new release, the account type is now visible to your clients via the Client Portal, providing them with a more comprehensive overview of their trading accounts.
Account Type is visible in the following areas:
In this new release, request statuses on the mobile user interface are now color distinguished, allowing your clients to easily identify the status of their requests at a glance.
Color distinguishment is done in the following areas:
Client Portal > Trading Account > Request History
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, we introduce the Open API function, enabling seamless integration with third-party services. Within the Open API Keys section, you can generate API keys essential for authenticating access to the CRM's features and data, facilitating efficient integration.
Moreover, you can access host information within the Open API Keys section. This crucial detail specifies the server or network location where the CRM is hosted. Understanding this information ensures accurate configuration of integration settings, guaranteeing a smooth and reliable connection between the CRM and integrated third-party services.
To retrieve the Open API Key, follow these steps:
Click on the "Create API Key" button.
Enter a name for the API Key to easily identify its purpose or usage and click "Save".
The API Key will be generated and displayed on the screen. It is recommended to copy the API Key by clicking the "Copy" button.
To delete Open API keys, follow these steps:
Locate the Open API key that you want to delete.
Click on the "Delete" icon associated with the API key.
A popup message will appear, informing you that the API key will be permanently deleted and cannot be retrieved.
Confirm your decision by clicking on the "Confirm" button to proceed with the deletion.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, the leads module has been enhanced for you to better track the progress of your leads and manage your leads operation more efficiently. Explore this function now to increase your leads conversion rate!
A new bank card approval function has also been launched for you to monitor and control your company’s incoming and outgoing funds. Utilize this function to comply with third party payment restrictions and other regulatory requirements for your company.
Previously Available Lead Statuses:
Followed Up
Not Followed Up
No Intention
Lead Status Description & Follow Up Plans
You can now manually input the lead source (maximum of 200 characters) to keep track of your leads’ origin.
You can filter the leads report according to the lead source and analyze the success rate of your marketing campaigns.
You can now modify the lead status in batches to enhance efficiency:
Select the leads
Select "Lead Status"
Select the lead status you wish to change to
In the previous version, your client can add up to 10 bank cards for each withdrawal method without any approval from you. This may pose an issue to you if you are required to adhere to certain regulatory requirements regarding incoming and outgoing client funds.
In this new release, you will have the option to approve or reject any bank card creation requests from clients. Clients will not be able to submit withdrawal requests unless their bank card has been approved.
In order to proceed with the bank card approval function, you will need to ensure that you provide the necessary permissions to your clients and Backoffice users.
Bank Card Approval Requests
Go to My Profile > Bank Card
Select “Add Bank Card”
Fill in the respective fields.
In the previous release, your client can submit withdrawal requests even without creating a bank card.
In this release, if you have turned on the “Bank Card Approval” permission, your client will not be able to submit any withdrawal requests before creating a bank card.
Without any bank card setup and approved, there will be a pop-up notification to your client to remind them to setup the bank card first. Selecting the “Add” button will redirect your client to the bank card setup page.
Bank Card creation requests are now shown in the Pending Approval Dashboard as well.
Selecting it will redirect you to the approval page for bank cards.
Under Approval Settings, you can also decide whether to manually approve bank card creation requests or automatically approve them.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, we are excited to present to you PayPal as a newly integrated Payment Service Provider (PSP) on your CRM. You can now receive funds with PayPal, debit cards and credit cards, giving your clients a more comprehensive and efficient fund deposit experience. Open up a new deposit stream for your clients by registering and setting up PayPal now!
To start offering PayPal as a new deposit method to your clients, you will first need to install it from the CRM marketplace.
This function is free for all to use, with no expiry.
Upon completion of installation, you will see “PayPal Settings” under the “Deposit Settings” module.
Upon installing PayPal from the CRM Marketplace, you will need to enable the following permissions:
Read PayPal Settings
Add PayPal Settings
Update PayPal Settings
Delete PayPal Settings
Upon setting up PayPal as a deposit method, your client will be able to deposit via PayPal.
Client will need to fill in the details and click “Confirm”.
Once client clicks “Confirm”, a deposit request will be submitted to you.
Client will need to either select “PayPal” or “Debit or Credit Card”.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 14 May 2022
In version 4.4.0, we are pleased to introduce several key enhancements to our platform. Firstly, we've integrated new exchange rate sources, ensuring accurate and reliable currency conversion for seamless transactions. Additionally, our templates have undergone improvements, enhancing their functionality and user experience.
We're thrilled to announce the addition of two new data sources for exchange rates: MT Manager and Liquidity Providers.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 23 June 2022
In this latest release, we have refined the CRM to enhance various aspects, including the trading account creation process, downline report filtering function, bank card module, and more. Dive into the details to discover the improvements we've made.
The trading account creation process within the CRM now includes the option to specify the trading status of the account. This enhancement simplifies the account creation workflow for you.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
In this release, enhancements have been made to the withdrawal process, granting more streamlined functionality. Additionally, permissions for the Leads Module have been refined, offering greater control and flexibility. Furthermore, the display of the referral tree has been optimized for improved visibility and usability.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 12 June 2022
In this latest release, we've implemented significant optimizations and improvements across various modules. Read further to explore the enhancements in detail.
With our latest optimization, when a referral is removed or updated to a new referral, the tiers of the downlines remain unaffected. This streamlined process ensures seamless adjustments without any impact on existing tier structures.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 27 Mar 2023
In this release, we're excited to introduce key features aimed at enhancing your experience. Firstly, we've implemented comprehensive system logs to provide detailed audit trails, recording all activities performed by your back-office users. Additionally, we've introduced a new promotion link type tailored for demo accounts, allowing your leads or clients to easily register for a demo trading account. Furthermore, we've conducted optimizations across multiple modules to further streamline your business operations.
We're pleased to announce the addition of system logs to the CRM. This new feature enables you to track and review all system activities, complete with timestamps and user attributions, providing comprehensive oversight and accountability.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 17 Apr 2022
In version 4.2.0, we're excited to introduce two significant features aimed at enhancing your user experience and operational efficiency. Firstly, we've added a 'Restart Gateway' function, providing you with the ability to swiftly address gateway errors by directly restarting the gateway. This ensures minimal disruption to your business operations and enables you to maintain seamless functionality. Additionally, we've implemented a domain management, empowering you to create customized CRM domains tailored to different client groups.
To ensure seamless connectivity between your CRM and the trading platform, you have the option to restart the trading platform gateway. This step allows you to address any potential connectivity issues and optimize the performance and reliability of the connection.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 19 Mar 2022
We are excited to announce the introduction of a new commission payout model for IBs: Spread Percentage. With this feature, you now have the ability to configure IB commissions to be paid out as a percentage of the spread, offering enhanced flexibility and customization options for commission structures.
This commission structure exclusively applies to MT5 only.
The calculation formula for the spread payout = Spread (Ask - Bid) x rebate parameter x lot size.
For instance, if a client trades 1 lot of USDJPY, with an entry ask price of 118.888 and an entry bid price of 118.868, the spread is calculated as (118.888 - 118.868) = 20 pips. Consequently, the IB receives a rebate: 20 pips * 20% * 1 lot = 4 USD.
Learn about all the details of all our recent CRM updates here.
Released Date - 23 May 2023
We're thrilled to share that our latest release includes full integration with SumSub, an all-in-one KYC verification platform that can help catch fraudsters and ensure your business meets compliance regulations worldwide. With this new integration, you can enhance your KYC and due diligence checks on clients, giving you peace of mind that your business is secure.
Maximum Fee: Specify the maximum fee applicable for the deposit.
Reject Withdrawal: Information will be sent to the destination URL when withdrawal requests are rejected.
A request will be sent to you.
Otherwise, your client can click "Submit."
You can add more steps by clicking the "Plus" icon.
You can remove steps by clicking the "Delete" icon next to the step.
The minimum number of steps is 2.
Configure the settings for each step.
Fill in the step names.
Select the account type (demo or live) for each step.
Choose the initial balance that will be funded in the trading account. The initial balance remains the same across all steps.
Select the server group.
Set the challenge requirements, including leverage, trading period (maximum: 100 days), minimum trading days, minimum trading volume, maximum daily loss, maximum loss, profit target, free repeat, maximum retry count, and fee.
When a trader pays for the participation fee, commission rebates will be given to the client's uplines.
Click "Add" to add the number of levels. By default, level 1 will be the trader who paid the participation fee. Level 2 refers to the direct referrer of the trader.
Choose whether the commission rebate amount is fixed or a percentage.
Fill in the commission amount.
Click "Save" to finalize your configuration.
Click "Save".
Group Number: 1 - 99
Separator: -
Package Amount: 1K, 10K, 15K, etc.
If needed, you can add additional withdrawal form fields by clicking "Create."
Click "Save" to save the new withdrawal method.
You will be redirected to the details page. Click "Obtain" once more to proceed with the installation.
Upon successful completion of the installation, a "tick" symbol will be displayed beside the corresponding checklist item.
For Match2Pay withdrawal to be enabled, you will need a minimum of 2 levels of approvers:
First level of approver: This is for you to verify the client's wallet address. Upon approval, the funds will be deducted from the client's trading account, and instructions will be sent to Match2Pay for processing the funds transfer.
Second level of approver: This is for you to verify the payment status of the withdrawal and click "Approve" if successful.
To add a level of approver, click the "+" icon.
Select the party responsible for each approval level by clicking the box.
You can choose individual users or roles. Click "Confirm" once selected.
For the first level of approval, you can select from the two options:
Manual - Requires a party to manually approve the request.
Automatic - The first level will be automatically approved, and funds will be deducted from the trading account. Instructions will be sent to Match2Pay for processing the transfer automatically.
Note: We strongly encourage keeping this as a manual process to ensure verification of wallet details before Match2Pay processes the transfer.
To make changes, click onto the "Settings" icon.
Select the approval method and click "Confirm".
Once you finish setting up the approval process, click "Publish."
Upon completion, you will see a "tick" beside the corresponding checklist, indicating that this step has been successfully completed.
Success - Funds have been successfully transferred to the client.
Failed - Funds failed to be transferred to the client.
If the status is "Success," you can proceed to approve the withdrawal request to complete the process.
For other payment statuses (Pending/Failed), you will need to review the progress and reasons for the pending or failed transaction on the Match2Pay portal.
Depending on the situation, you can amend the "Payment Status" in the CRM by clicking the "Edit" icon and selecting the appropriate status. Subsequently, you can approve or reject the withdrawal request as necessary.
Remove Match2Pay Settings: Users with this permission can delete Match2Pay settings from the system if required.
Decimals: Specify the number of decimal places for the currency.
Minimum Deposit: Set the minimum deposit amount for the currency.
Maximum Deposit: Set the maximum deposit amount for the currency.
Fee: Enter the fee amount associated with the deposit.
Maximum Fee: Specify the maximum fee applicable for the deposit.
Configure the required deposit fields as per your preferences.
Click on the Save button to save the deposit method configuration.
You can change the tone and select your preferred heading.
Select your preferred Smart Text function.
Fill in the text and select the respective action accordingly.
Your newly created number will be reflected here.
Upon clicking “Confirm”, you will no longer be able to retrieve your API Token.
Fill in the API ID & API Token on CRM and click “Confirm”.
You can assign different users to different numbers created.
Navigate to “Numbers” and click onto the number you wish to configure users for.
Navigate to “Teams & Users” and add the respective user.
You will need to assign CRM users to your AirCall users. It is recommended for each AirCall user to be assigned to one CRM user only for better tracking and record of calls.
Select the modules in which you wish to enable the call function for:
Clients Module
Leads Module
Tickets Module
Copy the Callback Address here.
Click “Install Integration”.
Fill in the callback URL on CRM under “Integration URL”.
Ensure the following functions are enabled for the integration to work well.
Click “Confirm” on CRM to save your settings.
Call
By default, both icons will not be selected.
The above tagging system will allow you to better keep track of which communication channel your client reached out to you via and allow you to respond efficiently.
The email function works the same as the “Notify” function.
By default, the recipient will be filled in accordingly. You can amend the email template, fill in the content and send it to the client / lead.
Upon sending the email, a record will be displayed in the client / lead details page. The email record will also be displayed in the “Notify” tab.
Date & Time of Ticket Submission
Credit In
Credit Out
Bonus Payout - this will only be displayed if you have installed the Bonus function via CRM Marketplace
Transaction Details
Tagging your clients and leads will allow you to have a comprehensive understanding on their profiles at one glance.
Each client / lead can have up to 30 tags. However, only up to 5 tags will be displayed in the clients / leads page.
Drag and sort tags
Set Private Tags Users will be able to create new private tags.
Set Public Tags Users will be able to create new public tags.
Select “New Tag”
Select the “…” icon beside the tag you wish to change color for
Select your preferred color choice
Update Participants
Update Lead Status
Client will be able to attach documents or screenshots into the ticket by clicking the “Attach” icon:
For each ticket, the maximum number of attachments allowed is 10.
The maximum size for each attachment is 10MB.
The maximum number of characters for each file name is 500.
Upon ticket submission, your client will be redirected to the Ticket History page. The ticket status will show “Pending”.
Pending - tickets that are submitted and pending reply from broker
Processing - broker is reviewing the ticket / issue raised
Resolved - issue has been resolved
Closed - issue has been resolved and ticket has been closed
Reopen - issue was previously closed but client re-opened the ticket by replying to the ticket
From Ticket History, the client will also be able to see the latest reply from brokers.
If there is a reply from the broker, the Latest Reply will show the first few words of the reply.
If there is no reply from the broker yet, the Latest Reply will be empty.
If the reply from broker is unread, there will be a red circle indicator.
Report - provides a comprehensive overview on your ticket management system
Under the sub-tab Tickets, you will be able to see all tickets raised by your clients. The tickets are divided into different categories
My Tickets - all tickets that are assigned to you
My Open Ticket - open tickets assigned to you
My Resolved Ticket - resolved tickets assigned to you
All Tickets - all tickets assigned to you
All Tickets - all tickets submitted by your clients
Not Assigned - all tickets unassigned
Not Resolved - all tickets not resolved
Resolved - all tickets resolved
In the Tickets list, you will be able to see:
Ticket ID
Client Name
Subject
Shows Ticket Subject
Reply Status of Ticket
Created Time
Last Update Time
Handler
Ticket Status
You can also search for tickets either via Client Name, Ticket ID or Subject of Ticket.
You can filter the tickets according to the ticket creation date, reply status, handler or ticket status.
You can view clients’ tickets by clicking onto it.
To assign the ticket, you can select “Handler” and assign it to the respective personnel.
If you do not assign a Handler, and proceed to reply to the client, the ticket will automatically be assigned to you.
You can change the ticket status here.
To reply to your client, click onto “Reply”, type in your response and click “Send”.
You will be able to delete your own replies to clients but will not be able to delete your client’s replies.
You can also view the logs for each ticket here.
Tickets Created By Time You will be able to see the total tickets created and tickets resolved on a daily basis.
Set the exchange rate type and the respective markup / exchange rate.
You can add exchange rate by clicking the “Add Exchange Rate” button and filling in the relevant information. This means that for the same currency pair (e.g. USDCAD), different exchange rates will be applicable for different client groups.
Once you have setup the exchange rates for the different Client Groups, click “Save”.
You will be able to see the Client Groups and the respective exchange rate settings.
设置汇率类型和相应的加价/汇率。
你可以通过点击“新增汇率”按钮并填写相关信息来添加汇率。这意味着对于同一货币对（比如USDCAD），不同汇率适用于不同客户组。
已为不同客户组设置了汇率后，点击“保存”。
Form names cannot be duplicated.
Form names can be up to 100 characters only.
You can create up to 20 forms only.
Once you have created a new form, you will be able to edit the fields for the form.
Click onto the form that you wish to edit.
Upon clicking the form, you will notice an “>” button and the fields of the form will be displayed.
By default, the fields displayed will be:
Basic Information
Documents
You can proceed to create, edit, or delete the fields for the KYC form.
Once you disable the form, you will see [Disabled] beside the respective form name.
If you disable a form:
You and your clients will still be able to see the data that they have filled in previously.
However, if you or your client edits their KYC details, the previous data will be lost, and client will have to select a new form and fill in the details again.
If the form is re-enabled and client did not edit their KYC details, the data filled in previously will remain.
Clients will still be able to see the data that they have filled in previously.
However, if the client edits their KYC details, the previous data will be lost, and client will have to select a new form and fill in the details again.
You can arrange the order of the forms to be shown to clients. Click onto the following icon and arrange the form according to the order you prefer.
This applies to multi-step registration as well.
This means that on Backoffice Settings - Login/Registration Settings, you enabled “Fill in KYC information during registration”.
When registering an account, the client will need to select the respective form that is most applicable to them.
The KYC fields will be displayed upon form selection. Client can fill in the fields accordingly and submit the account creation request.
The default form name selected is “Unnamed”, if no changes have been done yet.
You will be able to see the data client filled in previously.
If you edit and select a new form, the data will be lost, and you will need to fill in client information accordingly.
The respective KYC form fields will display.
You can fill in the details accordingly and click “Submit”
When creating a KYC request for existing clients, you will need to click “Create”.
Select the respective client and click “Proceed to KYC”.
The default form name selected is “Unnamed”, if changes have not been made yet.
You will be able to see the data client filled in previously.
If you edit and select a new form, the data will be lost, and you will need to fill in client information accordingly.
Click “Submit”.
You are able to set the data permissions for the Task Function as well:
Company Wide - you will be able to see all tasks.
All Subordinates - you will be able to see all tasks associated with all your subordinates.
Direct Subordinates - you will be able to see all tasks associated with your direct subordinates.
Upon giving the respective permissions, you will be able to see a new “Tasks” tab:
Overdue - tasks that have passed the deadline
To-Do Today - tasks that you have to do today
To-Do Tomorrow - tasks that you have to do tomorrow
To-Do This Week - tasks that you have to do this week
Created by Me - tasks created by you
Completed - tasks that have been completed
All - these are all the tasks that have been created
You can pin your preferred task list by clicking onto the “Pin” icon. The pinned task list will be shown every time you go into the Tasks module.
You can filter the tasks lists based on:
Title
Priority
Assignee - by default, the assignee filter will include the logged in user’s name.
Title - title for the task
Assignee - person(s) in which the task is assigned to
Associated Clients/Leads - the clients/leads in which the task is associated to
Type
Task - this will be selected by default
Call
Priority
None - this will be selected by default
Low
Medium
High
Deadline - due date of the task
Remark - any additional information regarding the task. The maximum number of characters allowed is 5,000.
Click Save.
Amend the relevant fields and click “Save”.
You can also complete tasks by clicking the “Tick” icon and “Save”.
A pop-up message will appear, and you will need to click “Confirm” to proceed to delete the task.
Title - title for the task
Assignee - person(s) in which the task is assigned to
Associated Clients/Leads - the clients/leads in which the task is associated to. By default, this will be filled in according to the Client / Lead that you are looking at. This field cannot be edited.
Type
Task - this will be selected by default
Call
Priority
None - this will be selected by default
Low
Medium
High
Deadline - due date of the task
Remark - any additional information regarding the task. The maximum number of characters allowed is 5,000.
Click “Save” and the task will be created accordingly.
Transfer History
User Information
Bank Card
My Clients
Commissions
The CRM modules displayed on the navigation bar will only be displayed if the respective permissions have been given to the Client. For example, if you have disabled transfer permissions for your Client, they will not be able to see the “Transfer History” module on the navigation bar.
Formal
You can install them from the CRM Marketplace.
Client Portal
Backoffice Portal
Client Portal
Backoffice Portal
Client Portal
Backoffice Portal
The navigation mode for Mobile will always be Left, regardless of the settings.
Client Portal
Backoffice Portal
Select the email that you wish to amend and choose your preferred template.
You will be notified that upon applying an email design template, the existing email content will be cleared and replaced.
Upon confirmation, the email template will reflect accordingly. You can then amend the email content and save.
Upon clicking “Confirm”, you will be notified that the batch operation is being processed and you can view the status of the batch operation.
You can also filter your clients based on Lead Source.
Tier Upgrade Reports - this is where you can view the records of all clients that have met the tier upgrade criteria, view the status of tier upgrade, and manage the tier upgrade operations (e.g., approve / reject).
Auto Upgrade - your clients / IBs tier will be automatically upgraded once they have met the relevant criteria
Manual Upgrade - clients / IBs that have met the relevant criteria will be reflected in the Tier Upgrade Report and you will need to manually approve or reject the tier upgrade
Upgrade Target - this is where you indicate if this rule applies to traders only, IBs only or both.
Select the Rank that this rule will be applicable to.
Only one rank can be selected for each rule.
Each rank can only have one tier upgrade rule setup.
Upon selecting the Rank, a table will display the respective tiers for that particular Rank, and you will need to fill in the tier upgrade criteria.
Tiers will be listed from the lowest tier (first row) to the highest tier (last row).
Downline branches - the refers to the number of downline branches you wish to take into consideration. For example, in this case, there are 2 downline branches.
Downline Total Deposits (includes indirect downlines)
You will need to set the total deposit requirement here. The deposit amount will include deposits done by indirect downlines as well.
Various currencies will be displayed here. The currencies displayed will be the base currencies setup for your trading accounts.
You can set the deposit requirement for different currencies.
Minimum Deposit for each Branch (includes indirect downlines)
You will need to set the minimum deposit for each downline branch here as well.
The minimum deposit set here cannot be more than the downline total deposits.
You will need to set the relationship between multiple currencies. If you only have one currency, this setting will not be shown. The available options are:
And - this means that the criteria will include deposits requirement for each currency For example: Deposit requirement set for USD: $50 Deposit requirement set for EUR: $100 Clients / IBs will need to deposit USD 50 and EUR 100 to meet the tier upgrade criteria.
Or - this means that the criteria will include deposit requirements for any currency For example: Deposit requirement set for USD: $50 Deposit requirement set for EUR: $100 Clients / IBs will need to deposit either USD 50 or EUR 100 to meet the tier upgrade criteria.
Deposit Type
By default, the “Deposit Request” will be selected. There are no available options.
This means that the tier upgrade function will only take into consideration of client deposit requests that has been approved.
Any deposit entries done manually by you will not be take into consideration.
Settlement Time
The CRM system will do a weekly settlement (on every Sunday) to identify which clients / IBs have met the tier upgrade criteria.
Clients / IBs who meet the tier upgrade criteria will be displayed in the Tier Upgrade Report.
You will need to set the Settlement Time Zone and Time here. The system will begin settlement at this time and may take up to a few minutes for tier upgrade records to be shown on the reports.
Click "Save" once you have filled in the requird fields.
Success - the client / IB has been promoted successfully
Fail - the client / IB has not been promoted successfully.
For failed records, the broker can manually upgrade or reject by selecting the record and clicking “Upgrade” or “Reject”.
Possible reasons for failure include:
Original tier of client / IB is higher than the new tier - this might have happened when you upgrade a client / IBs tier manually before the system automatically upgrades the tier
Rank of client has been changed
Rejected - the client / IB’s promotion has been rejected by the broker
Expired - the client / IB’s promotion record is an old data processed in the previous settlement date. Following which, a new record has been updated in the report, resulting in the old data to be expired. You will not be able to upgrade or reject any expired records.
When a client / IB meets the tier upgrade system, the system will check and display their records in the report during the settlement time set.
You will be able to approve or reject the client / IB’s promotion manually.
Available status of the records are:
Pending - you will need to approve or reject the promotion
Success - the client / IB has been promoted successfully
Fail - the client / IB has not been promoted successfully.
For failed records, the broker can manually upgrade or reject by selecting the record and clicking “Upgrade” or “Reject”.
Possible reasons for failure include:
Rejected - the client / IB’s promotion has been rejected by the broker
Expired - the client / IB’s promotion record is an old data processed in the previous settlement date. Following which, a new record has been updated in the report, resulting in the old data to be expired. You will not be able to upgrade or reject any expired records.
Payment Amount
To add a description:
Click “Create”
Select “Description”
Type in the description in the respective languages
Click “Create Field”
Click Save and enable the Description field.
For Month, you can only set a maximum of 36 months.
Upon setting the timeframe limit, your clients will be restricted on the date range that they can view or download reports.
For example, if you set the timeframe as 3 months and today is 11 November 2022, your clients can only view or download reports from 11 August to 11 November 2022.
For example, if you set the timeframe as 2 weeks and today is 11 November 2022, your clients can only view or download reports from 29 October to 11 November 2022.
If your clients search a timeframe beyond the timeframe limit you set, they will not be able to see any data.
USDT payment can be done online. You will be redirected to a third party payment page to make the payment. Upon completion of payment, the bonus function will be installed automatically.
For bank transfers, you will need to reach out to us to issue an invoice to you. Once payment is received, we will manually update and install the bonus function on your CRM.
Once the bonus function has been installed, you will need to ensure permissions for bonus is selected for the respective roles. Upon turning on the permissions, you will see the “Bonus” tab here:
The number of months purchased will be added to the payment date.
For example: Payment date: 15 September 2022 Purchase additional 5 months Validity period will end on 15 February 2022
You will not be able to set the bonus campaign time frame to be beyond the subscription validity of the bonus function. If the subscription for the bonus function is expiring in 2 days, you will not be allowed to create a new event with a time frame of more than 2 days. To do so, you will first need to purchase and extend your subscription.
Bonus payout is not real-time and will depend on the bonus payout frequency configured for the campaign.
Bonus payout frequency can be set in the following ways:
Every 1 day, 3 days, 5 days or 7 days
For example, you set the bonus payout frequency to be every 1 day.
At the end of the campaign
For example, you set the bonus payout frequency to be end of the event.
Bonus will be paid out to clients in a single transaction. If the client deposit funds multiple times during the campaign period and triggers the bonus payout criteria, the total bonus amount will be consolidated into a lump sum amount and deposited into the client’s account.
Deposit Type
As of today, the only option is “Deposit Request Approval”.
This means that bonus will only be paid out to clients who have submitted deposit requests, which have been approved by you.
Bonus will not be paid out to the client if the deposit is done manually by you either on the CRM Backoffice or on MT4/5 Manager.
Deposit Currency
Configure the currency for the deposit and the bonus payout.
Client Group of Client Depositing Funds
Select the Client Group that will be involved in this new bonus campaign.
Bonus will only be paid out if the client depositing funds is in the Client Group selected here.
Configure the Campaign Rules:
Bonus Recipient
Deposit User - Bonus will be paid out to clients that have deposited funds
Uplines - Bonus will be paid out to the uplines of the client that have deposited funds. You will need to key in the number of levels that you wish to payout bonus to. If you key in 2 levels, it means that bonus will be paid out to 2 levels of uplines of the client. Any uplines beyond the second level will not receive any bonus.
Bonus Payout Method
Trading Account Credit
Trading Account Deposit
CRM Wallet Deposit
Bonus Rules
Per Deposit - This means that bonus will be calculated based on each deposit transaction done by your client.
Total Deposit - This means that bonus will be calculated based on the total deposits done throughout the campaign.
Configure the Deposit Range and the respective bonus payout amount.
Bonus Calculation can be set either as
Fixed amount; or
By a percentage of the deposit amount.
Configure the bonus payout frequency. The available options varies depending on the Bonus Rule set.
Per Deposit
Bonus payout frequency can be set to be every 1, 3, 5 or 7 days; or
Configure Campaign Time Frame
Time Zone
Start Date The earliest start date that can be set for a campaign is for tomorrow.
End Date
Click "Save".
New Users Complete Deposit
During the time frame of the campaign, if a client has registered an account and deposited funds, the client and / or the uplines will receive bonus.
This bonus criteria is from the perspective of a client.
The purpose is to reward new clients for creating a new account and depositing funds during the campaign period. Uplines can also be rewarded with bonus (set under Bonus Recipients).
New Referrals Complete Deposit
During the time frame of the campaign, if a client has registered an account and deposited funds, the referrer will receive the bonus payout.
This bonus criteria is from the perspective of a referrer.
The purpose is to reward referrers for introducing new clients to open account and deposit funds during the campaign period.
Configure the Deposit Type:
As of today, the only limitation factor is “Deposit Request Approval”.
This means that bonus will only be paid out to clients who have submitted deposit requests, which have been approved by you.
Bonus will not be paid out to the client if the deposit is done manually by you either on the CRM Backoffice or on MT4/5 Manager.
Select the Deposit Currency for the bonus payout.
Select the Client Group that will be involved in this new bonus campaign. Bonus will only be paid out if the client / referral is in the Client Group selected here.
Configure the Campaign Rules:
Bonus Recipient
For “New Users Complete Deposit”, the bonus recipient can be:
New User - Bonus will be paid out to the newly registered client that have deposited funds
Uplines - Bonus will be paid out to the uplines of the new client that have deposited funds. You will need to key in the number of levels that you wish to payout bonus to. If you key in 2 levels, it means that bonus will be paid out to 2 levels of uplines of the client. Any uplines beyond the second level will not receive any bonus.
For “Recommend New Users to Complete Deposit”, the bonus recipient will only be the referrer and will be selected by default.
Bonus Payout Method
Trading Account Credit
Trading Account Deposit
CRM Wallet Deposit
Bonus Rule
For “New Users Complete Deposit”, the bonus rule can be according to:
First Deposit - This means that bonus will be calculated based on the first deposit transaction done by the new client; or
Configure the Deposit Range and the respective bonus payout amount
Bonus Calculation can be set either as
Fixed amount; or
By a percentage of the deposit amount.
For “Total Number of New Clients who Completed First Deposit”, the bonus calculation can only be set as “Fixed amount”.
By default, the bonus payout frequency will be set as “End of Campaign”.
Configure Campaign Time Frame
Time Zone
Start Date The earliest start date that can be set for a campaign is for tomorrow.
End Date
Click "Save".
Campaign ID
Deposit Order ID
Deposit Amount
Deposit Account
Client Name
Bonus Order ID
Deposit Time
This report shows the bonus amount for each triggered order and the respective bonus payout recipient.
Report Fields
Campaign ID
Recipient
Bonus Amount
Bonus Payout Method
Deposit Account
Bonus Order ID
Bonus Status
Bonus Time
This report shows all executed bonus records to each recipient and the respective status.
You can view all the failed bonus records and retry bonus payout again.
Report Fields
Campaign ID
Bonus Order ID
Bonus Amount
Bonus Payout Method
Deposit Account
Recipient
Bonus Status
Reason for Failure
Bonus Time
For example, if bonus payout frequency is set as 3 days. The data will only reflect on the Triggered Orders report at the start of the 4th day (i.e. 00:00H of the 4th day).
At the end of the campaign
Data will be shown at the end of the campaign.
For example, if the campaign ends on the 30 September 2022. The data will only reflect on the Triggered Orders report on 1 October 2022, 00:00H.
Based on the orders generated in the Triggered Orders report, the CRM system will then calculate the bonus amount to be paid out to the respective recipients. The bonus amount will be reflected in the Bonus Report.
Bonus payout will only be executed to the recipients 24 hours after bonus has been calculated in the Bonus Report. The bonus payout records will be reflected in the Bonus Payout Report.
Sign in via https://www.chillpay.co/en/
Select “Production” and fill in your company details.
Obtain your Merchant Code, API Key and MD5 Key from Settings > API.
Obtain your Route Number and Payment Name via Settings > Payment Channel.
Fill in the relevant fields:
Name
Required Field
Cannot be repeated
Merchant Code, API Key, MD5 Key, Route Number
Retrieved from ChillPay
Payment Channel
Select the relevant Payment Channel supported by ChillPay
Select the currencies you wish to offer to your clients.
The currencies supported by ChillPay are listed on the CRM.
Click “Save”.
If successful, there will be a pop-up notice to inform you that ChillPay Settings have been created successfully.
If there is an error, there will be a pop-up notice to inform you to that there is an error with your account details. You will need to verify the account details and retry.
Go to Deposit Settings and create a new Payment Method. You can setup multiple payment methods using the same ChillPay account.
Fill in the relevant fields and save.
By default, all currencies can only have a maximum of 2 decimal points.
Client will be redirected to ChillPay to complete the deposit request.
Upon completion of the deposit request on ChillPay, the Client will be redirected to their request history.
Request Status: refers to the status of the deposit request submitted:
Pending - pending for you to process the deposit request
Approved - deposit request has been approved by you
Rejected - deposit request has been rejected by you
Payment Status: refers to the callback status of the ChillPay payment
Pending - pending callback to be received by ChillPay
Success - callback is successful
Failed - callback has failed
You will receive the deposit request from the client and choose to approve / reject them accordingly.
The permissions can be configured under User > Role Management.
The available permissions are:
Company Wide: you will be able to see all emails and pop-up notifications sent to clients
All Downlines: you will be able to see all emails and pop-up notifications sent to clients by your team members (i.e. users that are directly or indirectly reporting to you)
Direct Downlines: you will be able to see all emails and pop-up notifications sent to clients by your direct team members (i.e. users that are directly reporting to you)
Same Role: you will be able to see all emails and pop-up notifications sent to clients by users of the same role
Only the creator of the email or pop-up notification can edit or delete their message. Any other users will only be able to view, duplicate or withdraw the message.
Pop-Up Notification will disappear upon refreshing the page.
Clicking “Learn More” will display an error message informing client that the message has been reversed.
No records shown on notification page.
Upon closing the Pop-Up notification and refreshing the page, the notification record will no longer be displayed.
Upon closing the Pop-Up notification and clicking it again, an error message will display informing client that the message has been reversed.
Agent Account
Phone Number
Upon creation of trading account or binding of existing trading account, the information will synchronize with MT4/5.
The above will only apply to all newly created or newly bind trading accounts.
Roles
Logged In
No
Yes
Yes
Viewed Pop-up Notification
No
No
Yes
Outcome
No Pop-Up Notification shown upon logging in.
No records shown on notification page.
If you enabled KYC to be completed together with registration, the popup notification will appear when you are reviewing the registration request of the client.
If you close a trade using the “close by” method, commission rebate will be calculated and paid out for each trade closed.
Accounts > Trading Accounts
Funds
Client Portal > Client’s Requests
Buy 4 lots of XAUUSD
Sell 2 lots of XAUUSD
No commission rebate
Sell 2 lots of XAUUSD using close by:
Buy 4 lots of XAUUSD
Sell 2 lots of XAUUSD
Sell 2 lots of XAUUSD
Buy 2 lots of XAUUSD
Commission Rebate:
2 lots x commission rate
Commission Rebate:
2 lots x commission rate
Remaining open positions:
Buy 2 lots of XAUUSD
No commission rebate
Make sure to store the API Key in a secure location, such as a password manager or a secure document.
Please note that once you close the tab or navigate away from the page, you will not be able to retrieve the API Key again.
Intention
Newly Added Lead Statuses:
No Response
Incorrect Data
This allows you to better categorize the status of your leads and plan out upcoming actions for your sales team to increase conversion rate.
Lead is not interested in opening an account
a) Continue sending marketing materials / emails to lead. b) Lower priority given, no need for active follow up c) Re-visit during promotional events or after a specific time frame and re-assess lead’s interest level.
No Response
Lead did not respond to Sales
a) Sales is to reach out to the lead again after 7 days. b) After multiple failed attempts, Sales can consider deleting the lead altogether.
Incorrect Data
Lead’s contact information is invalid or incorrect
a) Sales may attempt to search for correct data from other sources. b) After failing the above, Sales can consider deleting the lead altogether.
Click "Confirm"
Upon confirmation, a notice will pop up and you may view the record details by clicking “Confirm”.
You will be redirected to the Batch Operation Records where you can view the status of the batch operation.
If the original lead status is the same as the new lead status, the batch operation status will be indicated as “Success”.
You can now batch delete leads to clean up your leads record and focus on the value adding leads:
Select the leads
Select “Delete”
Click “Confirm”
Upon confirmation, a notice will pop up and you may view the record details by clicking “Confirm”.
You will be redirected to the Batch Operation Records where you can view the status of the batch operation.
If you delete a lead record for a converted lead (i.e., lead has already opened an account with you), the lead name will disappear from the Client’s detail page.
When you batch import leads, you can now fill in the Lead Status and Source as well.
Additional Batch Import Columns:
Lead Status
Required field
If you key in an incorrect lead status, the batch operation record will indicate “Invalid Status”.
Source
Optional field
Up to a maximum of 200 characters only
In order to start reviewing bank card creation by your clients, you will need to provide them with the “Bank Card Approval” permission.
The fields for a Bank Card are set based on the fields you setup under withdrawal settings:
Upon submitting the bank card request, your client will be able to see the status here and view the details of the bank card.
Client can also review the request history for all bank card creations by selecting “Request History”.
You will be able to review all bank card requests under the “Approval” tab in the Backoffice.
You can review each request and view the bank card details here and either approve or reject the request.
Your client will be notified upon approval or rejection.
Upon selecting the Bank Card, the bank account details will be populated automatically, and your client can proceed to submit the withdrawal request.
You can also setup multi-level approvals for bank card creation requests as well.
In the Client Details page, you can now see the Bank Cards for your client. You may view the details of each bank card and their respective approval status.
Followed Up
Sales Team has followed up with the lead
a) Pending lead to revert. b) To follow up again if no response within 7 days.
Not Followed Up
Sales Team has not followed up with the lead
a) Sales is to follow up with the lead by giving them a call or sending them an email. b) Team leader is to follow up with the relevant sales personnel if no follow up action is taken.
Intention
Lead is interested in opening an account
a) Sales is to follow up and convert lead into a client. b) Sales is to send account opening email to lead.
No Intention
Log into Dashboard via https://developer.paypal.com
Click “My Apps & Credentials”
Fill in your App Name and Select “Create App”
Upon creation of your App, you will be able to see your Client ID and Secret.
Fill in the relevant fields:
Name
Required Field
Cannot be repeated
Client ID
Retrieved from PayPal
Can be repeated
Secret
Retrieved from PayPal
Cannot be repeated
You can create a second secret key on PayPal for the same App Name. However, do take note that there is an expiry to the second secret key. Upon expiry, there will be an invalid secret error reported.
Select the currencies you wish to offer to your clients.
The currencies supported by PayPal are listed on the CRM.
The currencies supported will depend on where your PayPal account is registered. For example, only PayPal accounts registered in China will support CNY as a deposit currency.
Click “Save”.
If successful, there will be a pop-up notice to inform you that PayPal Settings have been created successfully.
If there is an error, there will be a pop-up notice to inform you to that there is an error with your account details. You will need to verify the account details and retry.
Go to Deposit Settings and create a new Payment Method. You can setup multiple payment methods using the same PayPal account.
Fill in the relevant fields and save.
By default, all currencies can have a maximum of 2 decimal points.
Exceptions: HUF, JPY & TWD decimal points will be fixed at 0.
Upon selecting “PayPal”, there will be a popup notification for client to login to their PayPal account to complete the process.
Upon selecting “Debit or Credit Card”, Client will need to fill in the card details and click “Pay Now”. Client will be redirected to PayPal to complete the process.
Upon successful payment, the Client will be redirected to their request history.
Request Status: refers to the status of the deposit request submitted:
Pending - pending for you to process the deposit request
Approved - deposit request has been approved by you
Rejected - deposit request has been rejected by you
Payment Status: refers to the callback status of the PayPal payment
Pending - pending callback to be received by PayPal
Success - callback is successful
Failed - callback has failed
You will receive the deposit request and will be able to approve / reject it accordingly.
MT Manager: allows you to use a price feed from your own MT Manager, providing exchange rates directly from your trading platform.
Liquidity Providers: This source offers an aggregated price feed from liquidity providers.
You can now upload file attachments in your email notifications and email templates. This enables you to attach supporting documents or images for more comprehensive notifications, enriching your communication experience with your clients.
During the review of trading account creation requests from your clients, you now have the capability to adjust the Rebate, Login Status, and Trading Status. This ensures that the configuration of the trading account aligns with your intentions upon approval, thereby streamlining the process for you.
Now, you have the ability to filter reports using a custom downline filter. This feature allows you to specify the number of downline levels you wish to view, providing you with greater control and flexibility in accessing the data you need.
We've introduced sub-permissions for bank card management, offering you enhanced flexibility in granting permissions to your clients:
Add Withdrawal Information: Enable your clients to add new bank cards to their accounts.
Update Withdrawal Information: Empower your clients to make updates to their existing bank card information.
Your clients can now access detailed information regarding their withdrawal requests by simply clicking on the "Details" option.
The details function will only be available for pending withdrawal requests. Upon clicking it, the detailed information of their withdrawal request will be shown.
You can now activate remote login prompts for added security measures. This feature prompts users whenever their account is accessed from an IP address different from their previous login.
Remote login prompts can now be activated for both your clients and back-office users.
To enable remote login prompts, follow these steps:
Click on the "Edit" icon in the Security Settings tab.
Click on the "Enable" icon to activate this feature.
If you wish to disable remote login prompts at any time, click the same icon to deactivate it.
Click "Save" to apply the changes.
When your clients or back-office users account is accessed from a different IP address, they will receive prompts through the following methods:
Popup Notice on CRM Client Portal: A notification will be displayed to the client immediately upon login, informing them that their account was accessed from a different IP address. This prompt serves as an alert to the client to verify the legitimacy of the login. Clients can click "Update Password" to protect their account.
Email Notification: In addition to the popup notice, an email will be sent to the client's registered email address. This email serves as an additional means of notification, providing the client with information about the login activity and advising them to take appropriate action if the login was unauthorized.
With the latest enhancement, you can set the first level of approval to be automatic. This means that when clients submit withdrawal requests, they will be automatically approved at the initial stage, effectively withdrawing the requested amount from their respective wallets or trading accounts without requiring manual intervention.
Subsequent levels of approvers will still have their designated roles in the approval process. They can review the withdrawal request and take any necessary actions such as approving or rejecting it based on their discretion or predefined criteria.
This feature streamlines the withdrawal process by expediting the approval of requests at the first level while maintaining the oversight and control of subsequent approval stages by designated personnel.
To amend the approval method, follow these steps:
Navigate to Approval Settings > Process Settings.
Locate "Withdrawal" and click the "Edit" icon.
Click the "Settings" icon.
Select "Automatic" and click "Confirm".
Click "Publish" to save your changes.
We have added new permissions for the Leads Module, providing you enhanced control over access permissions. This feature allows you to tailor access permissions more precisely for team members, offering greater flexibility and security. The newly added permissions include:
Update Owner: This permission allows users to change the owner of a lead, assigning it to a different team member if necessary.
Update Participants: With this permission, users can modify the list of participants associated with a lead, ensuring that the relevant team members are involved in the lead management process.
Update Lead Status: Users granted this permission can update the status of leads, allowing for accurate tracking and management of lead progression.
Update Leads: This permission grants users the ability to update lead information, ensuring that data remains current and accurate within the system.
Now, your clients have the capability to seamlessly view the trading accounts of their downlines throuugh the referral tree interface. This empowers them to gain a comprehensive understanding of the trading accounts associated with each downline.
Additionally, clients can conveniently search for a particular trading account within the referral tree. This streamlined search functionality facilitates easier access to specific downline data that clients wish to examine, further enhancing their user experience and efficiency in managing their network.
We've introduced additional functionalities to the client details page. Now, you can directly create, bind, and unbind trading accounts from this page. This enhancement offers you a more efficient way to manage your clients' trading accounts.
We've implemented a new feature that allows you to unbind trading accounts directly from the client list page, eliminating the need to navigate to individual client detail pages. This enhancement offers a more efficient approach to managing trading accounts for your clients.
When depositing or withdrawing funds from a trading account, the comment field accommodates special text and characters, including non-Latin characters such as Chinese characters. This improvement ensures greater flexibility and clarity in transaction comments.
Within the Approvals module, you now have a dedicated To-Do List feature. This list conveniently displays all pending requests requiring your action, streamlining your review process and enabling you to focus efficiently on tasks that demand your attention.
We've introduced the Batch Review functionality, allowing you to expedite the processing of multiple pending requests. Simply select the desired requests and swiftly approve or reject them, streamlining your workflow for enhanced efficiency.
We've implemented a new functionality that enables you to bind a rebate account during the approval of IB registration requests. This enhancement streamlines your IB onboarding process, making it more efficient and seamless.
You now have the ability to define exclusions for automatic transfer reviews, covering both "transfers to oneself" and "transfers to others".
Exclusion options include:
Trading accounts with open positions
Trading accounts with credit
For instance, selecting 'trading accounts with open positions' as an exclusion means that all transfer requests will be automatically approved, except in cases where the trading account has open positions, requiring manual review from your end.
You can implement a multi-level approval process for different client request types to customize the approval flow according to your business operations. This allows for comprehensive review and authorization by multiple levels, ensuring effective control and risk mitigation.
To set up the multi-level approval process, you will need to install it from the CRM marketplace. To install the Multi-Level Approval feature from the Marketplace, please follow these steps:
Navigate to the CRM Marketplace.
Search for "Multi-Level Approval" and click on "Obtain".
You will be redirected to the details page for Multi-Level Approval. Click on the "Obtain" button to initiate the installation process.
Upon installation, you will be able to see a new tab called "Process Settings" within the Approval Settings module.
To set up multi-level approval, follow these steps:
Locate the client request you wish to configure and click on "Edit".
By default, the first layer of approval will be assigned to the "Creator" of the request, which can be the client or a backoffice user creating the request on behalf of the client.
The first level of approval will not have any assigned approver by default. You can assign a specific approver by clicking on the approver field and selecting either specific users or specific roles.
To add a second layer of approval, click on the "Add" icon.
Select the approver for the second layer from the available options.
Once you have configured the approval process flow, click on "Publish".
A popup notice will appear to confirm your action. Click "Confirm" to proceed.
Once you have configured the process settings for multi-level approval, any requests submitted by your clients will follow the defined approval process. The requests will only be processed once all the relevant parties involved in the approval flow have given their approval. This ensures that the requests undergo a thorough review and all necessary parties have provided their consent before further actions are taken.
Unauthorized users will not have the ability to approve requests on their own. The approve and reject buttons will be disabled and not clickable for these users. Only authorized individuals as configured in the Process Settings will be able to review and provide their approval or rejection for the request.
The first level of authorized personnel, as configured in the Process Settings, will have the ability to review and approve or reject the request.
Once the first layer of approval has approved the request, the review process will be updated to reflect the current status. The system will indicate that the request is now pending the review and approval of the next designated approver in the workflow.
Support jumping to specific page in Admin Portal→Reports→CRM Reports→Comprehensive Account Report（CJC）
Support deleting failed rebate records（CJC）
You now have the capability to include supplementary fields, such as "Document Uploader," in the withdrawal request form. This feature enables your clients to upload necessary documents that may be required before their withdrawal requests can be approved.
You now have the ability to define a specific timeframe during which clients are allowed to submit withdrawal requests. This timeframe restricts the submission of withdrawal requests to the specified period within a day.
You can now configure data permissions for the "Read Users" permissions. This feature empowers you to specify the extent of data accessible to your back-office users, including options such as:
Company Wide
All Downlines
Direct Downlines
You can also configure data permissions for "Dashboard" as well.
Additionally, you have the ability to view and analyze the organizational structure of your company. This feature provides a visual representation of the hierarchy and relationships between different teams and their respective managers and team members.
In the Team Settings, you can create teams, assign team managers, and add team members. This feature enables you to organize and track the different teams within your organization, along with their respective members. By setting up teams, you can maintain a structured record and gain an overview of your organization's team structure.
We've introduced a new feature that allows you to amend the recipient email address for failed emails. This capability provides greater flexibility and control over email communication, ensuring messages reach the intended recipients effectively.
We are excited to announce the launch of a new promotion link type known as Demo Accounts. Clients now have the convenience of registering for a demo trading account directly, without the need to create a CRM account.
We've introduced the ability to transfer funds from your own CRM wallet to a third party's CRM wallet. To complete the transfer, you'll need to specify the wallet ID of the third party for verification purposes.
IBs can now download the 'My Clients' report to view and analyze the data.
IBs now have the option to filter the 'My Clients' report based on the desired number of downline levels they wish to view.
Profit data has been designated as sensitive. You now have the option to conceal your downline's trade profits from your IBs if necessary.
In the Domain Settings page, you can configure the domain for your CRM Client and Back Office Portal. This feature enables you to add multiple domains to your CRM for various purposes, such as catering to different client regions or organizing promotional events.
Benefits of using different domains include:
Regional Customization: Assign specific domains to different client regions, delivering a localized experience tailored to their preferences and needs. This ensures personalized and targeted engagement with your clients.
Promotional Events: Create dedicated domains for specific promotional events or campaigns. By utilizing separate domains, you can track the success rate of each event through the promotional links tab. This allows you to analyze the effectiveness of your marketing efforts and make data-driven decisions for future events.
Personalization for IBs: Allocate different domains to individual IBs, providing them with their own personalized CRM Client Portal domain. This enhances their experience and enables you to track the performance of each IB via the promotional link tab.
Streamlined KYC/KYB/AML Processes: Sumsub provides an all-in-one toolkit that simplifies and automates the customer onboarding and verification procedures, reducing manual effort and accelerating the process.
Compliance with Regulatory Requirements: By utilizing Sumsub's platform, businesses can ensure they meet the necessary KYC, KYB, and AML regulations, reducing the risk of non-compliance and associated penalties.
Enhanced Security: Sumsub's integration helps detect and prevent digital fraud, improving the overall security of the CRM system and protecting against potential risks.
Improved Customer Experience: With faster verification processes, customers experience a smoother onboarding journey, resulting in higher conversion rates and increased customer satisfaction.
Install SumSub on your CRM by following the steps below:
Go to marketplace and look for SumSub.
Click "Obtain".
You will be redirected to a page providing you with a brief background SumSub. Click "Obtain" to proceed with the installation.
Upon installation of SumSub, you will need to ensure the respective permissions are enabled.
KYC Verification - this permission allows users to view the SumSub verification results on the client detail page and request page.
Update Sumsub Status - this permission allows users to update SumSub's verification status.
Read Sumsub Settings - this permission allows users to view SumSub settings
Update Sumsub Settings - this permission allows users to edit SumSub settings
To register and setup your SumSub account, follow the steps below:
Go to SumSub website https://sumsub.com/ and click "Sign Up".
Fill in the necessary fields and click "Sign Up".
Key in the email OTP sent to your email address.
Set the password to your Sumsub account and click "Complete".
Click "Go to Login".
Key in your username and password and login.
On the first login, you will need to setup Two-Factor-Authentication (2FA).
Once 2FA is setup, you will successful login to your SumSub account.
Navigate to "Billing" and select your plan by clicking "Choose your plan". By default, SumSub has a 14 day free trial (subject to changes).
Select your preferred plan and fill in your payment details.
Once you have selected your plan and filled in your payment details, you will be switched to "Production" environment.
You will need to configure the various KYC Levels on SumSub. Different KYC Levels will have different requirements and verifications that your clients will need to complete.
Navigate to "Integration" > "Individuals" and click "Create Level".
Fill in "Level" Name.
It is recommended to create 2 separate "Levels":
Document Verification
Face Liveness Check
Scroll down and under "Verification steps":
By default, there will be 2 steps: Identity Document and Selfie
Delete the respective verification step
If you are configuring the "Level" for Document Verification, click the "Delete" icon beside "Selfie".
If you are configuring the "Level for Face Liveness Check, click the "Delete" icon beside "Identity document".
For "Identity document":
Select "File upload".
Select the supported documents.
Click "Create Level".
For "Selfie":
The SumSub Token & Secret Key is required in order for you to connect your SumSub account to the CRM. You can obtain them by following the steps below:
Navigate to "Dev space" > "App tokens".
Click "Generate app token".
Fill in the "Name".
Click "Generate app token".
The token and secret key will be generated.
Please save the Token and Secret Key separately and click "I've saved app token and key securely".
You will no longer be able to view the data for security reasons.
You will need to create a webhook on Sumsub. To do so, follow these steps:
Go to "Dev space" > "Webhook manager".
Click "Create webhook".
Fill in the name of your webhook.
You will also need to fill in the "Target". "Target" = Host/api/v1/file/sumsub/webhooks
To retrieve the Host, on the CRM, navigate to "Dev Space" > "Open API Keys". You will see the Host displayed here.
Fill in the "Target".
Select "applicantCreated" and "applicantReviewed" under "Webhook types".
Under "HTTP Headers", click "Add key value pair".
For "Key", fill in "id".
For "Value", fill in your CRM ID.
To retrieve your CRM ID, navigate to "Back Office" > "Brand Settings". Your CRM ID will be displayed here.
SumSub on CRM is categorized into 2 different sections:
Document Verification - this involves verifying the authenticity and integrity of the documents uploaded by clients, which allows brokers to ensure that the documents are not tampered with.
Authentication - this refers to any other verification steps setup on SumSub such as face recognition, phone verification or risk assessment questionnaires.
Navigate to KYC > SumSub Settings on the CRM.
Click the "Edit" icon.
Turn on "File Verification".
Key in the following:
Token
Secret Key
Level Name - please ensure this corresponds to the level name on SumSub
Complete the File Validation Configuration.
You will need to correlate the Sumsub file fields with the KYC file fields one by one to ensure that the file uploaded to Sumsub for verification is referenced to the correct document uploaded by clients.
Sumsub Field & KYC Form - Group
Navigate to KYC > SumSub Settings on the CRM.
Click the "Edit" icon. Turn on "Authentication".
Key in the following:
Token
Secret Key
Level Name - please ensure this corresponds to the level name on SumSub
Brokers will need to set the Authentication reminder policy.
The available options are:
Do not remind
This means that clients will not be reminded to complete their authentication
Brokers will be able to verify the documents of new clients when they submit the following requests:
KYC
Trader Registration - if KYC is required upon registration
When brokers are reviewing KYC or Trader Registration requests, they will be able to see the following:
SumSub Verification Results
Document Verification
Before document verification, when brokers click onto "Sumsub Verification Results", there will be no data available.
To proceed with the document verification, click "Document Verification".
Fill in the Country, File Type and click "Verify".
The document will be submitted to SumSub for verification.
Sumsub Verification Link will display the SumSub ID and the timestamp of when the verification was submittted to SumSub.
Clicking onto the SumSub ID will open a tab showing the SumSub verification details.
Once document has been verified, broker can proceed to approve or reject the client's request.
Brokers are able to conduct document verification on existing clients as well.
Brokers can do so via the following ways:
Document Verification on Client Details Page
Document Verification on Deposit or Withdrawal Request Page
Document Verification on Client Details Page
On the Client Details Page, navitage to "KYC".
You will be able to see a new section on the top for document verification.
Brokers will be able to see the "Status" of the document verification. The different statuses are:
Unverified
Verified
Failed to Verify
Click "Document Verification" to proceed with the verification.
Fill in Country, File Type and click "Verify".
The document will be submitted to SumSub for verification.
You will be able to see the updated status, validation results and last verified time.
You can click onto the "Validation Results" and a tab will be opened showing the SumSub verification results.
Document Verification on Deposit / Withdrawal Request Page
When brokers are reviewing deposit or withdrawal requests, they will be able to see the following:
SumSub Verification Results
Document Verification
Brokers can view the status of the document verification by clicking "SumSub Verification Results".
If document has not been verified, no data will be available.
If document verification has not been completed, brokers can proceed to click "Document Verification".
Fill in the country, file type and click "Verify".
The document will be submitted to SumSub for verification.
The process will be as the following:
On the client portal "Settings" page, clients will be able to see their authentication status as "Unverified".
To proceed to authenticate their account, click "Authenticate Now".
Sumsub popup will appear. Agree to the terms and click "Next".
Clients will be able to view the instructions and click "I'm Ready".
Clients can also opt to continue the verification on their mobile phones by clicking "Continue on phone". A link and QR code will be provided for the client to continue the process on their phones.
Follow the instructions and complete the selfie check. You will need to have a device with front facing camera to complete this.
Once completed, clients will be able to see an overview of the steps done. Click "Next" to proceed.
Once completed, clients will be notified that their data is being processed and the status of the authentication will be updated once completed.
Once authentication is completed, clients will be able to view the results:
If approved, the status will indicate "Verified".
If rejected, the status will indicate "Authentication Failed".
Brokers will be able to view the Authentication status via the CRM Backoffice Portal.
On the Client Details Page, navigate to "Authentication".
You will be able to see the following details:
Rank of client has been changed
Closed - all tickets closed
Total Deposit
Bonus payout frequency will only be at the end of the event
You can set the number of downlines levels to be included in the bonus payout. If you set 1 to 3 downlines, it means that the referral will receive bonus payout for any new downlines up to 3 levels who creates an account and deposit funds during the campaign period.
For “Recommend New Users to Complete Deposit”, the bonus rule can be according to:
First Deposit - This means that bonus will be calculated based on the first deposit transaction done by the new client; or
Total Deposit - This means that bonus will be calculated based on the total deposits done by the new client throughout the campaign; or
Number of New Users who Complete First Deposit - This means that bonus will be calculated based on the total number of new clients who completed their first deposit. For this Bonus Rule, you will need to set the first deposit minimum amount.
Cancelled - client has cancelled the deposit request via ChillPay
Select "Advanced liveness check".
Click "Create Level".
Fill in on SumSub and click "Create webhook".
By default, the CRM will list out all the KYC forms you have setup.
You will need to configure the File Validation Configuration for all KYC forms.
For each KYC form, you will need to select the KYC form fields group.
Sumsub File Type
By default, all the selected file types on SumSub will be reflected here.
You can click the dropdown list to select your preferred file types.
Front and Back
You will need to select which KYC field the file type corresponds to.
You can add or delete file types by clicking on the respective icons.
Click "Save".
Remind each time you log in
This means that clients will be reminded to complete their authentication each time they login to the CRM.
A popup will appear when clients login. Clients can click "Authenticate Now" to complete the authentication or "Cancel" to close the popup.
Mandatory verification
Brokers will be able to select which functions will be disabled if client have yet to complete the authentication.
If authentication is not completed and client attempts to perform any of the selected functions, a popup notice will appear to inform clients to complete authentication first.
Click "Save".
Once document has been verified, brokers can proceed to approve / reject client's request.
Depending on the reason of rejection, clients can redo the Authentication by clicking "Reauthentication".
If the authentication was rejected but manually approved by the broker on SumSub, the authentication status will be updated to show "Verified".
Validation Results - you can click onto it to view the details on SumSub.
Last Verified Time
